WO2015133070A1 - Vehicle display device - Google Patents

Vehicle display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2015133070A1
WO2015133070A1 PCT/JP2015/000665 JP2015000665W WO2015133070A1 WO 2015133070 A1 WO2015133070 A1 WO 2015133070A1 JP 2015000665 W JP2015000665 W JP 2015000665W WO 2015133070 A1 WO2015133070 A1 WO 2015133070A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
display
display area
vehicle
image
virtual image
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2015/000665
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
青木 直之
聡司 野添
隆二 鈴木
Original Assignee
株式会社デンソー
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2014041881A external-priority patent/JP2015169661A/en
Priority claimed from JP2014041878A external-priority patent/JP6318706B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2014041877A external-priority patent/JP6369055B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2014041876A external-priority patent/JP6237349B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2014041879A external-priority patent/JP6260352B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2014041880A external-priority patent/JP6379524B2/en
Application filed by 株式会社デンソー filed Critical 株式会社デンソー
Publication of WO2015133070A1 publication Critical patent/WO2015133070A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60KARRANGEMENT OR MOUNTING OF PROPULSION UNITS OR OF TRANSMISSIONS IN VEHICLES; ARRANGEMENT OR MOUNTING OF PLURAL DIVERSE PRIME-MOVERS IN VEHICLES; AUXILIARY DRIVES FOR VEHICLES; INSTRUMENTATION OR DASHBOARDS FOR VEHICLES; ARRANGEMENTS IN CONNECTION WITH COOLING, AIR INTAKE, GAS EXHAUST OR FUEL SUPPLY OF PROPULSION UNITS IN VEHICLES
    • B60K35/00Arrangement of adaptations of instruments
    • B60K35/10
    • B60K35/23
    • B60K35/29
    • B60K35/60
    • B60K35/80
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01DMEASURING NOT SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR A SPECIFIC VARIABLE; ARRANGEMENTS FOR MEASURING TWO OR MORE VARIABLES NOT COVERED IN A SINGLE OTHER SUBCLASS; TARIFF METERING APPARATUS; MEASURING OR TESTING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G01D7/00Indicating measured values
    • G01D7/02Indicating value of two or more variables simultaneously
    • G01D7/04Indicating value of two or more variables simultaneously using a separate indicating element for each variable
    • G01D7/06Luminous indications projected on a common screen
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B27/00Optical systems or apparatus not provided for by any of the groups G02B1/00 - G02B26/00, G02B30/00
    • G02B27/01Head-up displays
    • G02B27/0101Head-up displays characterised by optical features
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B27/00Optical systems or apparatus not provided for by any of the groups G02B1/00 - G02B26/00, G02B30/00
    • G02B27/01Head-up displays
    • G02B27/0179Display position adjusting means not related to the information to be displayed
    • B60K2360/182
    • B60K2360/184
    • B60K2360/186
    • B60K2360/334
    • B60K2360/55
    • B60K2360/782
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B27/00Optical systems or apparatus not provided for by any of the groups G02B1/00 - G02B26/00, G02B30/00
    • G02B27/01Head-up displays
    • G02B27/0149Head-up displays characterised by mechanical features
    • G02B2027/0165Head-up displays characterised by mechanical features associated with a head-down display
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B27/00Optical systems or apparatus not provided for by any of the groups G02B1/00 - G02B26/00, G02B30/00
    • G02B27/01Head-up displays
    • G02B27/0179Display position adjusting means not related to the information to be displayed
    • G02B2027/0181Adaptation to the pilot/driver

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to a vehicle display device mounted on a vehicle. Furthermore, the present disclosure relates to a display device that displays information in a plurality of display areas. Furthermore, the present disclosure relates to a head-up display device that makes it possible to visually recognize a virtual image of a display image by projecting the display image onto a windshield or the like.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses a vehicle display device that displays information on a half mirror arranged in an instrument panel and a combiner installed on a front windshield.
  • the half mirror and the combiner function as display areas for displaying information. Therefore, the amount of information that can be provided to the viewer can be increased.
  • Patent Document 2 discloses a configuration in which a meter unit and a head-up display device (hereinafter referred to as “HUD device”) are combined as a type of display device that displays information.
  • the meter unit is installed in front of the driver's seat and displays vehicle information.
  • the HUD device is installed below the windshield, and emits display light toward the windshield.
  • the display area where information is displayed by the HUD device is located away from the display area where information is displayed by the meter unit.
  • Patent Document 3 discloses a head-up display device (hereinafter referred to as “HUD device”) that projects a display image on a combiner that transmits the foreground of a vehicle as a type of vehicle display device.
  • the HUD device allows a viewer in the vehicle interior to visually recognize a virtual image of a display image superimposed on the foreground of the vehicle.
  • Patent Document 3 discloses a configuration in which a meter unit and a HUD device are combined as a kind of vehicle display device.
  • a meter part is arrange
  • the HUD device makes a virtual image of the display image visible from the room by projecting the display image onto the windshield.
  • the volume is adjusted by an operation input to the steering switch, and the image indicating the volume in the display screen area is also actually displayed. It is changed according to the volume.
  • the configuration disclosed in Patent Document 4 has a function of a head-up display that displays a virtual image on a windshield.
  • the display device can also display information on a pointer display unit positioned in the lower direction of the virtual image display and a multi-display screen positioned on the side of the pointer display unit.
  • the display of information on the multi-display screen is interrupted, while the display of information on the pointer display unit is continued.
  • the head-up display device includes a display that emits light of a display image, and a casing that includes a casing and a cover that stores the display and the like.
  • the cover of the container is formed with an opening through which light of a display image emitted from the display device passes.
  • the opening is closed by a dustproof cover made of resin or glass.
  • the anti-vibration cover is colorless and transparent in order to efficiently transmit the light of the display image.
  • the inventors of the present application have found the following regarding the vehicle display device.
  • Recent vehicle display devices can acquire an operation request based on an input to an input unit, and can change a display layout based on the acquired operation request.
  • the display layout changing process is perceived because the image formation position of the display image is far from the viewer. There was concern that it would be difficult. As a result, it has been difficult for the viewer to grasp whether or not the display layout has been changed to reflect the input to the input unit.
  • the change of the display mode based on the operation of the input unit such as the steering switch occurs only in the display screen area among the meter section and the display screen area. Therefore, when the viewer is gazing at the display screen of the meter unit, the viewer may miss a change in the display mode that occurs in the display screen region far from the meter unit. It is difficult for a viewer who missed such a display change to know whether or not an input operation to the input unit has been accepted.
  • Patent Document 4 it is difficult to display detailed information on the pointer display unit. Therefore, in order to increase the amount of information that can be provided to the driver when the display of information on the multi-display screen is interrupted, it is necessary to be able to grasp detailed information from the virtual image displayed on the windshield. is there. However, if the virtual image displayed at a position that is easily visible to the driver is in a complicated display form, the virtual image may possibly prevent the driver from concentrating on driving.
  • the present disclosure has been made in view of the problems described above, and an object of the present disclosure is to provide a vehicle display device that can reduce the load of visual line movement of a viewer while ensuring the amount of information that can be provided to the viewer. Is to provide.
  • a display device for a vehicle mounted on a vehicle, the display unit displaying an image in the first display region, and the projection unit defined in the projection unit that transmits the foreground of the vehicle.
  • the second display unit displayed on the vehicle displays information related to each other, and the information amount of information displayed on the second display unit is smaller than the information amount of information displayed on the first display unit.
  • the information display of the first display area of the first display area and the second display area of the second display area are related to each other, so that the amount of information is smaller than that of the first display area. Even if the second display unit is visually recognized, an outline of the information displayed on the two display units can be grasped. For this reason, the viewer's line of sight is first directed to the second display unit having a small amount of information among the two display units. In this way, the viewer's line of sight is first directed to the second display unit displayed as a virtual image, so that acquisition of desired information can be completed by a small line of sight movement from the foreground to the virtual image under many circumstances.
  • the vehicular display device can reduce the load of the viewer's line of sight movement while securing the amount of information that can be provided to the viewer.
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram illustrating an arrangement of a plurality of display areas formed around a driver's seat by a display device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure; It is a figure which shows each arrangement
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram illustrating an arrangement of a plurality of display areas formed around a driver's seat by a display device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure; It is a figure which shows each arrangement
  • FIG. 1 It is a front view of a steering wheel provided with a steering switch, It is a front view showing details of the steering switch, It is a figure for demonstrating the detail of the display of the multi display area
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram illustrating an arrangement of a plurality of display areas formed around a driver's seat by a display device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure; It is a figure which shows each arrangement
  • a display device 100 according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure shown in FIG. 1 is mounted on a vehicle, and is configured by combining a combination meter 10 and a head-up display (hereinafter “HUD”) 60 and the like. As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the display device 100 displays various information related to the vehicle, such as travel speed, in each of a plurality of display areas.
  • the direction along gravity in a vehicle in a stationary state is referred to as a downward direction DD
  • the direction opposite to the downward direction DD is referred to as an upward direction UD.
  • the combination meter 10 is housed in a space 122 formed in the instrument panel 120 with the front side on which the plurality of display areas are formed facing the driver's seat.
  • the instrument panel 120 is installed in the downward direction DD of the windshield 110 in the vehicle.
  • the instrument panel 120 is formed with a hood 121 protruding in the upward direction UD.
  • the space 122 is partitioned by the hood portion 121 and is formed in the front direction of the driver's seat.
  • the combination meter 10 is positioned in the downward direction DD of the hood 121 and forms a multi display area 11, two pointer display areas 15, and a plurality of indicators 18.
  • the multi display area 11 is arranged at the center of the combination meter 10.
  • the multi display area 11 displays information using various images 32 displayed on the display screen 12.
  • the two pointer display areas 15 are arranged on both sides of the multi display area 11 in the width direction WD.
  • Each pointer display area 15 displays information by a rotating pointer 16.
  • the plurality of indicators 18 are mainly formed in an area excluding the multi display area 11 and the pointer display area 15 on the front side of the combination meter 10.
  • Each indicator 18 performs various warnings related to the vehicle to the viewer by causing icons such as characters and symbols to emit light.
  • the HUD 60 includes an optical system 64 configured by a concave mirror or the like, a projector 61 that emits light of a display image displayed as the virtual image 35, and a housing 65 that houses the optical system 64 and the projector 61.
  • the HUD 60 is arranged in front of the vehicle with respect to the combination meter 10 and is accommodated in the instrument panel 120.
  • the HUD 60 reflects the light of the display image emitted from the projector 61 by the optical system 64 and projects it toward the virtual image display area 111 defined in the windshield 110.
  • the virtual image display area 111 is defined in the upward direction UD of the hood portion 121 in the windshield 110 that transmits the foreground of the vehicle.
  • the virtual image display area 111 and the multi-display area 11 are aligned at the center position in the width direction WD on the appearance of the driver (viewer) sitting in the driver's seat.
  • the virtual image display area 111, the multi display area 11, the pointer display area 15, and the like are located away from each other.
  • a viewer sitting in the driver's seat can perceive the virtual image 35 superimposed on the foreground of the vehicle through the virtual image display area 111 by perceiving the light reflected toward the vehicle interior side by the virtual image display area 111.
  • the virtual image display area 111 and the multi display area 11 are arranged on the same vertical line in the vertical direction of the vehicle.
  • the combination meter 10 includes a liquid crystal display 13 and a backlight 14, two stepper motors 17, a plurality of indicator light sources 19, and a control unit 20.
  • the liquid crystal display 13 is a thin-film-transistor (TFT) type display using thin film transistors, for example.
  • the liquid crystal display 13 has a plurality of pixels arranged two-dimensionally along the display screen 12.
  • the liquid crystal display 13 is connected to the control unit 20 and drives each pixel based on a control signal output from the control unit 20.
  • Various images that are displayed in color in the multi-display area 11 are formed on the display screen 12 of the liquid crystal display 13.
  • the backlight 14 illuminates the image on the display screen 12 with a light source such as a plurality of light emitting diodes (hereinafter referred to as LEDs).
  • the backlight 14 is connected to the control unit 20, and the luminance of the illumination is controlled by a control signal output from the control unit 20.
  • Stepper motor 17 is an electric motor that drives pointer 16.
  • the stepper motor 17 is connected to the control unit 20, and forms a pointer display in the pointer display region 15 by rotating the pointer 16 based on a control signal output from the control unit 20.
  • the indicator light source 19 is, for example, an LED.
  • Each indicator light source 19 is connected to the control unit 20 and emits light for causing each indicator 18 to emit light based on a control signal output from the control unit 20.
  • the control unit 20 includes a microcomputer that operates according to a program, an interface that communicates with an in-vehicle Local Area Network (LAN) 140, and a drive circuit that drives the liquid crystal display 13, the stepper motor 17, each light source, and the like. It is configured. In addition to a plurality of in-vehicle devices 150 mounted on the vehicle, a steering switch 130 and the like are connected to the in-vehicle LAN 140. The control unit 20 acquires vehicle information output to the in-vehicle LAN 140, and outputs a control signal based on the acquired information to the liquid crystal display 13, the stepper motor 17, and each light source.
  • LAN Local Area Network
  • the projector 61 of the HUD 60 has a liquid crystal display 62 and a projection light source 63.
  • the liquid crystal display 62 is a TFT display, for example.
  • the liquid crystal display 62 is connected to the control unit 20 and drives each pixel based on a control signal output from the control unit 20.
  • Various images that are displayed in color in the virtual image display area 111 (see FIG. 1) are formed on the liquid crystal display 62.
  • the projection light source 63 has, for example, a plurality of high-brightness LEDs.
  • the projection light source 63 is connected to the control unit 20, and emits light formed as a virtual image 35 (see FIG. 1) toward the liquid crystal display 62 based on a control signal output from the control unit 20. .
  • the display modes of the two display areas 11 and 111 arranged vertically in the viewer's appearance can be switched among a plurality of display modes.
  • Such a display mode switching operation can be performed by an input to the steering switch 130 provided in the steering of the vehicle.
  • the configuration of each display in the multi display area 11 and the virtual image display area 111 in each display mode will be described in order based on FIGS.
  • FIG. 4 shows each display of the display areas 11 and 111 in the fuel consumption display mode.
  • the fuel consumption graph 32a drawn in the multi display area 11 and the instantaneous fuel consumption meter 35c displayed in the virtual image display area 111 display information related to each other.
  • the amount of information displayed on the instantaneous fuel consumption meter 35c is smaller than the amount of information displayed on the fuel consumption graph 32a. Details will be described below.
  • the image 32 drawn in the multi-display area 11 includes a vehicle model 42 and a background image 32f in addition to the fuel consumption graph 32a described above.
  • the fuel consumption graph 32a displays vehicle information output from the in-vehicle device 150 (see FIG. 3), specifically, past history values of the fuel consumption information.
  • the fuel consumption graph 32a has a plurality of bar elements 32b extending in a strip shape along the width direction WD. The length of each bar element 32b corresponds to the fuel consumption of the vehicle every predetermined time.
  • the plurality of bar elements 32b are arranged in the downward direction DD from the upper edge of the multi display area 11, and move in the downward direction DD with the passage of time. Therefore, the bar element 32b indicating new fuel efficiency information is positioned in the upward direction UD. With such a bar graph-like display, the fuel consumption graph 32a shows a change in fuel consumption every predetermined time.
  • the vehicle model 42 is created by imitating the appearance of a vehicle on which the display device 100 (see FIG. 1) is mounted. In the multi-display area 11, an image obtained by bird's-eye view of the vehicle model 42 from behind is displayed. The front-rear direction of the vehicle model 42 is defined along the front-rear direction of the actual vehicle. The vehicle model 42 is arranged in the center of the multi display area 11 and is superimposed on the fuel consumption graph 32a and the background image 32f.
  • the background image 32 f is an image that becomes the background of the fuel consumption graph 32 a and the vehicle model 42 in the multi-display area 11.
  • the background image 32f has a road surface image portion 32w extending in a strip shape along the vertical direction.
  • the road surface image portion 32w is an image portion that imitates a roadway on which the vehicle model 42 travels.
  • a pair of boundary lines 32r is formed on both sides of the road surface image portion 32w in the width direction WD, and the vehicle model 42 is disposed between these two boundary lines 32r.
  • the virtual image 35 displayed in the virtual image display area 111 includes a shift indicator 35a and a digital speedometer 35b in addition to the instantaneous fuel consumption meter 35c.
  • the shift indicator 35a indicates the current position of the shift lever provided in the vehicle.
  • the digital speedometer 35b indicates the current traveling speed of the vehicle.
  • the digital speedometer 35b is arranged with the shift indicator 35a in the width direction WD.
  • the instantaneous fuel consumption meter 35c displays the latest value of the fuel consumption information currently acquired by the control unit 20 (see FIG. 3).
  • the instantaneous fuel consumption meter 35c has a bar element 35g substantially the same as the bar element 32b of the fuel consumption graph 32a.
  • the bar element 35g expands and contracts in the width direction WD corresponding to the latest fuel efficiency of the vehicle, and becomes longer in the width direction WD as the fuel efficiency is improved.
  • the bar element 35g displayed on the instantaneous fuel consumption meter 35c moves to the multi-display area 11 and is used as one of the plurality of bar elements 32b forming the fuel consumption graph 32a. Is displayed in the uppermost direction UD.
  • the eco gauge 32 c drawn in the multi display area 11 the eco indicator 35 h and the item display 35 t displayed in the virtual image display area 111 display information related to each other.
  • the information amount of information displayed on each of the eco indicator 35h and the item display 35t is smaller than the information amount of information displayed on the eco gauge 32c. Details will be described below.
  • the image 32 drawn in the multi-display area 11 includes a vehicle model 42 and a background image 32f that are substantially the same as those in the fuel consumption display mode, in addition to the above-described eco gauge 32c.
  • the eco gauge 32c displays the vehicle information output from the in-vehicle device 150 (see FIG. 3), specifically, the degree of fuel efficiency in an analog manner.
  • the fuel efficiency is calculated by the control unit 20 (see FIG. 3) or any one of the in-vehicle devices 150 based on the amount of fuel consumed by a traveling engine mounted on the vehicle, the speed and acceleration of the vehicle, and the like.
  • the eco-gauge 32c visualizes the state of eco-driving with a bar-shaped image portion extending around the vehicle model 42 in an annular shape. The better the fuel efficiency, the more the eco gauge 32c extends counterclockwise toward the left rear of the vehicle model 42.
  • the virtual image 35 displayed in the virtual image display area 111 includes the above-described eco-indicator 35h and item display 35t in addition to the shift indicator 35a and the digital speedometer 35b which are substantially the same as those in the fuel consumption display mode.
  • the eco indicator 35h is displayed in the virtual image display area 111 when the fuel efficiency currently acquired or currently calculated by the control unit 20 (see FIG. 3) satisfies a predetermined condition.
  • the eco indicator 35h is a display image imitating characters such as “ECO”, for example.
  • the eco indicator 35h is arranged, for example, in the lower right corner of the virtual image display area 111 so as to line up with the item display 35t and the width direction WD.
  • the item display 35t shown in FIG.5 and FIG.6 has shown the item currently displayed on the multi display area 11 with the character.
  • the characters “ECO Bar” are displayed as the vehicle information displayed on the eco gauge 32c, that is, the item name serving as a headline of fuel efficiency.
  • the item display 35t is arranged in the downward direction DD of the digital speedometer 35b in the virtual image display area 111.
  • the characters displayed as the item display 35t are switched in accordance with the change of the vehicle information displayed in the multi display area 11.
  • FIG. 7 shows each display of the display areas 11 and 111 in the supercharging pressure display mode.
  • the boost gauge 32d drawn in the multi-display area 11 and the digital boost meter 35j displayed in the virtual image display area 111 display information related to each other.
  • the image 32 drawn in the multi display area 11 includes a vehicle model 42 and a background image 32f that are substantially the same as those in the fuel consumption display mode, in addition to the boost gauge 32d described above.
  • the boost gauge 32d displays in analog form the vehicle information output from the in-vehicle device 150 (see FIG. 3), specifically, the degree of gauge pressure in the intake pipe of the traveling engine.
  • the boost gauge 32d visualizes the pressure in the intake pipe by a bar-shaped image portion extending in an annular shape around the vehicle model.
  • the boost gauge 32d extends clockwise from the zero point position toward the right rear of the vehicle model 42 as the gauge pressure increases.
  • the boost gauge 32d When the pressure in the intake pipe is on the negative pressure side lower than the atmospheric pressure, the boost gauge 32d extends counterclockwise from the zero point position toward the left rear of the vehicle model 42 as the gauge pressure decreases.
  • the virtual image 35 displayed in the virtual image display area 111 includes the above-described digital boost meter 35j in addition to the shift indicator 35a and the digital speedometer 35b which are substantially the same as those in the fuel consumption display mode.
  • the digital boost meter 35j digitally displays the same vehicle information as the boost gauge 32d, that is, the gauge pressure in the intake pipe by numerical values.
  • the digital boost meter 35j is disposed at the center in the width direction WD of the virtual image display area 111, and is positioned in the downward direction DD of the shift indicator 35a and the digital speedometer 35b.
  • the above analog display by the boost gauge 32d can indicate the change range of the gauge pressure in the intake pipe together with the current value of the supercharging pressure.
  • the digital display by the digital boost meter 35j merely indicates the current value of the supercharging pressure.
  • the information amount of information displayed on the digital boost meter 35j is smaller than the information amount of information displayed on the boost gauge 32d.
  • the information display by the multi display area 11 and the information display of the virtual image display area 111 are related to each other. Therefore, even if the display of the virtual image display area 111 with a small amount of information is visually recognized, an outline of information displayed in the two display areas 11 and 111 can be grasped. Therefore, the viewer's line of sight first comes to the instantaneous fuel consumption meter 35c or the like in the virtual image display area 111 that is easily grasped by reducing the amount of information.
  • the display device 100 can reduce the load of eye movement of the viewer while ensuring the amount of information that can be provided to the viewer.
  • the latest fuel consumption information that the viewer wants to check is displayed in the virtual image display area 111 by the instantaneous fuel consumption meter 35c. Therefore, the viewer can acquire the fuel consumption information by moving the line of sight to the virtual image 35 little.
  • the past fuel consumption information can be confirmed by moving the line of sight to the fuel consumption graph 32a as necessary.
  • the display device 100 moves the viewer's line of sight while ensuring the amount of information that can be provided by allocating the latest value and the history value of the fuel efficiency information to the instantaneous fuel efficiency meter 35c and the fuel efficiency graph 32a. Can reduce the load.
  • the eco indicator 35h is displayed in the virtual image display area 111 when the fuel efficiency displayed on the eco gauge 32c is good.
  • this eco-indicator 35h cannot indicate the current level of fuel efficiency in detail, if an appropriate condition is set for the threshold, the eco-indicator 35h can simply notify the viewer of the current fuel efficiency. According to the above, since the current fuel efficiency can be confirmed by turning the line of sight toward the eco-indicator 35h, it is possible to reduce the load of the viewer's line-of-sight movement.
  • the item name serving as the heading of the vehicle information displayed on the eco gauge 32c is displayed on the item display 35t. Therefore, the viewer can grasp the contents currently displayed in the multi-display area 11 by directing his / her line of sight to the item display 35t. According to the above, after viewing the item display 35t, the viewer determines whether or not there is desired information in the multi-display area 11, and if not, stops the line-of-sight movement to the eco gauge 32c or the like. be able to. According to the above, since unnecessary line-of-sight movement from the foreground to the multi-display area 11 can be avoided, the load of the line-of-sight movement of the viewer can be surely reduced.
  • the display of the digital boost meter 35j succinctly shows the gauge pressure numerically, so that it is possible to grasp information in a shorter time than the analog display by the boost gauge 32d. To do. Therefore, the visual line of the viewer is easily directed to the digital boost meter 35j that can quickly perceive the gauge pressure. As described above, in the configuration in which the vehicle information is digitally displayed by the virtual image 35, the load of eye movement can be reduced. In addition, since the analog display coexists with the digital display, the amount of information provided to the viewer is also ensured.
  • the viewer can instantaneously consume fuel without moving the head left and right.
  • the line of sight can be shifted from the total 35c to the fuel consumption graph 32a. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the load on the line of sight movement between the two display areas 11 and 111.
  • the multi-display area 11 corresponds to the “first display area” of the present disclosure
  • the liquid crystal display 13 corresponds to the “display section” of the present disclosure
  • the HUD 60 corresponds to the “virtual image projection section” of the present disclosure.
  • the display device 100 corresponds to the “vehicle display device” of the present disclosure
  • the virtual image display region 111 corresponds to the “second display region” of the present disclosure
  • the windshield 110 corresponds to the “projection unit” of the present disclosure.
  • the fuel consumption graph 32a, the eco gauge 32c, and the boost gauge 32d correspond to the “first display unit” of the present disclosure.
  • the instantaneous fuel consumption meter 35c, the eco indicator 35h, the digital boost meter 35j, and the item display 35t correspond to the “second display unit” of the present disclosure.
  • the latest value of fuel consumption information and the past history value are allocated and displayed on the instantaneous fuel consumption meter 35c and the fuel consumption graph 32a, respectively.
  • the vehicle information in which the latest value and the history value are displayed together is not limited to the fuel efficiency information described above.
  • the traveling speed information of the vehicle, the atmospheric pressure information outside the vehicle, the temperature information, and the like can be allocated to the latest value and the history value and displayed in two display areas in parallel.
  • the eco indicator 35h is turned on when the level of fuel efficiency is displayed by the eco gauge 32c and exceeds a predetermined fuel efficiency.
  • the vehicle information in which the detailed contents and the summary are displayed in parallel is not limited to the fuel efficiency described above.
  • the fuel supply indicator may be lit in the virtual image display area 111 when the amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank is displayed in the multi-display area 11 by the first display unit and falls below a predetermined remaining amount.
  • the eco indicator 35h and the item display 35t correspond to the second display unit, respectively.
  • an eco display mode for displaying only one of these may be set in the display device.
  • a plurality of item displays may be displayed side by side in the virtual image display area.
  • an analog display indicating the degree of gauge pressure and a digital display coexist.
  • the vehicle information shown simultaneously by the analog display and the digital display is not limited to the supercharging pressure.
  • the traveling speed information of the vehicle may be digitally displayed in the virtual image display area and analog-displayed in the multi-display area by a pointer image.
  • the information amount of information displayed on each of the first display unit and the second display unit may be changed according to the driving state of the vehicle.
  • the information amount of information displayed on each of the first display unit and the second display unit when the vehicle is stopped may be relatively increased as compared with the traveling state of the vehicle.
  • a large-scale detailed map for destination guidance by the navigation system is displayed on the first display unit, and displayed on the first display unit on the second display unit.
  • a map of destination guidance with a medium scale or a small scale rather than a map is displayed.
  • a large-scale detailed map for destination guidance displayed on the first display unit is maintained, and a turn-by-turn arrow is displayed on the second display unit instead of the map display. May be displayed.
  • the center positions in the vehicle width direction WD are aligned with each other.
  • the position of each display area is not limited to the arrangement of the above embodiment, and can be changed as appropriate.
  • the virtual image display area may be defined near the center in the width direction WD of the windshield.
  • the combination meter which forms a multi display area may be accommodated near the center of the width direction WD of the instrument panel.
  • the display mode can be switched by operating the steering switch.
  • the configuration in which an operation for changing the display mode is input is not limited to the steering switch, and may be, for example, a joystick provided on the center console, a touch panel, or the like.
  • the vehicle windshield is used as the “projection unit” on which the display image is projected.
  • the “projection unit” is not limited to the windshield.
  • a combiner that is formed in a plate shape with a translucent resin and attached to the upper surface of the instrument panel or the vehicle interior side of the windshield may be installed as a configuration corresponding to the “projection unit”.
  • the projector of the above embodiment has a configuration in which a TFT liquid crystal display and a projection light source are combined.
  • the configuration for projecting the display image can be changed as appropriate.
  • a liquid crystal display other than the TFT method can be used.
  • a display image may be projected by a DLP (Digital Light Processing: registered trademark) projector, a CRT projector, or the like.
  • a laser scanner using MEMS may be included in the “projection unit” as a configuration for projecting a display image.
  • the function provided by the control unit 20 that has executed the program may be provided by hardware and software different from the above-described configuration, or a combination thereof.
  • the above-described functions may be provided by cooperation of control units provided in the combination meter and the HUD, respectively.
  • the above-described function for controlling the display of each display area may be provided by a circuit that performs a predetermined function without depending on a program.
  • a display device 2100 according to the second embodiment of the present disclosure shown in FIG. 8 is mounted on a vehicle, and is configured by combining a combination meter 2010, a head-up display (hereinafter “HUD”) 2060, a light emitting unit 2080, and the like. ing. As shown in FIGS. 8 and 9, the display device 2100 displays various information related to the vehicle such as the traveling speed in each of the plurality of display areas.
  • HUD head-up display
  • the combination meter 2010 is housed in a space 2122 formed in the instrument panel 2120 with the front side on which the plurality of display areas are formed facing the driver's seat.
  • the instrument panel 2120 is installed in the downward direction DD of the windshield 2110 in the vehicle.
  • the instrument panel 2120 is formed with a hood portion 2121 protruding in the upward direction UD.
  • the space 2122 is partitioned by the hood part 2121 and is formed in the front direction of the driver's seat.
  • the combination meter 2010 is positioned in the downward direction DD of the hood portion 2121 and forms a multi display area 2011, two pointer display areas 2015, and a plurality of indicators 2018.
  • the multi display area 2011 is arranged at the center of the combination meter 2010.
  • the multi display area 2011 displays information by various images displayed on the display screen 2012.
  • the two pointer display areas 2015 are arranged on both sides of the multi display area 2011 in the width direction WD.
  • Each pointer display area 2015 displays information by a rotating pointer 2016.
  • the plurality of indicators 2018 are mainly formed in an area excluding the multi display area 2011 and the pointer display area 2015 on the front side of the combination meter 2010.
  • Each indicator 2018 performs various warnings regarding the vehicle to the viewer by causing icons such as characters and symbols to emit light.
  • the HUD 2060 includes an optical system 2064 configured by a concave mirror or the like, a projector 2061 that emits light of an image displayed as a virtual image 2035, and a housing 2065 that houses the optical system 2064 and the projector 2061.
  • the HUD 2060 is disposed in front of the vehicle with respect to the combination meter 2010 and is accommodated in the instrument panel 2120.
  • the HUD 2060 reflects the light of the image emitted from the projector 2061 by the optical system 2064 and projects it toward the virtual image display area 2111 defined in the windshield 2110.
  • the virtual image display area 2111 is defined in the upward direction UD of the hood portion 2121 in the windshield 2110 that transmits the foreground of the vehicle. Therefore, the virtual image display area 2111, the multi display area 2011, the pointer display area 2015, and the like are located away from each other. A viewer seated in the driver's seat can perceive the virtual image 2035 superimposed on the foreground of the vehicle through the virtual image display region 2111 by perceiving the light reflected toward the vehicle interior side by the virtual image display region 2111.
  • the light emitting unit 2080 has two linear light emitting units 2081.
  • Each linear light emitting unit 2081 is formed in a longitudinal shape extending in a bar shape along the front-rear direction of the vehicle.
  • the two linear light emitting units 2081 are attached to the hood portion 2121 so as to be spaced apart from each other in the vehicle width direction WD intersecting (orthogonal) with each extending direction.
  • the linear light emitting unit 2081 emits light toward the windshield 2110 and the driver's seat.
  • the combination meter 2010 includes a liquid crystal display 2013 and a backlight 2014, two stepper motors 2017, a plurality of indicator light sources 2019, and a control unit 2020.
  • the liquid crystal display 2013 is a thin-film-transistor (TFT) type display using thin film transistors, for example.
  • the liquid crystal display 2013 has a plurality of pixels arranged two-dimensionally along the display screen 2012.
  • the liquid crystal display 2013 is connected to the control unit 2020 and drives each pixel based on a control signal output from the control unit 2020.
  • Various images displayed in color in the multi display area 2011 are formed on the display screen 2012 of the liquid crystal display 2013.
  • the backlight 2014 transmits and illuminates the image on the display screen 2012 with a light source such as a plurality of light emitting diodes (hereinafter referred to as LEDs).
  • the backlight 2014 is connected to the control unit 2020, and the luminance of the illumination is controlled by a control signal output from the control unit 2020.
  • the stepper motor 2017 is an electric motor that drives the pointer 2016.
  • the stepper motor 2017 is connected to the control unit 2020, and forms a pointer display in the pointer display area 2015 by rotating the pointer 2016 based on a control signal output from the control unit 2020.
  • the indicator light source 2019 is, for example, an LED.
  • Each indicator light source 2019 is connected to the control unit 2020, and emits light for causing each indicator 2018 to emit light based on a control signal output from the control unit 2020.
  • the control unit 2020 includes a microcomputer that operates according to a program, an interface that communicates with the in-vehicle Local Area Network (LAN) 2140, a liquid crystal display 2013, a stepper motor 2017, and a drive circuit that drives each light source. It is configured.
  • a steering switch 2130 and the like are connected to the in-vehicle LAN 2140 in addition to a plurality of in-vehicle devices 2150 mounted on the vehicle.
  • the control unit 2020 acquires vehicle information output to the in-vehicle LAN 2140 and outputs a control signal based on the acquired information to the liquid crystal display 2013, the stepper motor 2017, and each light source.
  • the projector 2061 of the HUD 2060 has a liquid crystal display 2062 and a projection light source 2063.
  • the liquid crystal display 2062 is a TFT display, for example.
  • the liquid crystal display 2062 is connected to the control unit 2020 and drives each pixel based on a control signal output from the control unit 2020.
  • Various images displayed in color in the virtual image display area 2111 are formed on the liquid crystal display 2062 (see FIG. 15).
  • the projection light source 2063 has a plurality of high-brightness LEDs, for example.
  • the projection light source 2063 is connected to the control unit 2020, and emits light formed as a virtual image 2035 (see FIG. 9) toward the liquid crystal display 2062 based on a control signal output from the control unit 2020. .
  • the linear light emitting unit 2081 of the light emitting unit 2080 has a plurality of linked line light sources 2089 as point light sources.
  • the link line light source 2089 is, for example, an LED or the like, and emits light of chromatic color such as blue.
  • Each link line light source 2089 is connected to the control unit 2020 and emits light individually based on a control signal output from the control unit 2020.
  • the mechanical configuration of the linear light emitting unit 2081 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS.
  • the two linear light emitting units 2081 are fitted in concave housing grooves 2123 (see FIG. 9) formed in the hood portion 2121 in an arrangement aligned in the vehicle width direction WD (see FIG. 15).
  • the two linear light emitting units 2081 are attached to the hood portion 2121 in a posture slightly inclined with respect to an axis parallel to the front-rear direction of the vehicle so as to be close to each other toward the front of the vehicle.
  • the light emitting surface 2081 a that emits light in the linear light emitting unit 2081 is substantially flush with the upper surface of the hood portion 2121.
  • the linear light emitting unit 2081 includes a light source substrate 2088, a light guide 2084, and a coating film 2086 in addition to the above-described linkage light source 2089.
  • the light source substrate 2088 is formed in a band plate shape having the extending direction of the linear light emitting unit 2081 as a longitudinal direction.
  • On the mounting surface 2088a of the light source substrate 2088 connectors and the like used for connection to a plurality of linkage light sources 2089 and the control unit 2020 (see FIG. 10) are mounted.
  • the plurality of linkage light sources 2089 are arranged on the mounting surface 2088a while being spaced apart from each other along the extending direction of the linear light emitting unit 2081.
  • the light guide 2084 is formed in a quadrangular prism shape using a colorless and transparent translucent material such as acrylic resin and polycarbonate resin.
  • the light guide 2084 has a holding surface 2084b, a light source accommodation chamber 2084a, and an emission surface 2085.
  • the holding surface 2084b is a side surface of the light guide 2084 facing the mounting surface 2088a.
  • the holding surface 2084b holds the light source substrate 2088.
  • the light source accommodation chamber 2084a is a space formed by recessing the central portion of the holding surface 2084b in a concave shape.
  • the light source accommodation chamber 2084a extends along the extending direction of the light guide 2084.
  • a plurality of linkage light sources 2089 are accommodated in the light source accommodation chamber 2084a.
  • the exit surface 2085 is a side surface of the light guide 2084 that is located on the opposite side of the holding surface 2084b.
  • the emission surface 2085 is slightly curved according to the shape of the upper surface of the hood portion 2121.
  • the exit surface 2085 emits the light from the link line light source 2089 incident on the light guide 2084 in the upward direction UD.
  • the coating film 2086 is formed in a film shape and covers the emission surface 2085.
  • the color and surface texture of the coating film 2086 are matched with the texture of the upper surface of the hood 2121 around the accommodation groove 2123.
  • the coating film 2086 is formed with a large number of minute through holes 2087 that penetrate the coating film 2086 in the thickness direction.
  • the size of the through hole 2087 is defined so that it is difficult for the viewer sitting in the driver's seat to visually recognize the through hole 2087.
  • the inner method of the through hole 2087 is, for example, about 1 millimeter or less.
  • the through hole 2087 can pass light emitted from the emission surface 2085.
  • the linear light emitting unit 2081 emits light by emitting light from the link light source 2089 that has passed through the through hole 2087 from the light emitting surface 2081a.
  • the link line light source 2089 is set so that lighting and extinguishing are individually controlled by the control unit 2020. As a result, as will be described later, the light emission position is visually observed on the light emission surface 2081a so as to move on the light emission surface.
  • a steering switch 2130 used for operating the display of the display device 2100 (see FIG. 8) will be described with reference to FIGS.
  • the configuration in which the display operation is input is not limited to the steering switch 2130, and may be, for example, a joystick and a touch panel provided in the center console.
  • Steering switch 2130 is arranged in a range where a finger that grips the rim part can be easily reached, such as a spoke part, in steering wheel 2130a.
  • the steering switch 2130 is formed in a circular shape as a whole, and includes an enter key 2132 and four direction keys 2131u, 2131d, 2131l, and 2131r.
  • the determination key 2132 is formed in a circular shape and is arranged at the center of the steering switch 2130.
  • Each of the direction keys 2131u to 2131r is one of the steering switch 2130 that divides the region on the outer periphery of the enter key 2132 into four equal parts in the circumferential direction.
  • Each direction key 2131u to 2131r is assigned with each direction of up, down, left and right.
  • An operator (viewer) who operates the steering switch 2130 can select a desired item from a plurality of items by pressing the direction keys 2131u to 2131r, and can confirm the selection by pressing the enter key 2132.
  • An operation request output from the steering switch 2130 based on such an operation is acquired by the control unit 2020 through the in-vehicle LAN 2140 shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 15 shows the entirety of a plurality of display areas visually recognized by a driver (viewer) seated in the driver's seat. From the viewpoint of the viewer, the light emitting unit 2080 is located in the range between the multi display area 2011 and the virtual image display area 2111 in the hood 2121.
  • Each linear light emitting unit 2081 extends linearly from the multi display area 2011 toward the virtual image display area 2111 in terms of appearance from the viewer.
  • a rear end 2082 Of the two ends of each linear light emitting unit 2081 in the extending direction, each one end that is positioned in the rearward direction of the vehicle and is apparently close to the multi display area 2011 is referred to as a rear end 2082.
  • each other end that is positioned in the front direction of the vehicle and is apparently close to the virtual image display region 2111 is referred to as a front end 2083.
  • the interval d1 between the rear end portions 2082 is closer to the length w1 of the multi-display area 2011 in the width direction WD than the length w2 of the virtual image display area 2111 in the width direction WD.
  • the interval d2 between the front side end portions 2083 is closer to the length w2 of the virtual image display region 2111 in the width direction WD than the length w1 of the multi-display region 2011 in the width direction WD, and substantially. It is aligned with the length w2.
  • the light emitting unit 2080 causes a part of the light emitting surface 2081a of each linear light emitting unit 2081 to emit light as the light emitting spot 2038.
  • the region of the light emitting surface 2081a excluding the light emitting spot 2038 may emit light with a lower luminance than the light emitting spot 2038 or may not emit light.
  • the light emission spot 2038 is movable on the light emission surface 2081a.
  • a part of the light emitted from the light emitting surface 2081 a toward the upward direction UD is in the area UD above the virtual image display area 2111 (hereinafter referred to as “reflection display area”) 2112 in the windshield 2110. Reflected on the driver's seat side. Therefore, the reflection image 2036 of the light emission spot 2038 by the light emitting unit 2080 is displayed in the reflective display area 2112.
  • a setting menu 2031 is displayed in the multi display area 2011 in the HUD customization mode.
  • items that can be displayed in the virtual image display area 2111 are arranged in the vertical direction of the display.
  • the setting menu 2031 displays items such as “Shift”, “Speed”, “Fuel”, and “TBT (turn-by-turn)”.
  • the display of the virtual image display area 2111 such as the shift indicator 2035a, the digital speedometer 2035b, the fuel gauge 2035k, and the turn-by-turn 2035d can be switched on and off.
  • each linear light emitting unit 2081 displays a light emitting spot 2038 on the rear side end portion 2082.
  • the reflection image 2036 of the light emission spot 2038 is also displayed in the reflection display area 2112.
  • each light emitting spot 2038 moves toward the front end 2083 so as to flow on the light emitting surface 2081a.
  • the reflected image 2036 also moves in the downward direction DD toward the virtual image display area 2111. The movement of the light emission spot 2038 and the reflected image 2036 is perceived by the viewer as a linkage line that is displayed in a light emission manner.
  • the shift indicator 2035a displays the left outer edge from the center of the virtual image display area 2111 in order to secure an area for displaying the digital speedometer 2035b (see column C in FIG. 16). Move towards Then, the light emission spot 2038 of each light emitting surface 2081a disappears, and a digital speedometer 2035b is displayed in the virtual image display area 2111 as shown in the column C of FIG.
  • the light emitting unit 2080 emits light in accordance with the change in the display of the virtual image display area 2111 based on the operation request for operating the display of the multi display area 2011. .
  • processing executed by the control unit 2020 will be described based on FIG. 17 and with reference to FIG.
  • the processing shown in FIG. 17 is started by the control unit 2020 based on activation of the HUD customization mode by operating the steering switch 2130 or the like. This process is repeatedly performed by the control unit 2020 until the viewer ends the HUD customization mode.
  • step S2101 an operation request output process to the in-vehicle LAN 2140 is performed, and the process proceeds to S2102.
  • step S ⁇ b> 2102 it is determined whether the determination key 2132 has been operated based on whether the operation request acquired in step S ⁇ b> 2101 is due to the pressing operation of the determination key 2132. If it is determined in S2102 that the enter key 2132 has not been operated, the process returns to S2101. On the other hand, if it is determined in S2102 that the enter key 2132 has been operated, the process proceeds to S2103.
  • the light emission processing for causing the light emitting unit 2080 to emit light is started based on the operation request accompanied by the display change of the virtual image display area 2111 acquired in S2101.
  • the light emission spot 2038 shown in FIG. 15 flows from one side to the other side of the multi display area 2011 and the virtual image display area 2111 (see also column A in FIG. 16 and column B in FIG. 16). )
  • the plurality of linked line light sources 2089 of each linear light emitting unit 2081 shown in FIG. 10 are turned on in order for a certain time. In this way, the light emitting unit 2080 starts light emission in a period from when the operation request is acquired by the control unit 2020 to when the display change of the virtual image display area 2111 (see FIG. 15) based on the operation request is started.
  • a change process for changing the display of the HUD 2060 is started. Specifically, the layout of the image drawn on the liquid crystal display 2062 is changed so that the image of the item for which the enter key 2132 has been operated in S2101 is displayed. As described above, images displayed as virtual images in the virtual image display area 2111 are added or reduced (see column C in FIG. 16).
  • the HUD display change process in S2104 may be started after the light emission process started in S2103, or may be performed in parallel with the process after the light emission process is started.
  • the display of the virtual image display area 2111 when the display of the virtual image display area 2111 is changed based on the operation request for operating the display of the multi-display area 2011, the two display areas 2011 are based on the operation request. , 2111 emits light.
  • the display device 2100 if the light emitting unit 2080 emits light in association with the display change of the virtual image display area 2111, the display device 2100 is as if an operation request has been transmitted from the multi display area 2011 to the virtual image display area 2111. Remind the viewer of the image. As a result, the viewer's attention can be directed to the virtual image display area 2111 without a sense of incongruity. For this reason, the viewer can accurately grasp the display change in which the two display areas 2011 and 211 that are located apart from each other are linked.
  • the light emitting unit 2080 disposed in the hood unit 2121 easily attracts the eyes of the viewer, and thus can reliably exert a function of inducing the viewer's attention. Therefore, a change in display in which the two display areas 2011 and 211 are linked is more easily recognized by a viewer.
  • the light emitting unit 2080 is positioned between the two display areas 2011 and 1111, by being positioned in the hood part 2121. Can do. Therefore, the upper surface of the hood part 2121 is suitable as a place for forming the light emitting part 2080 in the display device 2100 that performs virtual image display.
  • the viewer can visually recognize the light emission of the light emitting unit 2080 itself and the reflected image 2036 of the light emitting unit 2080 together. Therefore, when changing the display layout of the virtual image display area 2111 in the HUD customization mode, the virtual image display area 2111 can be further emphasized to guide the viewer's line of sight to the virtual image display area 2111. Therefore, the viewer can grasp the display change in which the two display areas 2011 and 211 are linked without omission.
  • the light emission spot 2038 moves on the light emission surface 2081a from the multi display area 2011 toward the virtual image display area 2111.
  • Such a display in which the light emission spot 2038 is flowed easily attracts the eyes of the viewer, and can guide the viewer's attention to the virtual image display area 2111 without a sense of incongruity. Therefore, the change in display in which the two display areas 20111 and 21111 are linked to each other is further easily grasped.
  • the linear light emitting unit 2081 extends linearly from the multi display area 2011 to the virtual image display area 2111 in terms of the viewer's appearance. Therefore, the movement of the light emitting spot 2038 flowing through the elongated light emitting surface 2081a formed in the linear light emitting unit 2081 can remind the viewer of an image as if an operation request is transmitted through the signal line. As a result, the viewer's attention is guided to the virtual image display area 2111 without a more uncomfortable feeling. Therefore, a change in display in which the two display areas 20111 and 21111 are linked becomes easier for the viewer to grasp.
  • the distance d1 between the rear end portions 2082 is aligned with the length w1 of the multi display region 2011 in the width direction WD.
  • the distance d2 between the front end portions 2083 is aligned with the length w2 of the virtual image display region 2111 in the width direction WD.
  • the two light emitting surfaces 2081a form a link line shape that links the two display areas 20111, 2111. Therefore, the light emitting spot 2038 flowing through each light emitting surface 2081a makes it easier for the viewer to associate the movement of information between the two display areas 20111, 2111.
  • the light emitting unit 2080 of the present embodiment clearly shows an image of information transmitted from the multi display area 2011 to the virtual image display area 2111 by starting light emission before the display change of the virtual image display area 2111 is started. obtain. Therefore, the effect of the light emitting unit 2080 that makes it easy to grasp the change in the display in which the two display areas 20111 and 21111 are linked to each other is more certain.
  • the light emitting surface 2081a in the extinguished state can be made inconspicuous for the viewer. . Therefore, the appearance deterioration around the driver's seat due to the provision of the linear light emitting unit 2081 in the hood portion 2121 can be prevented.
  • the connection line light source 2089 is in a light emission state, light emitted from the emission surface 2085 passes through a large number of through holes 2087 and is emitted to the outside of the coating film 2086. Therefore, the light emitting surface 2081a can emit light reliably.
  • the light emitting unit 2080 can exhibit the effect of easily grasping the change in display without adversely affecting the appearance from the viewer.
  • the multi display area 2011 corresponds to the “first display area” and the “operation display area”
  • the virtual image display area 2111 corresponds to the “second display area” and the “linked display area”.
  • the control unit 2020 corresponds to a “display control unit”
  • the light emission spot 2038 corresponds to a “light emission region”.
  • the combination meter 2010 corresponds to a “display unit”
  • the HUD 2060 corresponds to a “projection unit”
  • the windshield 2110 corresponds to a “projection unit”.
  • the light emitting unit 2080 corresponds to a “light emitting unit”
  • the linear light emitting unit 2081 corresponds to a “linear light emitter”
  • the coating film 2086 corresponds to a “coating layer”.
  • the right display area 2211a corresponds to the first display area and the operation display area
  • the left display area 2211b corresponds to the second display area and the linked display area
  • the liquid crystal display 2013 corresponds to the display section
  • the control section 2020 includes This corresponds to the display control unit.
  • the rear side end portion 2082 corresponds to one end portion
  • the front side end portion 2083 corresponds to the other end portion.
  • the combination meter 2210 shown in FIG. 18 forms a pointer display area 2215, a right display area 2211a, and a left display area 2211b.
  • the right display area 2211a and the left display area 2211b are located apart from each other.
  • the viewer of the combination meter 2210 can change the image displayed in the left display area 2211b by operating the setting menu 2231 displayed in the right display area 2211a. Therefore, the control unit of the combination meter 2210 performs control to change the display of the left display area 2211b based on an operation request for operating the display of the right display area 2211a.
  • the light emitting unit 2280 has two linear light emitting surfaces 2281a extending in the width direction WD in the pointer display region 2215.
  • the distance between the two light emitting surfaces 2281a in the vertical direction is substantially aligned with the height in the vertical direction of the two display areas 2211a and 2211b.
  • the texture of the light emitting surface 2281a is matched with the texture of the ground portion of the pointer display area 2215.
  • the light emitting unit 2280 moves the light emitting spot 2038 from the right display region 2211a toward the left display region 2211b under the control of the control unit.
  • the light emitting unit 2280 emits light based on the operation request accompanied by the display change of the left display area 2211b. Therefore, the viewer can recall an image as if an operation request was transmitted from the right display area 2211a to the left display area 2211b. Then, if the viewer's attention is directed to the left display area 2211b by the light emitting unit 2280, the change in display in which the two display areas 2211a and 2211b are linked can be accurately grasped by the viewer. .
  • the formation position of the light emitting part may be on the upper surface of the hood part as in the above-described embodiment, or may be in the combination meter as in Modification 1 above.
  • a light emitting unit that facilitates grasping the linked display of the display areas 2211a and 2211b in the combination meter 2210 is provided in the hood unit 2221 located in the upward direction UD of the meter 2210. It may be.
  • a light emitting unit can be formed on the upper surface of the meter.
  • the HUD customization mode has been described in detail.
  • the display in which the two display areas 2011 and 211 are linked is performed.
  • the display image displayed in the multi display area 2011 can be moved to the virtual image display area 2111.
  • the display in the case of moving the accelerometer displayed in the multi display area 2011 to the virtual image display area 2111 is shown in the A column of FIG. 19 to the C column of FIG.
  • the accelerometer visualizes the magnitude of the acceleration generated in the vehicle by acceleration / deceleration and steering by the eccentric amount of the spherical spot displayed in the annular image.
  • an image displayed in the multi-display area 2011 is referred to as “accelerometer 2031a”
  • a virtual image displayed in the virtual image display area 2111 is referred to as “accelerometer 2035f”.
  • the information display which can move between two display areas is not limited to an accelerometer.
  • the information display can be moved bidirectionally between the two display areas.
  • the viewer determines the movement of the accelerometer 2031a shown in the column A of FIG. 19 to the virtual image display region 2111 by pressing the up and down direction keys 2131u and 2131d (see FIG. 14) and the enter key 2132 (see FIG. 14). To do. Then, the light emission spot 2038 and its reflection image 2036 are displayed. The light emission spot 2038 and its reflection image 2036 move toward the virtual image display area 2111 as shown in the A column of FIG. 19 and the B column of FIG.
  • each display is toned down, and the accelerometer 2031a moves in the upward direction UD to match the movement of the light emission spot 2038.
  • the accelerometer 2031a disappears from the upper direction UD to the outside of the range of the multi display area 2011.
  • the shift indicator 2035a and the digital speedometer 2035b move from the center toward the left and right outer edges.
  • the accelerometer 2035f is inserted into the virtual image display area 2111 from the downward direction DD as the accelerometer 2031a moves out of the range of the multi display area 2011.
  • Accelerometer 2035f moves to the center of virtual image display area 2111 and is positioned between shift indicator 2035a and digital speedometer 2035b, as shown in column C of FIG. Thus, the movement of the accelerometers 2031a and 2035f across the two display areas is completed. As described above, even when the information display is moved from one of the two display areas 2011 and 1111, the light-emitting display that causes the light-emitting spot to flow can make it easy for the viewer to recognize the change in the linked display.
  • the display of the virtual image display area 2111 has been changed by operating the multi display area 2011.
  • the display of the multi-display area 2011 can be changed by operating the virtual image display area 2111.
  • the virtual image display area 2111 corresponds to the “operation display area”
  • the multi display area 2011 corresponds to the “linked display area”.
  • light emission of the light emitting unit is started during a period from when the operation request is acquired by the control unit to when the display change of the virtual image display area is started.
  • the light emission start of the light emitting unit is the display change of the virtual image display area. It can be later than the start.
  • the transmission of the operation request can be expressed by the light emission of the light emitting unit, the context between the light emission start timing of the light emitting unit and the timing of starting the display change of the virtual image display region can be adjusted as appropriate. .
  • the added image is slid in or faded in from the outer edge of the lower direction DD adjacent to the virtual image display area and the light emitting part in synchronization with the light emission of the light emitting part. It's okay.
  • the viewer can more easily recall the image in which the operation request is transmitted to the virtual image display area.
  • the reflected image of the light emitting unit is projected in the reflective display area located in the upward direction UD of the virtual image display area (see FIG. 15).
  • Such display of the reflected image may be omitted.
  • region except a light emission spot in the light emission surface may emit light slightly with a brightness
  • each linear light emitting unit has performed display such that a light emitting spot flows
  • the light emission mode of each linear light emitting unit can be changed as appropriate.
  • control that the band of light continuously proceeds from the multi-display area toward the virtual image display area, or from the virtual image display area toward the multi-display area May be implemented.
  • a light emitting mode may be employed in which all of the light emitting surfaces emit light linearly by simultaneously emitting light from a plurality of cooperative line light sources so as to connect two display regions.
  • the dot-like or band-like light emitting areas projected on the two light emitting surfaces may move differently.
  • a linear light emitting unit that forms a linear light emitting surface that displays a link line connecting two display areas is employed as the light emitting unit.
  • the shape of the light emitting surface is not limited to a linear shape.
  • the entire range sandwiched between two display areas on the top surface of the hood portion can be formed as a light emitting surface capable of emitting light.
  • positioning, etc. of the said unit can be changed suitably.
  • the light emitting surface is formed so as to be melted into the surrounding structure by covering the emission surface with a coating film.
  • a coating film may be omitted.
  • a light-emitting surface that is made to stand out from the periphery may be formed by forming a coating film on the emission surface that is greatly different in texture from the surrounding structure.
  • a light emitting diode is employed as each light source.
  • the configuration that can be employed as the light source is not limited to the light emitting diode.
  • a fluorescent tube and an organic EL panel can be used as the light source.
  • the vehicle windshield is used as the projection unit on which each display image is projected.
  • the projection unit is not limited to the windshield.
  • a combiner that is formed in a plate shape with a translucent resin and attached to the upper surface of the instrument panel or the vehicle interior side of the windshield may be installed as a configuration corresponding to the projection unit.
  • the projector of the above embodiment has a configuration in which a TFT liquid crystal display and a projection light source are combined.
  • the configuration for projecting the display image can be changed as appropriate.
  • a liquid crystal display other than the TFT method can be used.
  • a display image may be projected by a DLP (Digital Light Processing: registered trademark) projector, a CRT projector, or the like.
  • a laser scanner using MEMS may be included in the “projection unit” as a configuration for projecting a display image.
  • the function of the “display control unit” provided by the control unit 2020 that has executed the program may be provided by hardware and software different from the above configuration, or a combination thereof.
  • the above-described function of controlling the display of each display area and the light emission of the light emitting unit may be provided by a circuit that performs a predetermined function without depending on a program.
  • the present disclosure is applicable not only to vehicles but also to display devices that are used in various consumer devices, various transport devices, and the like.
  • the amount of information displayed on the HUD may be smaller than the amount of information displayed on the combination meter.
  • a display device capable of showing a change in display in which two display areas located apart from each other are linked so that a viewer can easily understand.
  • a display device that displays information in each of a plurality of display areas including a first display area and a second display area that are located apart from each other.
  • the display device is based on an operation request for operating the display of the operation display area that is one of the first display area and the second display area, and the linkage display that is the other of the first display area and the second display area.
  • a display control unit that performs control to change display of the region, and a light emitting unit that emits light between the first display region and the second display region, and the display control unit accompanies a change in display of the linked display region Based on the operation request, the light emitting unit emits light.
  • the light emitting unit located between the two display areas emits light.
  • the display device displays the image as if the operation request was transmitted from the operation display area to the linkage display area. Can remind you.
  • the viewer's attention can be directed to the linked display area without a sense of incongruity. Accordingly, the viewer can accurately grasp the change in display in which two display areas located apart from each other are linked.
  • a display device that displays information on each of a plurality of display areas including a first display area that is located apart from each other, and the first display area and the first display area Control to change the display of the linked display area, which is the other of the first display area and the second display area, based on an operation request for operating the display of the operation display area which is one of the two display areas.
  • the display device includes a display unit that forms the first display region, and is a display device that is mounted on a vehicle including a hood unit that divides a space for housing the display unit.
  • the hood portion may be located.
  • the display device is a display device mounted on a vehicle in which a projection unit is formed in an upper direction of the hood unit, and the display unit is defined in the upper direction of the hood unit among the projection units.
  • a projection unit configured to project a light toward the second display region so that a virtual image is visible through the second display region, and the light emitting unit includes the first display region and the hood unit. You may locate in the range between said 2nd display area.
  • the light emitting unit emits light toward the projecting unit, so that the reflective display region positioned above the second display region in the projecting unit, You may form the reflected image of the said light emission part.
  • the display control unit may move a light emitting region that is light-emitting displayed on the light emitting unit between the first display region and the second display region based on the operation request. Good.
  • the light emitting area may move from the operation display area toward the linkage display area.
  • the light emitting unit may include a linear light emitter that extends linearly from the operation display area toward the linked display area.
  • the light emitting unit includes the two linear light emitters, and the two linear light emitters are arranged in a width direction intersecting with an extending direction of the linear light emitter and visually recognized. From the viewpoint of a person, the distance between each one end adjacent to the first display area for each linear light emitter is greater than the length in the width direction of the second display area. The distance between the other ends close to the second display area for each of the linear light emitters is close to the length in the width direction of the display area and viewed from the viewer. It may be closer to the width direction of the second display area than the length of the area in the width direction.
  • the light emitting unit emits light during a period from when the operation request is acquired by the display control unit to when the display change of the linked display area based on the operation request is started. May be.
  • the light emitting unit includes an emission surface that emits light, and a coating layer that covers the emission surface and forms a large number of through holes that allow light emitted from the emission surface to pass therethrough. , May be formed.
  • a display device 3100 according to the third embodiment of the present disclosure shown in FIG. 20 is mounted on a vehicle, and is configured by combining a combination meter 3010, a head-up display (hereinafter “HUD”) 3060, a light emitting unit 3080, and the like. ing. As shown in FIGS. 20 and 21, the display device 3100 displays various information related to the vehicle such as the traveling speed in each of the plurality of display areas.
  • HUD head-up display
  • the combination meter 3010 is accommodated in a space 3122 formed in the instrument panel 3120 in a posture in which the front side on which a plurality of display areas are formed faces the driver's seat.
  • the instrument panel 3120 is installed in the downward direction DD of the windshield 3110 in the vehicle.
  • the instrument panel 3120 is formed with a hood portion 3121 protruding in the upward direction UD.
  • the space 3122 is partitioned by the hood portion 3121 and is formed in the front direction of the driver's seat.
  • the combination meter 3010 is located in the downward direction DD of the hood portion 3121 and forms a multi display area 3011, two pointer display areas 3015, and a plurality of indicators 3018.
  • the multi display area 3011 is arranged at the center of the combination meter 3010.
  • the multi display area 3011 displays information by various images displayed on the display screen 3012.
  • the two pointer display areas 3015 are arranged on both sides of the multi display area 3011 in the width direction WD.
  • Each pointer display area 3015 displays information by a rotating pointer 3016.
  • the plurality of indicators 3018 are mainly formed in an area excluding the multi display area 3011 and the pointer display area 3015 on the front side of the combination meter 3010.
  • Each indicator 3018 emits and displays icons such as characters and symbols to give various warnings related to the vehicle to the viewer.
  • the HUD 3060 includes an optical system 3064 configured by a concave mirror or the like, a projector 3061 that emits light of a display image displayed as a virtual image 3035, and a housing 3065 that houses the optical system 3064 and the projector 3061.
  • the HUD 3060 is arranged in front of the vehicle with respect to the combination meter 3010 and is accommodated in the instrument panel 3120.
  • the HUD 3060 reflects the light of the display image emitted from the projector 3061 by the optical system 3064 and projects it toward the virtual image display area 3111 defined in the windshield 3110.
  • the virtual image display area 3111 is defined in the upward direction UD of the hood portion 3121 in the windshield 3110 that transmits the foreground of the vehicle. Therefore, the virtual image display area 3111, the multi display area 3011, the pointer display area 3015, and the like are located away from each other. A viewer seated in the driver's seat can perceive the virtual image 3035 superimposed on the foreground of the vehicle through the virtual image display region 3111 by perceiving the light reflected toward the vehicle interior side by the virtual image display region 3111.
  • the HUD 3060 further includes a frame indicator 3066 shown in FIGS. 21 and 22.
  • the frame indicator 3066 is provided around an opening 3065 a formed in the housing 3065.
  • the opening 3065a is formed in a rectangular shape and is closed by a colorless and transparent dustproof cover 3070.
  • the light of the display image directed from the optical system 3064 toward the windshield 3110 passes through the opening 3065a by passing through the dust cover 3070.
  • the frame display unit 3066 includes a plurality of (four) light guide units 3067, a frame display light source 3069, and the like.
  • the light guide unit 3067 is made of a colorless and transparent translucent material such as acrylic resin and polycarbonate resin.
  • the light guide unit 3067 is disposed so as to surround the four corners of the opening 3065a.
  • the light guide portion 3067 is erected from the outer peripheral portion of the opening 3065a in the upward direction UD.
  • the light guide 3067 extends in an L shape along the corner of the opening 3065a.
  • the light guide 3067 is formed separately from the dust cover 3070 and is held by the housing 3065.
  • the side surface of the light guide unit 3067 is covered with a light-shielding paint or the like.
  • the top surface of the light guide portion 3067 forms an emission surface 3067 a that faces the windshield 3110.
  • a frame-shaped second display image 3034 is formed by the four L-shaped exit surfaces 3067a (see also FIG. 24).
  • the second display image 3034 is a virtual image 3035 of the first display image 3033 projected by the projector 3061 (see FIG. 20).
  • a frame-shaped display surrounding the image is displayed.
  • the frame display light source 3069 is held by the housing 3065 so as to be aligned with the light guide unit 3067.
  • the frame display light source 3069 causes light to enter the light guide unit 3067 by emitting light toward both ends of the light guide unit 3067 extending in an L shape.
  • Light emitted from the frame display light source 3069 and incident on the light guide unit 3067 is emitted in the upward direction UD from the emission surface 3067a toward the windshield 3110.
  • a display image displayed by the projector 3061, projected through the optical system 3064 and projected onto the windshield 3110 is a first display image 3033.
  • a display image displayed on a frame display 3066 having a configuration different from that of the projector 3061 and projected on the windshield 3110 without passing through the optical system 3064 is a second display image 3034.
  • Vehicle information related to the vehicle is mainly displayed by a first display image 3033.
  • the distance from the windshield 3110 to the imaging position is enlarged by the optical system 3064 in order to reduce the viewpoint movement of the viewer.
  • the virtual image 3035 of the second display image 3034 that does not pass through the optical system 3064 is shifted from the virtual image 3035 of the first display image 3033 and is closer to the windshield 3110 than the virtual image 3035 of the first display image 3033.
  • the image is formed at the position.
  • the light emitting unit 3080 shown in FIGS. 20 and 21 has two linear light emitting units 3081.
  • Each linear light emitting unit 3081 is formed in a longitudinal shape extending in a rod shape along the longitudinal direction of the vehicle.
  • the two linear light emitting units 3081 are attached to the hood portion 3121 so as to be spaced apart from each other in the vehicle width direction WD intersecting (orthogonal) with each extending direction.
  • the linear light emitting unit 3081 emits light from the light emitting surface 3081a toward the windshield 3110 and the driver's seat.
  • a part of the light emitted in the upward direction UD in this manner is placed on the driver's seat side in a region 3112 of the windshield 3110 that is higher in the upward direction UD than the virtual image display region 3111 (hereinafter, “reflection display region”). Reflected. Therefore, the reflected images 3036 of the two linear light emitting units 3081 are displayed in the reflective display area 3112 (see also column B in FIG. 24, column B in FIG. 25, and the like).
  • the combination meter 3010 includes a liquid crystal display 3013 and a backlight 3014, two stepper motors 3017, a plurality of indicator light sources 3019, and a control unit 3020.
  • the liquid crystal display 3013 is a thin-film-transistor (TFT) type display using thin film transistors, for example.
  • the liquid crystal display 3013 has a plurality of pixels arranged two-dimensionally along the display screen 3012.
  • the liquid crystal display 3013 is connected to the control unit 3020 and drives each pixel based on a control signal output from the control unit 3020.
  • On the display screen 3012 of the liquid crystal display 3013 various images that are displayed in color in the multi-display area 3011 are formed.
  • the backlight 3014 transmits and illuminates the image on the display screen 3012 with a light source such as a plurality of light emitting diodes (hereinafter referred to as LEDs).
  • the backlight 3014 is connected to the control unit 3020, and the luminance of the illumination is controlled by a control signal output from the control unit 3020.
  • the stepper motor 3017 is an electric motor that drives the pointer 3016.
  • the stepper motor 3017 is connected to the control unit 3020, and forms a pointer display in the pointer display area 3015 by rotating the pointer 3016 based on a control signal output from the control unit 3020.
  • the indicator light source 3019 is, for example, an LED.
  • Each indicator light source 30319 is connected to the control unit 3020, and emits light for causing each indicator 3018 to emit light based on a control signal output from the control unit 3020.
  • the control unit 3020 includes a microcomputer that operates according to a program, an interface that communicates with the in-vehicle Local Area Network (LAN) 3140, a liquid crystal display 3013, a stepper motor 3017, a drive circuit that drives each light source, and the like. It is configured.
  • a steering switch 3130 and the like are connected to the in-vehicle LAN 3140.
  • the control unit 3020 acquires vehicle information output to the in-vehicle LAN 3140 and outputs a control signal based on the acquired information to the liquid crystal display 3013, the stepper motor 3017, and each light source.
  • the projector 3061 of the HUD 3060 has a liquid crystal display 3062 and a projection light source 3063.
  • the liquid crystal display 3062 is, for example, a TFT display.
  • the liquid crystal display 3062 is connected to the control unit 3020 and drives each pixel based on a control signal output from the control unit 3020.
  • Various images displayed in color in the virtual image display area 3111 are formed on the liquid crystal display 3062.
  • the projection light source 3063 has a plurality of high-brightness LEDs, for example.
  • the projection light source 3063 is connected to the control unit 3020, and the light of the first display image 3033 (see FIG. 21) formed as a virtual image 3035 (see FIG. 21) based on a control signal output from the control unit 3020. Are emitted toward the liquid crystal display 3062.
  • the frame indicator 3066 of the HUD 3060 has a plurality of frame display light sources 3069.
  • the frame display light source 3069 is, for example, an LED or the like, and emits chromatic light such as blue.
  • Each frame display light source 3069 is connected to the control unit 3020 and emits light based on a control signal output from the control unit 3020.
  • the light emission timings of the frame display light sources 3069 are synchronized with each other.
  • the linear light emitting unit 3081 of the light emitting unit 3080 has a plurality of linked line light sources 3089 as point light sources.
  • the link line light source 3089 is, for example, an LED or the like, and emits chromatic light such as blue. In the present embodiment, the emission color of the link line light source 3089 is matched with the emission color of the frame display light source 3069.
  • Each link line light source 3089 is connected to the control unit 3020 and emits light individually based on a control signal output from the control unit 3020.
  • the steering switch 3130 used for operating the display of the display device 3100 will be described with reference to FIGS.
  • the configuration in which the display operation is input in the vehicle interior is not limited to the steering switch 3130, and may be, for example, a joystick and a touch panel provided in the center console.
  • Steering switch 3130 is arranged in the steering wheel 3130a in a range where fingers that grip the rim portion can be easily reached, such as a spoke portion.
  • the steering switch 3130 is formed in a circular shape as a whole, and includes an enter key 3132 and four direction keys 3131u, 3131d, 3131l, and 3131r.
  • the decision key 3132 is formed in a circular shape and is arranged at the center of the steering switch 3130.
  • Each of the direction keys 3131u to 3131r is one of the steering switch 3130 and the region on the outer peripheral side of the enter key 3132 is divided into four equal parts in the circumferential direction.
  • Each direction key 3131u to 3131r is assigned with each direction of up, down, left and right.
  • An operator (viewer) who operates the steering switch 3130 can select a desired item from among a plurality of items by pressing the direction keys 3131u to 3131r, and can confirm the selection by pressing the enter key 3132.
  • An operation request output from the steering switch 3130 based on such an operation is acquired by the control unit 3020 through the in-vehicle LAN 3140 shown in FIG.
  • an operation request output from the steering switch 3130 based on input to the direction keys 3131u to 3131r is referred to as a “change operation request”.
  • the operation request output from the steering switch 3130 based on the input to the determination key 3132 is referred to as a “decision operation request”.
  • the control unit 3020 controls the liquid crystal displays 3013 and 3062 so that the display layouts of the two display areas 3011 and 3111 are changed in cooperation.
  • the HUD customization mode which is one of the operation modes in which the display of the two display areas 3011 and 3111 is linked, will be described based on FIG. 24 with reference to FIG.
  • information displayed in the virtual image display area 3111 can be changed by operating the setting menu 3031 displayed in the multi display area 3011.
  • the setting menu 3031 items that can be displayed in the virtual image display area 3111 are arranged in the vertical direction of the display.
  • the setting menu 3031 specifically displays items such as “Shift”, “Speed”, “Fuel”, and “TBT (turn-by-turn)”.
  • the display of the shift indicator 3035a in the virtual image display area 3111 is switched on and off.
  • the display of the shift indicator 3035a is switched on and off.
  • a column in FIG. 24 to C column in FIG. 24 show the process of changing the display layout when the digital speedometer 3035b is added to the virtual image display area 3111 displaying the shift indicator 3035a.
  • the viewer selects the item “Speed” from among a plurality of items displayed on the setting menu 3031 in the column A of FIG. 24 by operating the up and down direction keys 3131u and 3131d. Then, the viewer confirms the “Speed” selection by pressing the enter key 3132. Then, the light emitting spot 3038 is displayed on the two linear light emitting units 3081. In addition, a reflection image 3036 of the light emission spot 3038 is displayed in the reflection display area 3112.
  • each light emission spot 3038 moves from the multi-display region 3011 to the virtual image display region 3111 in the appearance of the viewer.
  • each reflected image 3036 moves in the downward direction DD so as to approach the virtual image display region 3111 in the appearance of the viewer.
  • the movement of the light emission spot 3038 and the reflected image 3036 is perceived by the viewer as a linkage line that is displayed in a light emission manner.
  • Each light emitting spot 3038 disappears by reaching the end of the light emitting surface 3081a close to the virtual image display region 3111.
  • the shift indicator 3035a moves from the center of the virtual image display area 3111 toward the left outer edge so as to match the movement of the light emission spot 3038. Thereby, an area for displaying the digital speedometer 3035b (see column C in FIG. 24) is secured in the virtual image display area 3111. Then, as shown in column C of FIG. 24, a digital speedometer 3035b is displayed at a position adjacent to the shift indicator 3035a in the virtual image display area 3111.
  • a confirmation notification frame 3035e which is a virtual image 3035 of the second display image 3034 (see FIG. 21) is displayed.
  • the confirmation notification frame 3035e is formed on the outer peripheral side of the shift indicator 3035a and the digital speedometer 3035b, which are virtual images 3035 of the first display image 3033 (see FIG. 21), as viewed from the viewer.
  • the confirmation notification frame 3035e is turned off after being turned on for about 1 second, for example. Note that the lighting time of the confirmation notification frame 3035e can be changed as appropriate.
  • a display movement mode which is another operation mode in which the displays of the display areas 3011 and 3111 are linked, will be described with reference to FIG. 22 based on FIG.
  • the display image displayed in the multi display area 3011 can be moved to the virtual image display area 3111.
  • the display in the case where the accelerometer displayed in the multi display area 3011 is moved to the virtual image display area 3111 is shown in the A column in FIG. 25 to the C column in FIG.
  • the accelerometer visualizes the magnitude of acceleration generated in the vehicle by acceleration / deceleration and steering by the amount of eccentricity of a spherical spot displayed in a disk-shaped image.
  • an image displayed in the multi display area 3011 is referred to as “accelerometer 3031a”
  • a virtual image displayed in the virtual image display area 3111 is referred to as “accelerometer 3035f”.
  • the viewer confirms the movement of the accelerometer 3031a shown in the column A of FIG. 25 to the virtual image display area 3111 by pressing the up / down direction keys 3131u and 3131d and the enter key 3132. Then, the light emission spot 3038 and its reflection image 3036 are displayed. The light emission spot 3038 and its reflection image 3036 move toward the virtual image display region 3111 as shown in the column A of FIG. 25 and the column B of FIG.
  • each display is toned down, and the accelerometer 3031a moves upward UD so as to match the movement of the light emission spot 3038.
  • the accelerometer 3031a disappears from the upward direction UD to the outside of the range of the multi display area 3011.
  • the shift indicator 3035a and the digital speedometer 3035b move from the center toward the left and right outer edges.
  • the accelerometer 3035f is inserted into the virtual image display area 3111 from the downward direction DD as the accelerometer 3031a moves out of the range of the multi display area 3011.
  • Accelerometer 3035f moves to the center of virtual image display area 3111 and is positioned between shift indicator 3035a and digital speedometer 3035b, as shown in column C of FIG.
  • a confirmation notification frame 3035e is temporarily displayed on the outer peripheral side of the accelerometer 3035f, the shift indicator 3035a, and the digital speedometer 3035b.
  • the processing performed by the control unit 3020 in order to realize the display change of the display device 3100 described above will be described based on FIG. 26 with reference to FIG.
  • the processing shown in FIG. 26 is started by the control unit 3020 based on the operation mode such as the HUD customization mode and the display movement mode being activated by the operation of the steering switch 3130 or the like. This process is repeatedly performed by the control unit 3020 until the viewer ends these operation modes.
  • an operation request output process is performed on the in-vehicle LAN 3140, and the process proceeds to S3102.
  • a light emission process for causing the light emitting unit 3080 to emit light is started based on the determination operation request acquired in S3101.
  • the light emission spot 3038 flows from one side to the other side of the multi display area 3011 and the virtual image display area 3111 (see the column A in FIG. 24, the column A in FIG. 25, and the like).
  • a change process for controlling the liquid crystal display 3062 is started so that the display mode of the first display image 3033 is changed. move on.
  • a digital speedometer 3035b, an acceleration meter 3035f, and the like are added to the virtual image display area 3111 (see column C in FIG. 24, column C in FIG. 25, and the like).
  • S3105 it is determined whether or not the changing process of the first display image 3033 started in S3104 has been completed. If a negative determination is made in S3105, the determination in S3105 is repeated to wait for the completion of the change process. Then, upon completion of the change process, the process proceeds to S3106 on condition that an affirmative determination is made in S3105.
  • a confirmation notification frame 3035e is temporarily displayed around the virtual image 3035 of the first display image 3033 in the virtual image display area 3111 as a display change for notifying the confirmation and completion of the change of the first display image 3033.
  • a virtual image is displayed (see column C in FIG. 24, column C in FIG. 25, etc.).
  • the control unit 3020 acquires an operation request based on the input, and moves to the corresponding display layout.
  • the display mode of the virtual image display area 3111 is changed.
  • the control unit 3020 temporarily lights the confirmation notification frame 3035e as a display change for notifying the confirmation of the change to the display layout corresponding to the acquired operation request.
  • the specific display change by the confirmation notification frame 3035e is performed separately from the display layout change, so that the viewer changes the display layout of the virtual image display area 3111 to the display mode reflecting the input operation. , You will be able to grasp easily.
  • notification of change confirmation to the viewer is performed by the display change of the second display image 3034 among the first display image 3033 and the second display image 3034.
  • the confirmation of the change of the display layout can be further understood by the viewer. It can be easily notified.
  • the virtual image 3035 of the first display image 3033 and the virtual image 3035 of the second display image 3034 are formed at positions shifted in the front-rear direction of the vehicle. Therefore, a stereoscopic effect is imparted to the display of the virtual image display area 3111 in which these virtual images 3035 are combined. In this way, the three-dimensional virtual image display can strongly exert an action that attracts the eyes of the viewer. As a result, the display change of the confirmation notification frame 3035e in the virtual image display area 3111 is more easily grasped by the viewer.
  • the confirmation notification frame 3035e used for the confirmation notification in the present embodiment is a virtual image 3035 of the second display image 3034 that is projected directly onto the windshield 3110 without passing through the optical system 3064. Therefore, both the enlargement of the optical system 3064 and the reduction of the display size of the digital speedometer 3035b and the like can be avoided in order to add the display of the confirmation notification frame 3035e. Therefore, it is possible to add a function of notifying the viewer of the confirmation of the layout change while maintaining the high information providing function of the HUD 3060 that presents the vehicle information to the viewer.
  • the frame display 3066 is provided around the opening 3065a, a large optical path difference may be generated between the light of the first display image 3033 and the light of the second display image 3034. Therefore, the distance between the digital speedometer 3035b and the like and the confirmation notification frame 3035e is more easily secured.
  • the virtual image display in which the stereoscopic effect is emphasized further attracts the viewer's eyes, so that the display change for performing the notification of confirmation is further easily grasped by the viewer.
  • the confirmation notification frame 3035e since the confirmation notification frame 3035e has a frame shape surrounding the digital speedometer 3035b and the like, even if the viewer is watching the digital speedometer 3035b and the like, the confirmation notification frame 3035e misses the confirmation notification. hard. Therefore, the above-described display change in which the frame-shaped confirmation notification frame 3035e is turned on is suitable as the display change for performing the confirmation notification.
  • the confirmation notification by turning on the confirmation notification frame 3035e is performed after the change of the display layout based on the operation request is completed. Therefore, the lighting of the confirmation notification frame 3035e can clearly notify the viewer that the layout change of the first display image 3033 has been completed.
  • the display of the multi-display area 3011 is changed in association with the first display image 3033 projected on the virtual image display area 3111
  • the viewer's attention is the multi-display area.
  • 3011 can also be directed to the virtual image display area 3111.
  • the process of changing the display layout becomes more difficult to perceive. Therefore, in the display device 3100 in which the two display areas 3011 and 3111 are linked, the configuration in which the display layout change confirmation is notified by turning on the confirmation notification frame 3035e is particularly effective for improving the usability of the viewer.
  • the liquid crystal display 3013 corresponds to a “display unit”
  • the control unit 3020 corresponds to a “display control unit”.
  • the HUD 3060 corresponds to a “projector”
  • the projector 3061 corresponds to a “first projector”
  • the frame display 3066 corresponds to a “second projector”.
  • the display device 3100 corresponds to a “vehicle display device”
  • the windshield 3110 corresponds to a “projection unit”
  • the steering switch 3130 corresponds to an “input unit”.
  • the display layout change confirmation can be notified even by such a display change. According to the first modification described above, it is possible to notify the confirmation of the layout change without newly adding a display such as the above-described confirmation notification frame 3035e.
  • the display temporarily turned off in the first modification may not be all that is being displayed in the virtual image display area.
  • virtual images other than digital speedometers that are required to be displayed by laws and regulations may be temporarily deleted.
  • confirmation of layout change may be notified to the viewer by a display change that causes the background of the virtual image to emit light in a specific color temporarily.
  • the HUD 3060 has the frame display 3066 separately from the projector 3061, thereby forming the virtual image 3035 of the second display image 3034 at a position away from the virtual image 3035 of the first display image 3033.
  • the second display image for performing the confirmation notification can be projected by the same projector as the first display image that mainly displays vehicle information.
  • the formation position of the frame display is not limited to the periphery of the opening of the housing.
  • each light of the first display image and the second display image may pass through the optical system.
  • the frame indicator may be arranged in the housing as a projector separate from the projector.
  • the HUD that projects the first display image and the HUD that projects the second display image may be provided separately.
  • the distance between each virtual image of a 1st display image and a 2nd display image may be changed suitably.
  • the shape and display color of the confirmation notification frame that is a discontinuous frame shape surrounding other display images by L-shaped display images arranged at the four corners of the virtual image display region 3111 can be changed as appropriate.
  • the confirmation notification frame may have a continuous frame shape surrounding the virtual image of the first display image over the entire circumference.
  • the virtual image of the second display image may not be a frame shape.
  • a confirmation notification bar that extends in a strip shape in the width direction WD of the vehicle may be displayed above or below the virtual image of the first display image.
  • the character which notifies the confirmation of layout change may be displayed on a virtual image display area.
  • the confirmation notification frame 3035e is turned on after the layout change is completed.
  • the lighting of the confirmation notification frame may be started before the layout change is completed and may continue until after the completion.
  • the confirmation notification frame may be continuously lit while the layout change is continued. In this case, the viewer can surely grasp the completion of the layout change by the display change in which the confirmation notification frame disappears.
  • the lighting of the confirmation notification frame 3035e is combined with the movement of the light emission spot 3038.
  • the light emitting unit for displaying the light emitting spot can be omitted.
  • the display moved in the display movement mode is not limited to the accelerometer.
  • Information displays such as shift indicators, speedometers, and fuel gauges are movable.
  • the movement of the information display is not limited to the movement from the multi display area to the virtual image display area. It is also possible to move the information display from the virtual image display area to the multi display area.
  • the movement direction of the light emission spot corresponds to the movement direction of the information display, and is a downward direction DD from the virtual image display area to the multi display area.
  • a light emitting diode is employed as each light source.
  • the configuration that can be employed as the light source is not limited to the light emitting diode.
  • a fluorescent tube and an organic EL panel can be used as the light source.
  • the vehicle windshield is used as the projection unit on which each display image is projected.
  • the projection unit is not limited to the windshield.
  • a combiner that is formed in a plate shape with a translucent resin and attached to the upper surface of the instrument panel or the vehicle interior side of the windshield may be installed as a configuration corresponding to the projection unit.
  • the projector of the above embodiment has a configuration in which a TFT liquid crystal display and a projection light source are combined.
  • the configuration for projecting the display image can be changed as appropriate.
  • a liquid crystal display other than the TFT method can be used.
  • a display image may be projected by a DLP (Digital Light Processing: registered trademark) projector, a CRT projector, or the like.
  • a laser scanner using MEMS may be included in the “projection unit” as a configuration for projecting a display image.
  • the function of the “display control unit” provided by the control unit 3020 that executes the program may be provided by hardware and software different from the above-described configuration, or a combination thereof.
  • the function of the “display control unit” may be provided by linking a control unit provided in each of the combination meter and the HUD.
  • the above-described function for controlling the display of each display area may be provided by a circuit that performs a predetermined function without depending on a program.
  • the present disclosure is applied to a display device for a vehicle mounted on a vehicle and combined with a combination meter, a HUD and the like has been described.
  • the present disclosure can also be applied to a display device for a vehicle that includes only a HUD.
  • the amount of information displayed on the HUD may be smaller than the amount of information displayed on the combination meter.
  • the third embodiment of the present disclosure it is possible to provide a vehicle display device that allows a viewer to easily confirm the layout change of a display image displayed as a virtual image.
  • a vehicle display device that is mounted on a vehicle and acquires an operation request based on an input to an input unit provided in a vehicle interior.
  • the vehicular display device projects a display image onto a projection unit that transmits the foreground of the vehicle, thereby making it possible to visually recognize a virtual image of the display image from the room and an operation request for changing the display layout of the display image.
  • a display control unit that controls the projection unit so that the display mode of the display image is changed, and the display control unit displays a display change that notifies the display layout change confirmation based on the operation request in the display image. Cause it to occur.
  • the display control unit when an operation for changing the display layout of the display image is input to the input unit provided in the vehicle interior, the display control unit that has acquired the operation request based on the input receives the operation request.
  • a display change for notifying the confirmation of the change to the display layout based on is generated in the display image.
  • a vehicle display device that is mounted on a vehicle and obtains an operation request based on an input to an input unit provided in the interior of the vehicle. And projecting the display image onto a projection unit that transmits the display image, so that the virtual image of the display image can be viewed from the room, and the display image based on the operation request for changing the display layout of the display image.
  • a display control unit that controls the projection unit so that the display mode is changed, and the display control unit generates a display change in the display image for notifying a change in display layout based on the operation request.
  • a vehicle display device is provided.
  • the projection unit projects a first display image and a second display image onto the projection unit
  • the display control unit is configured to display the first display image based on the operation request.
  • the display layout may be changed, and a display change that notifies the change confirmation of the first display image may be caused in the second display image.
  • the virtual image of the second display image may be formed at a position shifted from the virtual image of the first display image.
  • the projection unit emits the light of the first display image, and the optical system projects the light from the first projector toward the projection unit.
  • a second projector that is positioned between the optical system and the projection unit and projects the light of the second display image toward the projection unit.
  • the projection unit further includes a housing that houses the optical system and forms an opening through which the light of the first display image traveling from the optical system toward the projection unit is passed.
  • the second projector may be provided around the opening.
  • the virtual image of the second display image may have a frame shape surrounding the virtual image of the first display image in view of a viewer.
  • the display control unit may cause a display change of the display image for notifying the confirmation of the change after the change of the display layout based on the operation request is completed.
  • the display control unit may notify the change confirmation of the display layout by causing a display change that temporarily erases the virtual image of the display image being displayed.
  • the vehicular display device further includes a display unit disposed in the room and controlled in display by the display control unit, wherein the display control unit is configured to display the display image based on the operation request.
  • the display layout may be changed while being linked with the display by the display unit.
  • a display device 4100 according to the fourth embodiment of the present disclosure shown in FIG. 1 is mounted on a vehicle, and is configured by combining a combination meter 4010, a head-up display (hereinafter “HUD”) 4060, and the like. As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the display device 4100 displays various information related to the vehicle such as the traveling speed in each of the plurality of display areas.
  • HUD head-up display
  • the combination meter 4010 is housed in a space 4122 formed in the instrument panel 4120 with the front side on which a plurality of display areas are formed facing the driver's seat.
  • the instrument panel 4120 is installed in the downward direction DD of the windshield 4110 in the vehicle.
  • the instrument panel 4120 is formed with a hood portion 4121 protruding in the upward direction UD.
  • the space 4122 is partitioned by the hood portion 4121 and is formed in the front direction of the driver's seat.
  • the combination meter 4010 is positioned in the downward direction DD of the hood portion 4121 and forms a multi display area 4011, two pointer display areas 4015, and a plurality of indicators 4018.
  • the multi display area 4011 is arranged at the center of the combination meter 4010.
  • the multi display area 4011 displays information by various images 4032 displayed on the display screen 4012.
  • the two pointer display areas 4015 are arranged on both sides of the multi display area 4011 in the width direction WD.
  • Each pointer display area 4015 displays information by a rotating pointer 4016.
  • the plurality of indicators 4018 are mainly formed in an area excluding the multi display area 4011 and the pointer display area 4015 on the front side of the combination meter 4010.
  • Each indicator 4018 performs various warnings related to the vehicle to the viewer by causing icons such as characters and symbols to emit light.
  • the HUD 4060 includes an optical system 4064 configured by a concave mirror or the like, a projector 4061 that emits light of a display image displayed as a virtual image 4035, and a housing 4065 that houses the optical system 4064 and the projector 4061.
  • the HUD 4060 is arranged in front of the vehicle with respect to the combination meter 4010 and is accommodated in the instrument panel 4120.
  • the HUD 4060 reflects the light of the display image emitted from the projector 4061 by the optical system 4064 and projects it toward the virtual image display area 4111 defined in the windshield 4110.
  • the virtual image display area 4111 is defined in the upward direction UD of the hood portion 4121 in the windshield 4110 that transmits the foreground of the vehicle.
  • the virtual image display area 4111 and the multi-display area 4011 are aligned at the center position in the width direction WD on the appearance of the driver (viewer) sitting in the driver's seat. Further, the virtual image display area 4111, the multi display area 4011, the pointer display area 4015, and the like are located apart from each other. A viewer seated in the driver's seat can perceive the virtual image 4035 superimposed on the foreground of the vehicle through the virtual image display region 4111 by perceiving the light reflected toward the vehicle interior side by the virtual image display region 4111.
  • the combination meter 4010 includes a liquid crystal display 4013 and a backlight 4014, two stepper motors 4017, a plurality of indicator light sources 4019, and a control unit 4020.
  • the liquid crystal display 4013 is a thin-film-transistor (TFT) type display using thin film transistors, for example.
  • the liquid crystal display 4013 has a plurality of pixels arranged two-dimensionally along the display screen 4012.
  • the liquid crystal display 4013 is connected to the control unit 4020 and drives each pixel based on a control signal output from the control unit 4020.
  • On the display screen 4012 of the liquid crystal display 4013 various images displayed in color in the multi display area 4011 are formed.
  • the backlight 4014 transmits and illuminates the image on the display screen 4012 with a light source such as a plurality of light emitting diodes (hereinafter referred to as LEDs).
  • the backlight 4014 is connected to the control unit 4020, and the luminance of the illumination is controlled by a control signal output from the control unit 4020.
  • the stepper motor 4017 is an electric motor that drives the pointer 4016.
  • the stepper motor 4017 is connected to the control unit 4020, and forms a pointer display in the pointer display area 4015 by rotating the pointer 4016 based on a control signal output from the control unit 4020.
  • the indicator light source 4019 is, for example, an LED. Each indicator light source 4019 is connected to the control unit 4020, and emits light for causing each indicator 4018 to emit light based on a control signal output from the control unit 4020.
  • the control unit 4020 includes a microcomputer that operates according to a program, an interface that communicates with an in-vehicle Local Area Network (LAN) 4140, a liquid crystal display 4013, a stepper motor 4017, a drive circuit that drives each light source, and the like. It is configured.
  • LAN Local Area Network
  • a steering switch 4130 and the like are connected to the in-vehicle LAN 4140.
  • the control unit 4020 acquires vehicle information output to the in-vehicle LAN 4140, and outputs a control signal based on the acquired information to the liquid crystal display 4013, the stepper motor 4017, each light source, and the like.
  • the projector 4061 of the HUD 4060 has a liquid crystal display 4062 and a projection light source 4063.
  • the liquid crystal display 4062 is, for example, a TFT display.
  • the liquid crystal display 4062 is connected to the control unit 4020 and drives each pixel based on a control signal output from the control unit 4020.
  • Various images displayed in color in the virtual image display region 4111 (see FIG. 1) are formed on the liquid crystal display 4062.
  • the projection light source 4063 has, for example, a plurality of high-brightness LEDs.
  • the projection light source 4063 is connected to the control unit 4020, and emits light formed as a virtual image 4035 (see FIG. 1) toward the liquid crystal display 4062 based on a control signal output from the control unit 4020. .
  • the steering switch 4130 used for operating the display of the display device 4100 will be described with reference to FIGS.
  • the configuration in which the display operation is input in the vehicle interior is not limited to the steering switch 4130, and may be, for example, a joystick and a touch panel provided in the center console.
  • Steering switch 4130 is arranged in a range where a finger that grips the rim part can be easily reached in steering wheel 4130a, for example, a spoke part.
  • the steering switch 4130 is formed in a circular shape as a whole, and includes an enter key 4132 and four direction keys 4131u, 4131d, 4131l, 4131r.
  • the determination key 4132 is formed in a circular shape and is arranged at the center of the steering switch 4130.
  • Each of the direction keys 4131u to 4131r is one of the steering switch 4130 and the region on the outer peripheral side of the enter key 4132 is divided into four equal parts in the circumferential direction.
  • Each direction key 4131u to 4131r is assigned with each direction of up, down, left and right.
  • An operator (viewer) who operates the steering switch 4130 can select a desired item from among a plurality of items by pressing the direction keys 4131u to 4131r, and can confirm the selection by pressing the enter key 4132.
  • An operation request output from the steering switch 4130 based on such an operation is acquired by the control unit 4020 through the in-vehicle LAN 4140 shown in FIG.
  • the image 4032 drawn in the multi-display area 4011 includes a fuel consumption graph 4032a, a vehicle model 4042, and a columnar image 4037a.
  • the fuel consumption graph 4032a has a plurality of bar elements 4032b extending in a band shape along the width direction WD. The length of each bar element 4032b corresponds to the fuel consumption of the vehicle every predetermined time.
  • the plurality of bar elements 4032b are arranged in the downward direction DD from the upper edge of the multi display area 4011, and move in the downward direction DD as time passes. Therefore, the bar element 4032b indicating new fuel efficiency information is positioned in the upward direction UD. With such a bar graph-like display, the fuel consumption graph 4032a shows a change in fuel consumption per predetermined time.
  • the vehicle model 4042 is created by imitating the appearance of a vehicle on which the display device 4100 (see FIG. 1) is mounted. In the multi display area 4011, an image obtained by bird's-eye view of the vehicle model 4042 is displayed. The front-rear direction of the vehicle model 4042 is along the front-rear direction of the actual vehicle. The vehicle model 4042 is superimposed on the fuel consumption graph 4032a and the columnar image 4037a. The vehicle model 4042 is arranged at the center of the multi display area 4011.
  • the columnar image 4037a is an image serving as a background of the fuel consumption graph 4032a and the vehicle model 4042 in the multi-display area 4011.
  • the columnar image 4037a has a road surface image portion 4037w extending in a strip shape along the vertical direction.
  • the road surface image portion 4037w is an image portion that imitates a roadway on which the vehicle model 4042 travels.
  • a pair of boundary lines 4037r is formed on both sides of the road surface image portion 4037w in the width direction WD.
  • the vehicle model 4042 is located between the two boundary lines 4037r.
  • the virtual image 4035 displayed in the virtual image display area 4111 includes a shift indicator 4035a, a digital speedometer 4035b, a columnar virtual image 4037b, and an item display 4037t.
  • the shift indicator 4035a indicates the current position of the shift lever provided in the vehicle.
  • the digital speedometer 4035b indicates the current traveling speed of the vehicle.
  • the digital speedometer 4035b is arranged with the shift indicator 4035a in the width direction WD.
  • the columnar virtual image 4037b is a trapezoidal display image, and is arranged in the downward direction DD of the shift indicator 4035a and the digital speedometer 4035b.
  • the respective center positions in the width direction WD of the columnar virtual image 4037b and the columnar image 4037a are aligned with each other in terms of appearance from the viewer.
  • the item display 4037t indicates the items displayed in the multi display area 4011 by characters.
  • a plurality of characters such as “Fuel” and “ECO Bar” are arranged as the item display 4037t along the outline of the columnar virtual image 4037b in the upward direction UD.
  • Each display of the two display areas 4011 and 4111 described above is created by rendering a three-dimensional model and a two-dimensional image arranged in a virtual space, as shown in FIG.
  • Such rendering processing is performed by the control unit 4020 (see FIG. 27).
  • the control unit 4020 can generate an image of a plurality of frames by sequentially performing rendering while moving the three-dimensional model, and can output an animation at the time of display switching described later.
  • the columnar model 4041 In the virtual space, the columnar model 4041, the above-described vehicle model 4042, the fuel consumption graph 4032a, the item display 4037t, and the like are arranged.
  • the columnar model 4041 is defined as an octagonal prism shape having a regular octagonal top surface 4041a and a bottom surface 4041b, and forms a plurality of rectangular side surfaces 4041c.
  • the number of side surfaces 4041c of the columnar model 4041 corresponds to the number of items that can be displayed in the multi display area 4011 (see FIG. 28).
  • the columnar model 4041 can rotate together with the fuel consumption graph 4032a and the item display 4037t with the central axis as a virtual rotation axis RA.
  • the vehicle model 4042 is placed on one side surface 4041c formed in the columnar model 4041.
  • the vehicle model 4042 is disposed at a position closer to the bottom surface 4041b than to the top surface 4041a.
  • the fuel consumption graph 4032a and the item display 4037t are both arranged in a virtual space as an image defined in a planar shape.
  • the fuel consumption graph 4032a is arranged on the side surface 4041c on which the vehicle model 4042 is placed.
  • the item display 4037t is lined up at equal intervals in the circumferential direction along the outer edge of the top surface 4041a.
  • the number of item displays 4037t corresponds to the number of side surfaces 4041c.
  • the image 4032 displayed in the multi-display area 4011 renders the models 4041, 4042, the fuel consumption graph 4032a, and the like from the virtual viewpoint VP1 defined behind and above the vehicle model 4042.
  • the positional relationship between the vehicle model 4042 and the virtual viewpoint VP1 corresponds to the positional relationship between the multi-display area 4011 and the viewpoint position of the viewer seated in the driver's seat.
  • an image 4032 as if the vehicle is viewed from above is drawn.
  • a portion near the bottom surface 4041 b from the center in the columnar model 41 becomes a columnar image 4037 a.
  • the side surface 4041c on which the vehicle model 4042 is placed serves as a road surface image portion 4037w.
  • the original image of the virtual image 4035 projected on the virtual image display area 4111 is generated by rendering the columnar model 4041, the item display 4037t, and the like from the virtual viewpoint VP2 defined in front of the vehicle model 4042.
  • the depression angle set for the virtual viewpoint VP2 is smaller than the depression angle set for the virtual viewpoint VP1.
  • the portion on the top surface 4041a side of the columnar model 4041 is a columnar virtual image 4037b.
  • the columnar model 4041 is drawn as a display extending over the two display areas 4011 and 4111 by the columnar image 4037a and the columnar virtual image 4037b described above.
  • changes in the columnar image 4037a and the columnar virtual image 4037b when the columnar model 4041 and the like are rotated are linked to each other. Therefore, the movement of the columnar model 4041 is reproduced on the facial expression due to each change in the columnar image 4037a and the columnar virtual image 4037b.
  • the axis direction of the virtual rotation axis RA is along the front-rear direction of the vehicle.
  • the animation for moving the columnar model 4041 in this way is used when, for example, the display items displayed in the multi display area 4011 are changed.
  • columns A to C in FIG. 30 show displays when the fuel consumption graph 4032a displayed in the multi-display area 4011 is switched to the eco gauge 4032c.
  • the eco gauge 4032c visualizes the amount of fuel consumed by the traveling engine mounted on the vehicle by a bar-shaped image portion extending around the vehicle model 4042 in a partial annular shape.
  • FIG. 27 details of display switching for switching the fuel consumption graph 4032a to the eco gauge 4032c will be described with reference to FIG. 27 based on FIG.
  • the viewer gives an instruction to switch to another display item from the fuel consumption graph 4032a shown in the column A of FIG. 30 by inputting a moving operation in the left-right direction to the direction keys 4131l and 4131r. Then, the columnar image 4037a and the columnar virtual image 4037b change so that the columnar model 4041 appears to rotate in the circumferential direction.
  • the columnar model 4041 rotates counterclockwise.
  • the moving direction of the columnar model 4041 corresponds to the specific direction (left direction) in which the operation is input.
  • the counterclockwise rotation of the columnar model 4041 is projected by a change in the columnar virtual image 4037b.
  • the item display 4037t such as “Fuel” and “ECO Bar” moves to the left so as to synchronize with the rotation of the columnar model 4041 displayed in the columnar virtual image 4037b.
  • the counterclockwise rotation of the columnar model 4041 is drawn by a change in the columnar image 4037a.
  • the side surface 4041c and the fuel consumption graph 4032a which are the road surface image portion 4037w, move from the center of the multi display area 4011 to the left edge so as to synchronize with the rotation of the columnar model 4041 drawn on the columnar image 4037a.
  • the right side surface 4041c and the eco gauge 4032c of the road surface image portion 4037w move from the right edge of the multi display area 4011 to the center.
  • the vehicle model 4042 maintains the display position defined in the center of the multi display area 4011 without moving together with the columnar model 4041 and the like.
  • the item display 4037t of “ECO Bar” is located in the center of the virtual image display area 4111 in the width direction WD. Further, the side surface 4041c that reaches the center of the multi-display region 4011 in the width direction WD becomes a new road surface image portion 4037w. Thus, the vehicle model 4042 is positioned again at the center of the two boundary lines 4037r. Further, an eco gauge 4032c is arranged so as to surround the outer periphery of the vehicle model 4042.
  • the processing performed by the control unit 4020 to realize the above display change will be described based on FIG. 31 and with reference to FIG. 27 and FIG.
  • the processing shown in FIG. 31 is started by the control unit 4020 based on the fact that the display items in the multi-display area 4011 can be switched by operating the steering switch 4130 or the like. This process is repeatedly performed by the control unit 4020 until, for example, the switching of display items is confirmed by pressing the enter key 4132.
  • an operation request output process is performed on the in-vehicle LAN 4140, and the process proceeds to S4102.
  • S4102 it is determined whether or not the left and right direction keys 4131l and 4131r have been operated. If there is no operation request based on the operation of the direction keys 4131l and 4131r in the operation request acquired in S4101, the process proceeds to S4104. On the other hand, if an operation request based on the operation of the direction keys 4131l and 4131r has been acquired, the process proceeds to S4103.
  • S4104 it is determined whether or not the enter key 4132 has been operated. If there is no operation request based on the operation of the enter key 4132 in the operation request acquired in S4101, the process returns to S4101. On the other hand, if an operation request based on the operation of the enter key 4132 has been acquired, the processing for display switching is terminated.
  • the columnar model 4041 displayed across the two display areas 4011 and 4111 appears to move. Therefore, even when the viewer is gazing at only one of the two display areas 4011 and 4111, the viewer can visually recognize any change in the columnar image 4037a and the columnar virtual image 4037b. Further, even when the viewer looks at both of the two display areas 4011 and 4111, the viewer can visually recognize each change in the columnar image 4037 a and the columnar virtual image 4037 b as one movement by the columnar model 4041. it can. Therefore, even if the display device 4100 includes a plurality of display areas, the viewer can easily be notified that the input operation to the steering switch 4130 has been accepted.
  • the columnar model 4041 in the present embodiment is displayed so as to look like a three-dimensional shape, it is easy to attract the eyes of the viewer.
  • the movement toward the far side of the display areas 4011 and 4111 is expressed by changes in the columnar image 4037a and the columnar virtual image 4037b.
  • the sense of depth of the columnar model 4041 is emphasized, so that the eyes of the viewer are more attracted to the columnar model 4041. Therefore, by adopting a display that rotates the columnar model 4041, the notification that the input operation has been accepted is more easily transmitted to the viewer.
  • the columnar image 4037a and the columnar virtual image 4037b move in the vehicle width direction WD, that is, the display horizontal direction. Such changes are shown. Such horizontal movement is more easily perceived by the viewer than vertical movement. Therefore, the above-described display in which the axial direction of the virtual rotation axis RA is along the front-rear direction of the vehicle can improve the reliability of notification.
  • the pair of boundary lines 4037r extending in the vertical direction moves in the horizontal direction of the display.
  • Such movement of the boundary line 4037r is easily perceivable by the viewer. Therefore, if the horizontal movement is emphasized using the boundary line 4037r, the certainty of notification is further improved.
  • the vehicle model 4042 arranged in the center of the road surface image portion 4037w maintains the display position in the multi-display area 4011 even when the display item is switched. Therefore, by comparing the vehicle model 4042 and the columnar image 4037a, the viewer can easily perceive the movement of the columnar model 4041. Furthermore, after the rotational displacement of the columnar model 4041 is started, the viewer can grasp the end of the rotational displacement because the vehicle model 4042 is again positioned at the center of the road surface image portion 4037w. Based on the above, the notification by the columnar model 4041 becomes easier to understand.
  • the side surface 4041c of the columnar model 4041 can be regarded as a road on which the vehicle travels as the road surface image portion 4037w.
  • the display combining the vehicle model 4042 and the columnar model 4041 is an aspect that recalls a vehicle traveling on a road, and thus is particularly suitable as a display of the display device 4100 mounted on the vehicle.
  • the direction assigned to each of the direction keys 4131l and 4131r corresponds to the moving direction of the columnar model 4041. Therefore, the viewer can easily associate the input operation input by himself / herself with the movement of the columnar model 4041 based on the input operation. As described above, the viewer can easily grasp that the input operation has been accepted from the movement of the columnar model 4041.
  • the multi display area 4011 corresponds to the “first display area”
  • the liquid crystal display 4013 corresponds to the “display section”
  • the control section 4020 corresponds to the “display control section”.
  • the columnar model 4041 corresponds to a “link display”
  • the vehicle model 4042 corresponds to a “fixed display”
  • the column image 4037a corresponds to a “link image”.
  • the columnar virtual image 4037b corresponds to a “linked virtual image”
  • the HUD 4060 corresponds to a “projection unit”
  • the windshield 4110 corresponds to a “projection unit”.
  • the virtual image display area 4111 corresponds to a “second display area”
  • the steering switch 4130 corresponds to an “input unit”
  • the display device 4100 corresponds to a “vehicle display device”.
  • an animation for switching display items is generated by real-time rendering of a three-dimensional model.
  • the display part image data required for the animation can be stored in the storage of the control unit, the display item is switched by continuously displaying an image obtained by combining a plurality of display parts instead of the above-described rendering processing.
  • An animation may be played.
  • the fuel consumption graph 4032a is switched to the eco gauge 4032c
  • display items that can be switched are not limited to these instrument images.
  • an accelerometer that visualizes acceleration acting on the vehicle, a boost meter that indicates supercharging pressure, and the like can be switched as other instrument images.
  • the digital speedometer 4035b displayed in the virtual image display area 4111 may be movable to the multi display area 4011 based on the operation of the down direction key 4131d.
  • the columnar image 4037a and the columnar virtual image 4037b change so that the columnar model 4041 appears to move backward in the vehicle model 4042 along the axial direction of the rotation axis RA.
  • the columnar model 4041 rotating in the circumferential direction corresponds to the “linkage display body”.
  • the form and movement of the “link display” can be changed as appropriate.
  • the background image drawn in a lattice shape is displayed as “linked display” as “linked image” and “linked virtual image”.
  • These “linked image” and “linked virtual image” change to move the grid line up, down, left, and right in response to the operation of the direction keys 4131u to 4131r.
  • a spherical model defined in a spherical shape is displayed as a “link display” as “link image” and “link virtual image”. This spherical model rotates in a direction corresponding to the operation of the viewer.
  • a plurality of columnar models and the like are displayed as “linkage display bodies” as “linkage images” and “linkage virtual images”.
  • the movement of the “linkage display body” is not limited to rotational displacement, and may be parallel movement or a combination of rotational displacement and parallel movement. Furthermore, the “linkage display” may move so as to be enlarged or reduced.
  • the axis direction of the rotation axis RA may be inclined with respect to the front-rear direction of the vehicle.
  • the number of side surfaces of the columnar model may be increased or decreased according to the number of display items that can be displayed in the multi-display area 4011.
  • the direction in which the “link display” moves may not match the direction assigned to the direction key.
  • the vehicle model 4042 is displayed as an image that does not move, but the shape and arrangement of such a “fixed display” can be changed as appropriate.
  • an instrument image such as a digital speedometer may be displayed near the lower edge of the multi display area 4011 as a “fixed display”.
  • the display of “fixed display body” may be omitted.
  • the vehicle windshield is used as the “projection unit” on which the display image is projected.
  • the “projection unit” is not limited to the windshield.
  • a combiner that is formed in a plate shape with a translucent resin and attached to the upper surface of the instrument panel or the vehicle interior side of the windshield may be installed as a configuration corresponding to the “projection unit”.
  • the projector of the above embodiment has a configuration in which a TFT liquid crystal display and a projection light source are combined.
  • the configuration for projecting the display image can be changed as appropriate.
  • a liquid crystal display other than the TFT method can be used.
  • a display image may be projected by a DLP (Digital Light Processing: registered trademark) projector, a CRT projector, or the like.
  • a laser scanner using MEMS may be included in the “projection unit” as a configuration for projecting a display image.
  • the function of the “display control unit” provided by the control unit 4020 that executes the program may be provided by hardware and software different from the above-described configuration, or a combination thereof.
  • the function of the “display control unit” may be provided by linking a control unit provided in each of the combination meter and the HUD.
  • the above-described function for controlling the display of each display area may be provided by a circuit that performs a predetermined function without depending on a program.
  • the amount of information displayed on the HUD may be smaller than the amount of information displayed on the combination meter.
  • a vehicular display device that can easily notify a viewer that an input operation to the input unit has been accepted even though the display area is provided with a plurality of distant display regions. Provided.
  • a vehicular display device that is mounted on a vehicle and changes the display of a plurality of display areas in response to an operation request based on an operation to an input unit provided in a vehicle interior.
  • the vehicle display device projects a display image on a second display region defined by a display unit that displays an image in a first display region arranged indoors and a projection unit that transmits the foreground of the vehicle.
  • a projection unit that allows a virtual image of a display image to be visually recognized from the room, and a display unit that acquires an operation request and changes the image of the first display region and the virtual image of the second display region based on the acquired operation request.
  • a display control unit that controls the projection unit, and the display control unit is a linked display body that spans two display areas by a linked image drawn in the first display area and a linked virtual image projected in the second display area. Is displayed, and each change of the linked image and the linked virtual image is linked so that the linked display body appears to move based on the operation request.
  • the linked image drawn in the first display area and the linked virtual image projected in the second display area are linked. And change.
  • the display apparatus for vehicles can notify a viewer easily that the input operation to an input part was received.
  • a vehicle display device that is mounted on a vehicle and changes the display of a plurality of display areas in response to an operation request based on an operation to an input unit provided in the vehicle interior.
  • a display unit configured to display an image on a first display region disposed in the room and a display image projected onto a second display region defined by a projection unit that transmits the foreground of the vehicle.
  • a projection unit that makes a virtual image of an image visible from inside the room, the operation request is acquired, and the image of the first display area and the virtual image of the second display area are changed based on the acquired operation request.
  • a display control unit that controls the display unit and the projection unit, and the display control unit is configured to display two images by a linked image drawn in the first display area and a linked virtual image projected in the second display area. In the two display areas And want to display the associated display element, based on the operation request, to appear to move said linkage display body, the association image and the vehicle display device that links the changes in the association virtual image is provided.
  • the display control unit may change the linked image and the linked virtual image so that the linked display body defined in a three-dimensional shape appears to rotate.
  • the axis direction of the virtual rotation axis in the linkage display body may be along the front-rear direction of the vehicle.
  • the linkage display body may be defined in a virtual polygonal column shape that forms a plurality of side surfaces, and may rotate in the circumferential direction based on the operation request.
  • the display control unit is superimposed on a center of the side surface of the linkage display body in a circumferential direction, and a fixed display body that maintains a display position even when the operation request is acquired, You may display on at least one of said 1st display area and said 2nd display area.
  • the display control unit may display the fixed display body imitating the appearance of the vehicle.
  • the vehicular display device is a vehicular display device that changes a display based on an input to the input unit having a direction key to which a movement operation in a specific direction is input, and the display control unit When the operation request based on the input to the direction key is acquired, the linkage image and the linkage virtual image may be changed so that the linkage display body appears to move in a movement direction corresponding to the specific direction.
  • a display device 5100 according to the fifth embodiment of the present disclosure shown in FIG. 20 is mounted on a vehicle, and is configured by combining a combination meter 5010, a head-up display (hereinafter “HUD”) 5060, a light emitting unit 5080, and the like. ing. As shown in FIGS. 20 and 32, the display device 5100 displays various information related to the vehicle such as the traveling speed in each of the plurality of display areas.
  • HUD head-up display
  • the combination meter 5010 is housed in a space 5122 formed in the instrument panel 5120 in a posture in which the front side on which a plurality of display areas are formed faces the driver's seat.
  • the instrument panel 5120 is installed in the downward direction DD of the windshield 5110 in the vehicle.
  • the instrument panel 5120 is formed with a hood portion 5121 protruding in the upward direction UD.
  • the space 5122 is partitioned by the hood portion 5121 and is formed in the front direction of the driver's seat.
  • the combination meter 5010 is positioned in the downward direction DD of the hood portion 5121, and forms a multi display area 5011, two pointer display areas 5015, and a plurality of indicators 5018.
  • the multi display area 5011 is arranged at the center of the combination meter 5010.
  • the multi display area 5011 displays information using various images 5032 displayed on the display screen 5012.
  • the two pointer display areas 5015 are located on the sides of the multi display area 5011 and are arranged on both sides of the multi display area 5011 in the width direction WD.
  • Each pointer display area 5015 displays information by a pointer 5016 that is displaced (rotated).
  • the plurality of indicators 5018 are mainly formed in an area excluding the multi display area 5011 and the pointer display area 5015 on the front side of the combination meter 5010.
  • Each indicator 5018 performs various warnings related to the vehicle to the viewer by causing icons such as characters and symbols to emit light.
  • the HUD 5060 includes an optical system 5064 configured by a concave mirror or the like, a projector 5061 that emits light of a display image displayed as a virtual image 5035, and a housing 5065 that houses the optical system 5064 and the projector 5061.
  • the HUD 5060 is disposed in front of the vehicle with respect to the combination meter 5010 and is accommodated in the instrument panel 5120.
  • the HUD 5060 reflects the display image light emitted from the projector 5061 by the optical system 5064 and projects it toward the virtual image display area 5111 defined in the windshield 5110.
  • the virtual image display area 5111 is defined in the upward direction UD of the hood portion 5121 in the windshield 5110 that transmits the foreground of the vehicle.
  • the virtual image display area 5111 is aligned with the multi-display area 5011 positioned in the downward direction DD and the center position in the width direction WD.
  • the viewer sitting in the driver's seat can perceive the virtual image 5035 superimposed on the foreground of the vehicle through the virtual image display area 5111 by perceiving the light reflected toward the vehicle interior by the virtual image display area 5111.
  • the HUD 5060 further includes a frame display 5066.
  • the frame indicator 5066 is provided around an opening 5065 a formed in the housing 5065.
  • the opening 5065a is formed in a rectangular shape and is closed by a colorless and transparent dustproof cover 5070.
  • the light of the display image directed from the optical system 5064 toward the windshield 5110 passes through the opening 5065a by passing through the dust cover 5070.
  • the frame display unit 5066 includes a plurality (four) of light guides 5067, a frame display light source 5069 (see FIG. 33), and the like.
  • the light guide unit 5067 is disposed so as to surround the four corners of the opening 5065a.
  • An emission surface 5067 a facing the windshield 5110 is formed on the top surface of the light guide unit 5067.
  • the frame display light source 5069 causes light to enter the light guide portion 5067.
  • the light emitted from the frame display light source 5069 and incident on the light guide unit 5067 is emitted upward from the emission surface 5067a toward the windshield 5110.
  • the frame-shaped confirmation notification frame 5035e (see FIG. 34) is displayed as the virtual image 5035 in the virtual image display region 5111.
  • the confirmation notification frame 5035e is formed at a position closer to the windshield 5110 than other virtual images 5035 (such as a shift indicator 5035a described later) displayed by the projector 5061.
  • the light emitting unit 5080 has two linear light emitting units 5081.
  • Each linear light emitting unit 5081 is formed in a longitudinal shape extending in a rod shape along the longitudinal direction of the vehicle.
  • the two linear light emitting units 5081 are attached to the hood portion 5121 so as to be spaced apart from each other in the vehicle width direction WD.
  • the linear light emitting unit 5081 emits light from the light emitting surface 5081a toward the windshield 5110 and the driver's seat.
  • a part of the light emitted in the upward direction UD is reflected on the driver's seat side in a region 5112 above the virtual image display region 5111 (hereinafter referred to as “reflection display region”) 5112 of the windshield 5110. Is done. Therefore, the reflection images 5036 of the two linear light emitting units 5081 are displayed in the reflection display area 5112 (see also FIG. 34).
  • the combination meter 5010 includes a liquid crystal display 5013 and a backlight 5014, two stepper motors 5017, a plurality of pointer light sources 5016a and a dial light source 5016b, a plurality of indicator light sources 5019, and a control unit 5020.
  • the liquid crystal display 5013 is a thin-film-transistor (TFT) type display using thin film transistors, for example.
  • the liquid crystal display 5013 has a plurality of pixels arranged two-dimensionally along the display screen 5012.
  • the liquid crystal display 5013 is connected to the control unit 5020 and drives each pixel based on a control signal output from the control unit 5020.
  • Various images that are displayed in color in the multi-display area 5011 are formed on the display screen 5012 of the liquid crystal display 5013.
  • the backlight 5014 transmits and illuminates the image on the display screen 5012 with a light source such as a plurality of light emitting diodes (hereinafter referred to as “LEDs”).
  • the backlight 5014 is connected to the control unit 5020, and the luminance of the illumination is controlled by a control signal output from the control unit 5020.
  • the stepper motor 5017 is an electric motor that drives the pointer 5016.
  • the stepper motor 5017 is connected to the control unit 5020, and rotates the pointer 5016 based on a control signal output from the control unit 5020.
  • the pointer light source 5016a and the dial light source 5016b are light emitting elements such as LEDs, and are connected to the control unit 5020, respectively.
  • the pointer light source 5016a emits light for causing each pointer 5016 to emit light based on a control signal output from the control unit 5020.
  • the dial light source 5016b emits light for emitting and displaying the scales and numerical values formed on the dial based on the control signal output from the control unit 5020.
  • the indicator light source 5019 is, for example, an LED. Each indicator light source 5019 is connected to the control unit 5020, and emits light for causing each indicator 5018 to emit light based on a control signal output from the control unit 5020.
  • the control unit 5020 includes a microcomputer that operates according to a program, an interface that communicates with an in-vehicle Local Area Network (LAN) 5140, a liquid crystal display 5013, a stepper motor 5017, a drive circuit that drives each light source, and the like. It is configured.
  • a steering switch 5130 and the like are connected to the in-vehicle LAN 5140 in addition to a plurality of in-vehicle devices 5150 mounted on the vehicle.
  • the control unit 5020 acquires vehicle information output to the in-vehicle LAN 5140, and outputs a control signal based on the acquired information to the liquid crystal display 5013, the stepper motor 5017, and each light source.
  • the projector 5061 of the HUD 5060 has a liquid crystal display 5062 and a projection light source 5063.
  • the liquid crystal display 5062 is, for example, a TFT display.
  • the liquid crystal display 5062 is connected to the control unit 5020, and drives each pixel based on a control signal output from the control unit 5020.
  • Various images displayed in color in the virtual image display area 5111 (see FIG. 32) are formed on the liquid crystal display 5062.
  • the projection light source 5063 has, for example, a plurality of high-brightness LEDs.
  • the projection light source 5063 is connected to the control unit 5020, and emits light formed as a virtual image 5035 (see FIG. 32) toward the liquid crystal display 5062 based on a control signal output from the control unit 5020. .
  • the frame indicator 5066 of the HUD 5060 has a plurality of frame display light sources 5069.
  • the frame display light source 5069 is, for example, an LED or the like, and emits chromatic light such as blue.
  • Each frame display light source 5069 is connected to the control unit 5020 and emits light based on a control signal output from the control unit 5020.
  • the light emission timings of the frame display light sources 5069 are synchronized with each other.
  • the linear light emitting unit 5081 of the light emitting unit 5080 has a plurality of linked line light sources 5089 as point light sources.
  • the link line light source 5089 is, for example, an LED or the like, and emits chromatic light such as blue. In the present embodiment, the emission color of the link line light source 5089 is matched with the emission color of the frame display light source 5069.
  • Each link line light source 5089 is connected to the control unit 5020 and emits light individually based on a control signal output from the control unit 5020.
  • the display device 5100 can switch the display mode among a plurality of modes. Such a display mode switching operation is performed by an input to a steering switch 5130 (see FIG. 33) provided in the steering of the vehicle. In the following description, each display configuration in one typical display mode is shown.
  • the image 5032 drawn in the multi-display area 5011 includes an eco gauge 5032c, a vehicle model 5042, a background image 5032f, an eco wallet 5032g, a fuel meter 5032h, and an odometer 5032i.
  • vehicle information that is more detailed than the virtual image display area 5111 is displayed in the multi display area 5011.
  • the area of the multi display area 5011 is made larger than the area of the virtual image display area 5111.
  • the eco gauge 5032c displays the vehicle information output from the in-vehicle device 5150 (see FIG. 33), specifically, the analog level of the fuel efficiency.
  • the fuel efficiency is calculated by the control unit 5020 (see FIG. 33) or any one of the in-vehicle devices 5150 based on the amount of fuel consumed by the traveling engine mounted on the vehicle, the speed and acceleration of the vehicle, and the like.
  • the eco gauge 5032c visualizes the implementation status of eco driving by a bar-shaped image portion extending around the vehicle model 5042 in a partial annular shape. As the fuel efficiency increases, the eco gauge 5032c extends counterclockwise toward the left rear of the vehicle model 5042.
  • the vehicle model 5042 is created by imitating the appearance of a vehicle on which the display device 5100 (see FIG. 20) is mounted.
  • the multi display area 5011 an image obtained by bird's-eye view of the vehicle model 5042 is displayed.
  • the front-rear direction of the vehicle model 5042 is defined along the front-rear direction of the actual vehicle.
  • the vehicle model 5042 is arranged at the center of the multi display area 5011 and is superimposed on the background image 5032f.
  • the background image 5032f is an image serving as a background of the eco gauge 5032c and the vehicle model 5042 in the multi display area 5011.
  • the background image 5032f has a road surface image portion 5032w extending in a strip shape along the vertical direction.
  • the road surface image portion 5032w is an image portion simulating a roadway on which the vehicle model 5042 travels.
  • a pair of boundary lines 5032r is formed on both sides of the road surface image portion 5032w in the width direction WD, and the vehicle model 5042 is disposed between the two boundary lines 5032r.
  • Eco wallet 5032g shows the fuel cost saved by the implementation of eco driving in monetary amounts.
  • the fuel meter 5032h indicates the remaining amount of fuel in the fuel tank.
  • the odometer 5032i indicates a cumulative value of the travel distance of the vehicle.
  • the virtual image 5035 displayed in the virtual image display area 5111 includes a shift indicator 5035a, a digital speedometer 5035b, an item display 5035t, and a confirmation notification frame 5035e.
  • the shift indicator 5035a indicates the current position of the shift lever provided in the vehicle.
  • the digital speedometer 5035b indicates the current traveling speed of the vehicle.
  • the digital speedometer 5035b is arranged with the shift indicator 5035a in the width direction WD.
  • the item display 5035t indicates the items displayed in the multi display area 5011 by characters.
  • the characters “ECO Bar” are displayed as the vehicle information displayed on the eco gauge 5032c, that is, the item name serving as the headline of fuel efficiency.
  • the item display 5035t is arranged in the downward direction DD of the digital speedometer 5035b in the virtual image display area 5111.
  • the characters displayed as the item display 5035t are switched in accordance with the change of the vehicle information displayed in the multi display area 5011.
  • the confirmation notification frame 5035e is imaged on the outer peripheral side of the shift indicator 5035a, the digital speedometer 5035b, and the like when viewed from the viewer.
  • the confirmation notification frame 5035e has a discontinuous frame shape surrounding other display images by L-shaped display images arranged at the four corners of the virtual image display area 5111.
  • the confirmation notification frame 5035e is lit for about 1 second, for example, when a pressing operation is input to the enter key 5132 (see FIG. 33). Note that the lighting time of the confirmation notification frame 5035e can be changed as appropriate.
  • one on the left side of the multi display area 5011 is provided with a shift indicator 5039a and an analog speedometer 5039b.
  • a tachometer 5039c is formed in the pointer display area 5015 located on the right side of the multi display area 5011.
  • the shift indicator 5039a indicates the current position of the shift lever, similarly to the shift indicator 5035a in the virtual image display area 5111.
  • the analog speedometer 5039b is formed by a pointer 5016 disposed in the pointer display region 5015 on the left side, and scales and numerical values arranged along the rotation trajectory of the pointer 5016.
  • the analog speedometer 5039b indicates the traveling speed of the vehicle by the rotational displacement of the pointer 5016.
  • the tachometer 5039c is formed by a pointer 5016 disposed in the pointer display region 5015 on the right side, and scales and numerical values arranged along the rotation trajectory of the pointer 5016.
  • the tachometer 5039c indicates the rotational speed of the output shaft of the traveling engine due to the rotational displacement of the pointer 5016.
  • the display of information by the pointer display area 5015 is interrupted. 35.
  • a column in FIG. 35 to a column C in FIG. 35 are displayed when the display of the pointer display region 5015 is turned off in conjunction with the operation of the viewer who turns on the display of the virtual image display region 5111.
  • the change process is shown. Hereinafter, the details of the changing process will be described in order.
  • a light emission spot 5038 is displayed on the two linear light emitting units 5081 as shown in the column A of FIG. Is done.
  • a reflection image 5036 of the light emission spot 5038 is displayed in the reflection display area 5112.
  • each light emission spot 5038 moves in the upward direction UD toward the virtual image display region 5111 in the appearance of the viewer.
  • each reflected image 5036 moves in the downward direction DD toward the virtual image display area 5111.
  • the movement of the light emission spot 5038 and the reflected image 5036 is perceived by the viewer as a linkage line that is displayed in a light-emitting manner.
  • Each light emitting spot 5038 disappears by reaching the end of the light emitting surface 5081a close to the virtual image display area 5111.
  • a shift indicator 5035a, a digital speedometer 5035b, and an item display 5035t are displayed in the virtual image display area 5111 as shown in the B column of FIG.
  • the confirmation notification frame 5035e is temporarily turned on.
  • shift position information When the shift lever position information (hereinafter referred to as “shift position information”) and the vehicle traveling speed information (hereinafter referred to as “vehicle speed information”) can be grasped from the virtual image display area 5111, as shown in the column C of FIG.
  • vehicle speed information When the shift lever position information (hereinafter referred to as “shift position information”) and the vehicle traveling speed information (hereinafter referred to as “vehicle speed information”) can be grasped from the virtual image display area 5111, as shown in the column C of FIG.
  • vehicle speed information the vehicle traveling speed information
  • FIG. 36 a change process performed by the control unit 5020 will be described based on FIG. 36 with reference to FIG.
  • the change process illustrated in FIG. 36 is started by the control unit 5020 based on an operation that turns on the display of the virtual image display area 5111 in the steering switch 5130 or the like.
  • S5101 a light emission process for causing the light emitting unit 5080 to emit light is started, and the process proceeds to S5102.
  • the light emission spot 5038 and its reflection image 5036 are displayed and flow toward the virtual image display area 5111 (see column A in FIG. 35 and column B in FIG. 35).
  • an activation process for activating the projector 5061 is started so that the virtual image 5035 is displayed in the virtual image display area 5111, and the process proceeds to S5103.
  • the shift indicator 5035a and the like are displayed in the virtual image display area 5111 (see column B in FIG. 35).
  • S5103 it is determined whether the activation process started in S5102 is completed. If a negative determination is made in S5103, the determination in S5103 is repeated to wait for the completion of the activation process. When the activation process is completed and an affirmative determination is made in S5103, the process proceeds to S5104.
  • the lighting process of the confirmation notification frame 5035e is performed, and the process proceeds to S5105.
  • the confirmation notification frame 5035e is temporarily displayed in the virtual image display area 5111, and the viewer is notified of confirmation of the display layout of the virtual image display area 5111 (see column B in FIG. 35).
  • step S5105 the pointer light source 5016a and the dial light source 5016b are turned off, and the process proceeds to S5106.
  • the information display by the two pointer display areas 5015 cannot be viewed by the viewer.
  • step S5106 the stepper motors 5017 are controlled so that the pointers 5016 return to their zero positions P0, and the change process ends. As a result, the display of information by the two pointer display areas 5015 is turned off (see column C in FIG. 35).
  • the virtual image 5035 is a display that briefly notifies the shift position information, the vehicle speed information, and the like. As a result, it is possible to avoid a situation in which the viewer (driver) is prevented from concentrating on driving because the virtual image 5035 that is easily viewed is in a complicated display form.
  • the display of information by the display device 5100 is integrated into two display areas 5011 and 5111 arranged vertically. Therefore, the driver can grasp detailed information from the display of the multi display area 5011 by a simple operation of moving the line of sight in the vertical direction. Therefore, even when an operation for acquiring detailed information is performed, concentration on driving is easily maintained.
  • the display by the display device 5100 is a display that is difficult to prevent the driver from concentrating on driving even if the amount of information that can be provided to the driver is secured.
  • the display is interrupted.
  • the vehicle information presented in the pointer display area 5015 is moved to the virtual image display area 5111, a decrease in the amount of information that can be provided due to the interruption of the pointer display can be suppressed.
  • the pointer display area 5015 for displaying the pointer has a large area with respect to the amount of information that can be notified and is easily noticeable. If the display of such a conspicuous pointer display area 5015 disappears in appearance, the driver's line of sight seems to be naturally directed to a multi display area 5011 that displays a large amount of information in a small area. become. Therefore, detailed information grasping from the combination meter 5010 is further facilitated. In addition, the reduction in the amount of information that can be provided due to the interruption of the pointer display can be easily compensated by other display areas. Therefore, the pointer display area 5015 is more preferable than the multi display area 5011 as the display area where the display is interrupted.
  • the return of the pointer 5016 is performed after the pointer light source 5016a and the dial light source 5016b are turned off. According to such control, it is difficult for the driver to perceive the operation of returning the pointer 5016 to zero. Therefore, a situation in which the driver who has visually recognized the pointer 5016 on the way of returning to zero reads an erroneous pointer display is avoided.
  • the display of information in the multi display area 5011 of the present embodiment is performed by the liquid crystal display 5013.
  • the multi-display area 5011 can display a large amount of information in a small area. As a result, even if a lot of detailed information is displayed, the driver can quickly grasp the desired detailed information without turning his / her line of sight within the multi-display area 5011.
  • the area of the multi display area 5011 is secured wider than the area of the virtual image display area 5111, a large amount of information can be collected in the multi display area 5011. Therefore, the virtual image 5035 in the virtual image display area 5111 can be displayed more simply. By using such a simple virtual image display, it is possible to create a driving environment in which the driver's concentration on driving is further prevented.
  • the display by the two pointer display areas 5015 having a large display area is interrupted, most of the front side of the combination meter 5010 is in a state of not displaying information.
  • the central multi-display area 5011 becomes more prominent, so that the driver's line of sight is easily guided to the multi-display area 5011.
  • the driver since detailed information grasping from the multi-display area 5011 becomes easier, the driver can reliably maintain concentration on driving even when performing an operation of acquiring detailed information. it can.
  • the combination meter 5010 corresponds to a “display unit”
  • the multi-display area 5011 corresponds to a “first display area”
  • the liquid crystal display 5013 corresponds to a “display”.
  • the pointer display area 5015 corresponds to a “second display area”
  • the control unit 5020 corresponds to a “display control unit”
  • the HUD 5060 serves as a “projection unit”.
  • the display device 5100 corresponds to a “vehicle display device”
  • the windshield 5110 corresponds to a “projection unit”.
  • the arrangement of the plurality of display areas formed around the driver's seat is different.
  • the virtual image display area 5311 is defined at a position near the center of the windshield 5110 in the width direction WD from the front of the driver's seat.
  • the multi-display area 5211 is formed in the area from the center to the right side (passenger seat side) in front of the combination meter 5210, and is positioned in the downward direction DD of the virtual image display area 5311 in terms of the driver.
  • the pointer display area 5215 is located on the left side of the multi display area 5211.
  • the display of information by the pointer display area 5215 is interrupted. Specifically, the pointer 5016 returns to the zero position P0, and the displays such as the shift indicator 5039a and the water temperature gauge 5039d are turned off.
  • the display of the detailed information by the multi display area 5211 is continued even when the information display by the virtual image display area 5311 is performed. At this time, more vehicle information is displayed in detail in the multi display area 5211 than in the virtual image display area 5311.
  • the virtual image display area 5311 and the multi-display area 5211 may be shifted in the width direction WD as long as they partially overlap in the vertical direction.
  • the pointer display area 5215 may be formed only on one side of the multi display area 5211.
  • a plurality of pointer display areas may be formed on one side of the multi display area.
  • the combination meter 5210 corresponds to a “display unit”
  • the multi display area 5211 corresponds to a “first display area”
  • the pointer display area 5215 corresponds to a “second display area”.
  • the display of the pointer display area is interrupted among the multi-display area and the pointer display area.
  • the display of the pointer display area arranged in the lower direction DD of the virtual image display area may be continued, and the display of the multi display area arranged on the side of the pointer display area may be interrupted.
  • display of a specific pointer display area may be continued among a plurality of pointer display areas, and display of other pointer display areas may be interrupted.
  • the shift indicator and the speedometer are moved from the pointer display area to the virtual image display area.
  • the movement destination for moving the information display in the pointer display area may not be the virtual image display area, but may be a multi-display area.
  • the multi display area is defined more widely than the virtual image display area.
  • the multi display area may be narrower than the virtual image display area.
  • the total area of the pointer display areas is ensured to be larger than the area of the multi-display area, but the size relationship between these areas can be changed as appropriate.
  • the control for returning the pointer to zero is performed after the process of turning off the pointer light source and the dial light source.
  • the order of these processes can be changed as appropriate.
  • it is difficult to visually recognize the pointer display area by turning off the pointer light source and the dial light source only the turning-off process is performed, and the process of returning the pointer to the zero may not be performed.
  • the virtual image display by HUD can be turned on and off by operating the steering switch.
  • the configuration in which such an operation is input is not limited to the steering switch, and may be, for example, a joystick and a touch panel provided in the center console.
  • the vehicle windshield is used as the “projection unit” on which the display image is projected.
  • the “projection unit” is not limited to the windshield.
  • a combiner that is formed in a plate shape with a translucent resin and attached to the upper surface of the instrument panel or the vehicle interior side of the windshield may be installed as a configuration corresponding to the “projection unit”.
  • the projector of the above embodiment has a configuration in which a TFT liquid crystal display and a projection light source are combined.
  • the configuration for projecting the display image can be changed as appropriate.
  • a liquid crystal display other than the TFT method can be used.
  • a display image may be projected by a DLP (Digital Light Processing: registered trademark) projector, a CRT projector, or the like.
  • a laser scanner using MEMS may be included in the “projection unit” as a configuration for projecting a display image.
  • the function of the “display control unit” provided by the control unit that has executed the program may be provided by hardware and software different from the above-described configuration, or a combination thereof.
  • the above-described functions may be provided by cooperation of control units provided in the combination meter and the HUD, respectively.
  • a function of “display control unit” for controlling the HUD and the combination meter may be provided so that information is displayed in each display area by a circuit that performs a predetermined function without depending on a program.
  • the amount of information displayed on the HUD may be smaller than the amount of information displayed on the combination meter.
  • a vehicle display device that can perform display that is difficult to prevent the driver from concentrating on driving even if the amount of information that can be provided to the driver is secured.
  • the display device is mounted on a vehicle, and the display image is projected onto the virtual image display area defined in the projection unit that transmits the foreground of the vehicle.
  • Information is displayed on each of the projection unit that displays the virtual image of the image in the virtual image display area, the first display area located below the virtual image display area, and the second display area located on the side of the first display area.
  • Control the projection unit and the display unit so that information is displayed in each display area, and when information is displayed as a virtual image in the virtual image display area, the display of information in the second display area is interrupted.
  • the display apparatus for vehicles provided with the display control part which displays more detailed information on a 1st display area than a virtual image display area is provided.
  • the virtual image superimposed on the foreground of the vehicle can be a display that simply notifies a small amount of information.
  • a situation in which the driver's concentration on driving is hindered by a complex display form of the virtual image that is easily visible to the driver can be avoided.
  • the display of information by the second display area is interrupted, so that the information display can be aggregated into the virtual image display area and the first display area arranged vertically. Therefore, the driver can grasp detailed information from the display of the first display area by a simple operation of moving the line of sight in the vertical direction. Therefore, even when an operation for acquiring detailed information is performed, concentration on driving is easily maintained.
  • the display by the vehicle display device is a display that is difficult to prevent the driver from concentrating on driving even if the amount of information that can be provided to the driver is secured.
  • the display device for a vehicle is mounted on a vehicle, and the display image is projected onto a virtual image display area defined in a projection unit that transmits the foreground of the vehicle, thereby displaying the display.
  • a projection unit that displays a virtual image of an image in the virtual image display region, a first display region positioned below the virtual image display region, and a second display region positioned lateral to the first display region.
  • a display unit for displaying information, and the projection unit and the display unit are controlled so that information is displayed in each display region, and the second image is displayed when the virtual image is displayed in the virtual image display region.
  • a vehicle display device comprising: a display control unit that interrupts display of information by a display area and displays more detailed information than the virtual image display area in the first display area.
  • the display control unit displays information on the second display area based on information displayed on the second display area being displayed on the virtual image display area. May be interrupted.
  • the display unit includes a pointer arranged in the second display region, and displays information in the second display region by the moving pointer, and the display control unit In order to interrupt the display of information by the second display area, the pointer may be returned to a preset zero position.
  • the display unit includes a pointer light source that emits the pointer, and the display control unit is configured to interrupt the display of information by the second display region. After turning off, return of the pointer to the zero position may be started.
  • the display unit may include a display that displays information on the first display area using an image.
  • the area of the first display region may be larger than the area of the virtual image display region.
  • a head-up display (hereinafter, “HUD”) 6060 according to the sixth embodiment of the present disclosure shown in FIG. 1 constitutes a display device 6100 mounted on a vehicle by being combined with a combination meter 6010 and the like. As shown in FIGS. 1 and 38, the display device 6100 displays various information relating to the vehicle such as the traveling speed in each of the plurality of display areas.
  • the HUD 6060 includes an optical system 6064 configured by a concave mirror or the like, a projector 6061 that emits light of a display image displayed as a virtual image 6035, and a housing 6065 that houses the optical system 6064 and the projector 6061.
  • the HUD 6060 is housed in an instrument panel 6120 installed in the downward direction DD of the windshield 6110. HUD 6060 is arranged in front of the vehicle relative to combination meter 6010.
  • the HUD 6060 reflects the light of the display image emitted from the projector 6061 by the optical system 6064 and projects it toward the virtual image display area 6111 defined in the windshield 6110.
  • the virtual image display area 6111 is defined in the upward direction UD of the hood portion 6121 provided on the instrument panel 6120 in the windshield 6110 that transmits the foreground of the vehicle.
  • a viewer sitting in the driver's seat can perceive the virtual image 6035 superimposed on the foreground of the vehicle through the virtual image display region 6111 by perceiving the light reflected toward the vehicle interior by the virtual image display region 6111.
  • the combination meter 6010 is housed in a space 6122 in the instrument panel 6120 partitioned by the hood portion 6121 in a posture in which the front side on which a plurality of display areas are formed faces the driver's seat.
  • the combination meter 6010 forms a multi display area 6011, two pointer display areas 6015 arranged on both sides of the multi display area 6011, and a plurality of indicators 6018.
  • the multi display area 6011 displays information by various images 6032 displayed on the display screen 6012.
  • Each pointer display area 6015 displays information by a rotating pointer 6016.
  • Each indicator 6018 performs various warnings related to the vehicle to the viewer by causing icons such as characters and symbols to emit light.
  • the combination meter 6010 includes a liquid crystal display 6013, a backlight 6014, two stepper motors 6017, a plurality of indicator light sources 6019, and a control unit 6020.
  • the liquid crystal display 6013 is a thin-film-transistor (TFT) type display using a thin film transistor, for example.
  • the liquid crystal display 6013 has a plurality of pixels arranged two-dimensionally along the display screen 6012.
  • the liquid crystal display 6013 is connected to the control unit 6020 and drives each pixel based on a control signal output from the control unit 6020.
  • On the display screen 6012 of the liquid crystal display 6013 various images that are displayed in color in the multi display area 6011 are formed.
  • the backlight 6014 transmits and illuminates the image on the display screen 6012 with a light source such as a plurality of light emitting diodes (hereinafter referred to as “LEDs”).
  • the backlight 6014 is connected to the control unit 6020, and the luminance of the illumination is controlled by a control signal output from the control unit 6020.
  • the stepper motor 6017 is an electric motor that drives the pointer 6016.
  • the stepper motor 6017 is connected to the control unit 6020 and rotates the pointer 6016 based on a control signal output from the control unit 6020.
  • the indicator light source 6019 is, for example, an LED.
  • Each indicator light source 6019 is connected to the control unit 6020 and emits light for causing each indicator 6018 to emit light based on a control signal output from the control unit 6020.
  • the control unit 6020 includes a microcomputer that operates according to a program, an interface that communicates with the in-vehicle Local Area Network (LAN) 6140, a liquid crystal display 6013, a stepper motor 6017, a drive circuit that drives each light source, and the like. It is configured.
  • LAN Local Area Network
  • a steering switch 6130 and the like are connected to the in-vehicle LAN 6140.
  • the control unit 6020 acquires vehicle information output to the in-vehicle LAN 6140, and outputs a control signal based on the acquired information to the liquid crystal display 6013, the stepper motor 6017, each light source, and the like.
  • the projector 6061 of the HUD 6060 has a liquid crystal display 6062 and a projection light source 6063.
  • the liquid crystal display 6062 is, for example, a TFT display.
  • the liquid crystal display 6062 is connected to the control unit 6020 and drives each pixel based on a control signal output from the control unit 6020.
  • Various images displayed in color in the virtual image display area 6111 are formed on the liquid crystal display 6062.
  • the projection light source 6063 has, for example, a plurality of high-brightness LEDs.
  • the projection light source 6063 is connected to the control unit 6020, and emits light formed as a virtual image 6035 (see FIG. 38) toward the liquid crystal display 6062 based on a control signal output from the control unit 6020. .
  • the HUD 6060 includes a dustproof cover 6070 in addition to the casing 6065, the optical system 6064, and the projector 6061 described above.
  • the housing 6065 has an upper cover 6065b and a lower case 6065c.
  • a housing space 6065d that houses the projector 6061 and the optical system 6064 is partitioned.
  • the upper cover 6065b and the lower case 6065c are each formed of a light-blocking resin material.
  • An opening 6065a is formed in the ceiling surface of the upper cover 6065b.
  • the opening 6065a is formed in a rectangular shape and penetrates the ceiling surface in the thickness direction.
  • the opening 6065 a is provided between a concave mirror 6064 b (described later) of the optical system 6064 and a virtual image display region 6111.
  • the opening 6065a can transmit light of a display image from the optical system 6064 toward the windshield 6110.
  • the optical system 6064 has a plane mirror 6064a and a concave mirror 6064b.
  • the plane mirror 6064a and the concave mirror 6064b are formed by vapor-depositing a metal such as aluminum on a translucent resin material or a plate material such as glass.
  • a planar reflecting surface is formed on the plane mirror 6064a.
  • the plane mirror 6064a is fixed to the peripheral wall of the lower case 6065c with a clip or the like with the reflecting surface facing the projector 6061.
  • the plane mirror 6064a reflects the light of the display image emitted from the projector 6061 toward the concave mirror 6064b by the reflection surface.
  • a concave reflecting surface is formed on the concave mirror 6064b.
  • the concave mirror 6064b is attached to the lower case 6065c while being held by the angle adjustment mechanism.
  • the angle adjustment mechanism is a mechanism for adjusting the direction of the reflecting surface. According to the operation of the angle adjustment function, the direction of the optical axis from the reflecting surface of the concave mirror 6064b toward the windshield 6110 is adjusted.
  • the concave mirror 6064b reflects the light of the display image reflected by the plane mirror 6064a toward the virtual image display area 6111.
  • the projector 6061 includes a heat sink 6061a that emits heat from the projection light source 6063 and a lens in addition to the liquid crystal display 6062 (see FIG. 3) and the projection light source 6063 (see FIG. 3).
  • the projector 6061 is disposed in the accommodation space 6065d in a state where the heat sink 6061a protrudes outside the housing 6065.
  • the light emitted from the projection light source 6063 is converted into parallel light toward the plane mirror 6064a by the refractive action of the lens.
  • the parallel light passes through the liquid crystal display 6062 and becomes display image light, and is emitted from the projector 6061 toward the plane mirror 6064a.
  • the dustproof cover 6070 is formed in a slightly curved plate shape with a light-transmitting resin material such as polycarbonate.
  • the dust cover 6070 is attached to the upper cover 6065b from the outside by a fastening member such as a screw or a snap fit.
  • the dust cover 6070 physically closes the opening 6065a to prevent dust and dirt from entering the housing space 6065d through the opening 6065a. Since the dust-proof cover 6070 is configured to allow the transmission of the light of the display image, the light of the display image can pass through the opening 6065a.
  • the dustproof cover 6070 In the material forming the dustproof cover 6070, a light absorbing substance (for example, carbon black) that absorbs light is dispersed.
  • the translucent dustproof cover 6070 formed of such a smoke material has a characteristic of allowing partial transmission of the visible light while attenuating the incident visible light.
  • the light attenuating action by the dust cover 6070 is optically neutral, and the wavelength dependency is reduced. Therefore, the dust cover 6070 can attenuate visible light substantially uniformly regardless of the wavelength range. Specifically, at least light having a wavelength of 400 to 600 nm, preferably light having a wavelength of 360 to 830 nm, is attenuated substantially uniformly.
  • the dustproof cover 6070 is formed with a plate thickness of about 2 mm.
  • the visible light transmittance along the plate thickness direction is defined as 20% to 50%. This visible light transmittance value is an average value between the above-mentioned 400 to 600 nm.
  • the visible light transmittance of the dustproof cover 6070 is lower than the visible light transmittance (generally 70% or more) of the windshield 6110.
  • external light that has passed through the windshield 6110 and reached the opening 6065a further passes through the dust-proof cover 6070 that closes the opening 6065a, and enters the housing 6065.
  • the dustproof cover 6070 By forming the dustproof cover 6070 to be translucent, the external light entering the housing 6065 is surely weakened. Then, part of the external light that enters the housing 6065 is reflected by the components in the housing space 6065d such as the projector 6061 and the optical system 6064, and is emitted from the opening 6065a to the outside of the housing 6065. At this time, the external light is transmitted through the translucent dustproof cover 6070 again, and is further weakened.
  • the HUD 6060 in which the configuration in the housing 6065 is difficult to be seen by the viewer is realized.
  • the dustproof cover 6070 of this embodiment visible light is attenuated substantially uniformly regardless of the wavelength range.
  • the color tone of the light can be maintained. Accordingly, the color tone of the display image drawn by the liquid crystal display 6062 can be faithfully reproduced even in the formed virtual image 6035.
  • the translucent dustproof cover 6070 absorbs visible light, reflection of external light by the dustproof cover 6070 can be suppressed. Therefore, the situation where the external light reflected by the dustproof cover 6070 reaches the viewer and the dustproof cover 6070 projected on the windshield 6110 is visible to the viewer can be avoided.
  • the visible light transmittance of the dustproof cover 6070 is suppressed to be lower than the visible light transmittance of the windshield 6110, the external light that has passed through the dustproof cover 6070 twice is reliably weakened. .
  • the visible light transmittance of the dust cover 6070 is lower than that of the windshield 6110 at least, the function of the dust cover 6070 that hides the configuration in the housing 65 is surely exhibited.
  • the HUD 6060 corresponds to a “head-up display device”
  • the projector 6061 corresponds to a “projector”
  • the housing 6065 corresponds to a “container”.
  • the dustproof cover 6070 corresponds to a “closing member”
  • the windshield 6110 corresponds to a “projection unit”.
  • the amount of light of the projection light source in the projector is increased as compared with the conventional form employing a colorless and transparent dustproof cover.
  • the above-described projection light source has been improved by increasing the number of light emitting elements and increasing the power applied to the light source.
  • Each light source including the projection light source is not limited to the LED, and may include a fluorescent tube, an organic EL panel, and the like.
  • the projector of the above embodiment has a configuration in which a TFT liquid crystal display and a projection light source are combined.
  • the configuration of the “projector” can be changed as appropriate.
  • a liquid crystal display other than the TFT method can be used.
  • a “projector” may be configured by a DLP (Digital Light Processing: registered trademark) projector, a CRT projector, or the like.
  • a laser scanner using MEMS may be included as a configuration of the “projector”.
  • a translucent dustproof cover may be formed by sticking a dark smoke film material to a colorless and transparent polycarbonate plate material.
  • the visible light transmittance of the dust cover is desirably substantially uniform over the entire area covering the opening, but may be regulated to a different value locally.
  • the material of the dustproof cover may be a translucent material other than polycarbonate, such as an acrylic resin and tempered glass.
  • the dustproof cover of the above embodiment attenuates visible light substantially uniformly, but may have a slight wavelength dependency in the wavelength range of visible light. Further, the color tone of the display image projected from the projector may be corrected in advance after assuming a change in the color tone due to the transmission of the dust cover. By adopting such control, a translucent material having wavelength dependency can be used for the dustproof cover.
  • the transmittance of ultraviolet light and infrared light may be set as appropriate.
  • the dust cover of the above embodiment is formed in a plate shape slightly larger than the opening, the shape of the dust cover and the opening can be changed as appropriate.
  • the dust cover may have a shape that covers the entire upper surface of the upper cover, or may be formed integrally with the upper cover as long as the entire opening can be closed.
  • the opening can be formed in a circular shape or the like as long as the light of the display image can be transmitted.
  • the vehicle windshield is used as the “projection unit” on which the display image is projected.
  • the “projection unit” is not limited to the windshield.
  • a combiner that is formed in a plate shape with a translucent resin and attached to the upper surface of the instrument panel or the vehicle interior side of the windshield may be installed as a configuration corresponding to the “projection unit”.
  • the function of controlling the virtual image display provided by the control unit that has executed the program may be provided by hardware and software different from the above-described configuration, or a combination thereof.
  • a function of controlling a liquid crystal display of a projector may be provided by a control circuit provided in the HUD.
  • the display control function described above may be provided by a circuit that performs a predetermined function without depending on a program.
  • the HUD that constitutes the display device for a vehicle by being combined with a combination meter or the like has been described, but the present disclosure is naturally applicable to a single HUD device.
  • the amount of information displayed on the HUD may be smaller than the amount of information displayed on the combination meter.
  • a head-up display device in which the configuration inside the container is difficult to be seen by a viewer is provided.
  • a head-up display device that makes it possible to visually recognize a virtual image of a display image by projecting the display image onto a projection unit.
  • the head-up display device forms a projector that emits the light of the display image, an opening that allows the light of the display image that is emitted from the projector to pass therethrough, and a container that houses the projector, and the opening is closed.
  • a blocking member that has a property of partially transmitting visible light reaching the opening and allowing transmission of light of the display image.
  • the external light that has reached the opening of the container passes through the blocking member that closes the opening and enters the container. Since the blocking member is formed to be translucent to partially transmit visible light, the external light incident on the container is surely weakened. A part of the external light incident on the container is reflected by the structure accommodated in the container such as a projector, and emitted from the opening to the outside of the container. At this time, the external light is transmitted through the translucent blocking member again, so that it is further weakened. Therefore, even if the external light emitted from the container is reflected by the projection unit toward the viewer, it is difficult for the viewer to perceive such light. Therefore, a head-up display device in which the configuration inside the container is difficult to be seen by a viewer is realized.
  • the head-up display device that makes it possible to visually recognize the virtual image of the display image by projecting the display image on the projection unit, the projector for emitting the light of the display image; Forming an opening through which the light of the display image emitted from the projector passes, and housing the projector, and being arranged so as to close the opening, and partially passing visible light reaching the opening And a blocking member having a characteristic of allowing the display image to transmit light.
  • the blocking member may attenuate visible light regardless of the wavelength range.
  • the blocking member may attenuate visible light transmitted through the blocking member by absorbing visible light.
  • the visible light transmittance of the blocking member may be lower than the visible light transmittance of the projection unit.

Abstract

This vehicle display device is provided with a display unit (13) for displaying an image (32) in a first display region (11) and a virtual image projection unit (60) for displaying a virtual image (35) of a display image in a second display region (111) defined on a projection part (110) that transmits the front view of a vehicle by projecting the display image onto the second display region (111). A first display part (32a, 32c, 32d) drawn on the first display region (11) and a second display part (35c, 35h, 35t, 35j) projected onto the second display region (111) display related information, and the amount of information displayed by the second display part is smaller than the amount of information displayed by the first display part (32a, 32c, 32d).

Description

車両用表示装置Vehicle display device 関連出願の相互参照Cross-reference of related applications
 本出願は、2014年3月4日に出願された日本国特許出願2014-41878号、2014年3月4日に出願された日本国特許出願2014-41876号、2014年3月4日に出願された日本国特許出願2014-41877号、2014年3月4日に出願された日本国特許出願2014-41879号、2014年3月4日に出願された日本国特許出願2014-41880号、2014年3月4日に出願された日本国特許出願2014-41881号、に基づくものであり、ここにその記載内容を参照により援用する。 This application is Japanese Patent Application 2014-41878 filed on March 4, 2014, Japanese Patent Application 2014-41876 filed on March 4, 2014, and filed March 4, 2014. Japanese Patent Application No. 2014-41877, Japanese Patent Application No. 2014-41879 filed on March 4, 2014, Japanese Patent Application No. 2014-41880 filed on March 4, 2014, 2014 Which is based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2014-41881 filed on Mar. 4, 2000, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 本開示は、車両に搭載される車両用表示装置に関する。さらに本開示は、複数の表示領域に情報を表示する表示装置に関する。さらに本開示は、ウィンドシールド等に表示像を投影することにより、表示像の虚像を視認可能にするヘッドアップディスプレイ装置に関する。 The present disclosure relates to a vehicle display device mounted on a vehicle. Furthermore, the present disclosure relates to a display device that displays information in a plurality of display areas. Furthermore, the present disclosure relates to a head-up display device that makes it possible to visually recognize a virtual image of a display image by projecting the display image onto a windshield or the like.
 例えば特許文献1には、インスツルメントパネル内に配置されたハーフミラーと、フロントウインドシールドに設置されたコンバイナとに情報を表示する車両用表示装置が開示されている。この車両用表示装置では、ハーフミラー及びコンバイナが、情報を表示する表示領域としてそれぞれ機能する。故に、視認者に提供可能な情報量を増加させることができる。 For example, Patent Document 1 discloses a vehicle display device that displays information on a half mirror arranged in an instrument panel and a combiner installed on a front windshield. In this vehicle display device, the half mirror and the combiner function as display areas for displaying information. Therefore, the amount of information that can be provided to the viewer can be increased.
 例えば特許文献2には、情報を表示する表示装置の一種として、メータ部とヘッドアップディスプレイ装置(以下、「HUD装置」)とを組み合わせた構成が開示されている。メータ部は、運転席の前方に設置されており、車両の情報を表示する。一方、HUD装置は、ウィンドシールドの下方に設置されており、表示光をウィンドシールドに向けて照射する。以上の構成では、HUD装置によって情報が表示される表示領域は、メータ部によって情報が表示される表示領域から離れて位置することとなる。 For example, Patent Document 2 discloses a configuration in which a meter unit and a head-up display device (hereinafter referred to as “HUD device”) are combined as a type of display device that displays information. The meter unit is installed in front of the driver's seat and displays vehicle information. On the other hand, the HUD device is installed below the windshield, and emits display light toward the windshield. In the above configuration, the display area where information is displayed by the HUD device is located away from the display area where information is displayed by the meter unit.
 例えば特許文献3には、車両用表示装置の一種として、車両の前景を透過するコンバイナに表示像を投影するヘッドアップディスプレイ装置(以下「HUD装置」)が開示されている。HUD装置は、車室内の視認者に、車両の前景に重ねられた表示像の虚像を視認させることができる。 For example, Patent Document 3 discloses a head-up display device (hereinafter referred to as “HUD device”) that projects a display image on a combiner that transmits the foreground of a vehicle as a type of vehicle display device. The HUD device allows a viewer in the vehicle interior to visually recognize a virtual image of a display image superimposed on the foreground of the vehicle.
 また、特許文献3には、車両用表示装置の一種として、メータ部とHUD装置とを組み合わせた構成が開示されている。メータ部は、車両の室内に配置され、表示画面に画像を表示する。一方、HUD装置は、ウィンドシールドに表示像を投影することにより、当該表示像の虚像を室内から視認可能にする。以上の構成では、例えばオーディオ機器の音量を示す画像が表示画面領域に表示されている場合、ステアリングスイッチへの操作の入力によって、音量が調整されると共に、表示画面領域の音量を示す画像も実際の音量に合わせて変更される。 Further, Patent Document 3 discloses a configuration in which a meter unit and a HUD device are combined as a kind of vehicle display device. A meter part is arrange | positioned in the vehicle interior and displays an image on a display screen. On the other hand, the HUD device makes a virtual image of the display image visible from the room by projecting the display image onto the windshield. In the above configuration, for example, when an image indicating the volume of the audio device is displayed in the display screen area, the volume is adjusted by an operation input to the steering switch, and the image indicating the volume in the display screen area is also actually displayed. It is changed according to the volume.
 車両用の表示装置の一種として、例えば特許文献4に開示の構成は、フロントガラスに虚像を表示するヘッドアップディスプレイの機能を備えている。この表示装置は、フロントガラスに加えて、虚像表示の下方向に位置する指針表示部、及び指針表示部の側方に位置するマルチ表示スクリーンにも、情報を表示できる。この表示装置では、フロントガラスに虚像が表示されている場合、マルチ表示スクリーンによる情報の表示が中断される一方で、指針表示部による情報の表示は継続される。 As a kind of vehicle display device, for example, the configuration disclosed in Patent Document 4 has a function of a head-up display that displays a virtual image on a windshield. In addition to the windshield, the display device can also display information on a pointer display unit positioned in the lower direction of the virtual image display and a multi-display screen positioned on the side of the pointer display unit. In this display device, when a virtual image is displayed on the windshield, the display of information on the multi-display screen is interrupted, while the display of information on the pointer display unit is continued.
 例えば特許文献5に開示されているように、ヘッドアップディスプレイ装置は、表示像の光を射出する表示器と、この表示器等を収容するケーシング及びカバーからなる収容体とを備えている。この収容体のカバーには、表示器から射出される表示像の光を通過させる開口部が形成されている。開口部は、樹脂又はガラス等からなる防塵カバーによって塞がれている。防振カバーは、表示像の光を効率的に透過させるため、無色透明とされている。 For example, as disclosed in Patent Document 5, the head-up display device includes a display that emits light of a display image, and a casing that includes a casing and a cover that stores the display and the like. The cover of the container is formed with an opening through which light of a display image emitted from the display device passes. The opening is closed by a dustproof cover made of resin or glass. The anti-vibration cover is colorless and transparent in order to efficiently transmit the light of the display image.
 本願発明者らは、車両用表示装置に関して以下を見出した。 The inventors of the present application have found the following regarding the vehicle display device.
 特許文献1の車両用表示装置のように、複数の表示領域に情報を表示する形態では、種々の情報が同時に表示され得る。そのため視認者は、一見しただけでは所望する情報を見つけることができず、所望の情報を求めて、視線を彷徨わせることとなる。その結果、車両の前景からハーフミラー及びコンバイナへの視線移動や、ハーフミラー及びコンバイナ間での視線移動が繰り返されてしまい、視認者の視線移動の負荷が非常に大きくなり得た。 In the form of displaying information in a plurality of display areas as in the vehicle display device of Patent Document 1, various information can be displayed simultaneously. Therefore, the viewer cannot find the desired information at first glance, but seeks the desired information and makes his gaze look. As a result, the movement of the line of sight from the foreground of the vehicle to the half mirror and the combiner and the movement of the line of sight between the half mirror and the combiner are repeated, and the load of the line of sight movement of the viewer can be very large.
 さらに、近年の表示装置では、複数の表示領域を有効に活用して情報を分かり易く視認者に示すために、各表示領域による情報の表示が、連係して変更される。例えば、一つの表示領域の表示を操作する操作要求が表示装置に取得されると、当該操作要求に基づいて、他の表示領域の表示も変更される場合がある。しかし、上述の特許文献2のように二つの表示領域が互いに離れて位置する形態では、視認者の注意が一方の表示領域に向けられているため、他の表示領域に生じる表示の変更は、視認者にとって把握困難となり得た。 Furthermore, in recent display devices, in order to effectively utilize a plurality of display areas and to show information to the viewer in an easy-to-understand manner, information display by each display area is changed in conjunction. For example, when an operation request for operating the display of one display area is acquired by the display device, the display of another display area may be changed based on the operation request. However, in the form in which the two display areas are located apart from each other as in the above-mentioned Patent Document 2, the viewer's attention is directed to one display area, so the display change that occurs in the other display area is It could be difficult for viewers to grasp.
 近年の車両用表示装置は、入力部への入力に基づく操作要求を取得可能とされており、取得した操作要求に基づいて表示のレイアウトを変更できる。しかし、特許文献3のようなHUD装置について、視認者による表示レイアウトの変更を可能にした場合では、表示像の結像位置が視認者から遠いことに起因して、表示レイアウトの変更過程が知覚しづらくなる懸念があった。その結果、視認者は、入力部への入力を反映した表示レイアウトに変更されたか否かを、把握困難となり得た。 Recent vehicle display devices can acquire an operation request based on an input to an input unit, and can change a display layout based on the acquired operation request. However, in the case of the HUD device as disclosed in Patent Document 3, when the display layout can be changed by the viewer, the display layout changing process is perceived because the image formation position of the display image is far from the viewer. There was concern that it would be difficult. As a result, it has been difficult for the viewer to grasp whether or not the display layout has been changed to reflect the input to the input unit.
 また、特許文献3に開示の構成では、ステアリングスイッチ等の入力部の操作に基づく表示態様の変更は、メータ部及び表示画面領域のうちで、表示画面領域にしか生じない。そのため、視認者がメータ部の表示画面を注視していた場合、視認者は、メータ部から遠い表示画面領域に生じる表示態様の変更を見逃してしまうおそれがある。こうした表示変更を見逃した視認者は、入力部への入力操作が受け付けられたか否かを把握することが困難となってしまう。 Further, in the configuration disclosed in Patent Document 3, the change of the display mode based on the operation of the input unit such as the steering switch occurs only in the display screen area among the meter section and the display screen area. Therefore, when the viewer is gazing at the display screen of the meter unit, the viewer may miss a change in the display mode that occurs in the display screen region far from the meter unit. It is difficult for a viewer who missed such a display change to know whether or not an input operation to the input unit has been accepted.
 特許文献4に開示の構成では、指針表示部に詳細な情報を表示することは困難である。故に、マルチ表示スクリーンによる情報の表示を中断している場合に、運転者へ提供可能な情報量を増やすためには、フロントガラスに表示されている虚像から詳細な情報を把握可能にする必要がある。しかし、運転者に視認され易い位置に表示される虚像が複雑な表示形態となってしまうと、こうした虚像によって運転者の運転への集中が妨げられる虞が生じ得た。 In the configuration disclosed in Patent Document 4, it is difficult to display detailed information on the pointer display unit. Therefore, in order to increase the amount of information that can be provided to the driver when the display of information on the multi-display screen is interrupted, it is necessary to be able to grasp detailed information from the virtual image displayed on the windshield. is there. However, if the virtual image displayed at a position that is easily visible to the driver is in a complicated display form, the virtual image may possibly prevent the driver from concentrating on driving.
 特許文献5に開示の構成において、カバーの開口部に到達した外光は、当該開口部を塞ぐ防塵カバーを透過して、カバー及びケーシング内に入射する。そして、ケーシング内に入射した外光の一部は、表示器等の構成に反射され、開口部を通じてカバーの外部に再び射出される。開口部を塞いでいる防振カバーが上述したように無色透明であるため、外光は、ほとんど弱められることなく、カバーから射出されてしまい得る。こうしてカバーから射出された外光は、フロントウインドシールド等によって視認者側に反射され、視認者に到達する。その結果、フロントウインドシールドに映るケーシング内の構成が、視認者から見えてしまうのである。 In the configuration disclosed in Patent Document 5, external light that has reached the opening of the cover passes through the dust-proof cover that closes the opening and enters the cover and the casing. Then, a part of the external light incident on the casing is reflected by the configuration of the display or the like, and is emitted again to the outside of the cover through the opening. Since the anti-vibration cover that closes the opening is colorless and transparent as described above, external light can be emitted from the cover with almost no attenuation. The external light emitted from the cover in this manner is reflected toward the viewer side by the front windshield or the like and reaches the viewer. As a result, the configuration inside the casing reflected in the front windshield is visible to the viewer.
日本国公開特許公報2006-103589号Japanese Patent Publication No. 2006-103589 日本国公開特許公報2013-218671号Japanese Patent Publication No. 2013-218671 日本国公開特許公報2013-241035号Japanese Patent Publication No. 2013-241035 日本国公開特許公報平06-255398号Japanese Patent Publication No. 06-255398 日本国公開特許公報2003-170761号Japanese Patent Publication No. 2003-170761
 本開示は、以上説明した問題に鑑みてなされたものであって、その目的は、視認者に提供可能な情報量を確保しつつ、視認者の視線移動の負荷を低減可能な車両用表示装置を提供することである。 The present disclosure has been made in view of the problems described above, and an object of the present disclosure is to provide a vehicle display device that can reduce the load of visual line movement of a viewer while ensuring the amount of information that can be provided to the viewer. Is to provide.
 本開示の第一の態様によれば、車両に搭載される車両用表示装置であって、第一表示領域に画像を表示する表示部と、車両の前景を透過する投影部に規定された第二表示領域に表示像を投影することにより、当該表示像の虚像を第二表示領域に表示させる投影部と、を備え、第一表示領域に描画される第一表示部と、第二表示領域に映し出される第二表示部とは、互いに関連する情報表示を行い、第二表示部に表示される情報の情報量は、第一表示部に表示される情報の情報量よりも少ない車両用表示装置が提供される。 According to the first aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided a display device for a vehicle mounted on a vehicle, the display unit displaying an image in the first display region, and the projection unit defined in the projection unit that transmits the foreground of the vehicle. A projection unit for projecting a display image on the second display region to display a virtual image of the display image on the second display region, a first display unit drawn on the first display region, and a second display region The second display unit displayed on the vehicle displays information related to each other, and the information amount of information displayed on the second display unit is smaller than the information amount of information displayed on the first display unit. An apparatus is provided.
 上記車両用表示装置によれば、第一表示領域の第一表示部と第二表示領域の第二表示部との情報表示が互いに関連しているため、第一表示部よりも情報量の少ない第二表示部を視認しても、二つの表示部に表示されている情報の概略が把握可能となる。そのため視認者の視線は、二つの表示部のうちで情報量の少ない第二表示部へと、まず向くようになる。こうして虚像として表示される第二表示部に視認者の視線がまず向けられることで、所望する情報の取得は、多くの状況下にて、前景から虚像への少ない視線移動によって済まされ得る。 According to the vehicle display device, the information display of the first display area of the first display area and the second display area of the second display area are related to each other, so that the amount of information is smaller than that of the first display area. Even if the second display unit is visually recognized, an outline of the information displayed on the two display units can be grasped. For this reason, the viewer's line of sight is first directed to the second display unit having a small amount of information among the two display units. In this way, the viewer's line of sight is first directed to the second display unit displayed as a virtual image, so that acquisition of desired information can be completed by a small line of sight movement from the foreground to the virtual image under many circumstances.
 加えて、所望する情報を第二表示部から得られなかった場合に限り、視認者は、必要に応じて、詳細な情報を表示する第一表示部へと視線を向ければよくなる。そのため、前景から第一表示領域への負荷の大きい視線移動の実施は、詳細な情報を必要とする僅かな状況下に限られ得る。したがって、車両用表示装置は、視認者に提供可能な情報量を確保しつつ、視認者の視線移動の負荷を低減することができる。 In addition, only when the desired information cannot be obtained from the second display unit, the viewer only needs to look at the first display unit that displays detailed information as necessary. For this reason, implementation of line-of-sight movement with a heavy load from the foreground to the first display area can be limited to a few situations that require detailed information. Therefore, the vehicular display device can reduce the load of the viewer's line of sight movement while securing the amount of information that can be provided to the viewer.
 本開示についての上記および他の目的、特徴や利点は、添付の図面を参照した下記の詳細な説明から、より明確になる。添付図面において
本開示の実施形態による表示装置によって運転席まわりに形成される複数の表示領域の配置を示す図であり、 表示装置が備えるコンビネーションメータ及びHUDについて、それぞれの配置と機械的構成を示す図であり、 表示装置の電気的構成を示すブロック図であり、 燃費表示モードにおけるマルチ表示領域及び虚像表示領域の各表示の詳細を説明するための図であり、 エコ表示モードにおけるマルチ表示領域及び虚像表示領域の各表示の詳細を説明するための図であり、 エコ表示モードにおいて、エコインジケータが消灯した状態を示す図であり、 過給圧表示モードにおけるマルチ表示領域及び虚像表示領域の各表示の詳細を説明するための図であり、 本開示の実施形態による表示装置によって運転席まわりに形成される複数の表示領域の配置を示す図であり、 表示装置が備えるコンビネーションメータ、HUD、及び発光部について、それぞれの配置と機械的構成を示す図であり、 表示装置の電気的構成を示すブロック図であり、 線状発光ユニットの機械的構成を模式的に示す図であって、図9の領域XIを拡大した拡大図であり、 図11のXII-XII線断面図であり、 ステアリングスイッチが設けられたステアリングの正面図であり、 ステアリングスイッチの詳細を示す正面図であり、 HUDカスタマイズモードにおけるマルチ表示領域、虚像表示領域、及び発光部の表示の詳細を説明するための図であり、 HUDカスタマイズモードにてデジタルスピードメータを追加する操作が行われた場合の表示の変化を順に示す図であり、 HUDカスタマイズモードにおいて制御部により実施される処理を示すフローチャートであり、 変形例1によるコンビネーションメータの正面図であり、 表示移動モードにて加速度メータをマルチ表示領域から虚像表示領域へと移動する操作が行われた場合の表示の変化を順に示す図であり、 本開示の実施形態による表示装置によって運転席まわりに形成される複数の表示領域の配置を示す図であり、 表示装置が備えるコンビネーションメータ、HUD、及び発光部について、それぞれの配置と機械的構成を示す図であり、 HUDを上方向から見た平面図であり、 表示装置の電気的構成を示すブロック図であり、 HUDカスタマイズモードにてデジタルスピードメータを追加する操作が行われた場合の表示の変化を順に示す図であり、 表示移動モードにて加速度メータをマルチ表示領域から虚像表示領域へと移動する操作が行われた場合の表示の変化を順に示す図であり、 制御部により実施される処理を示すフローチャートであり、 表示装置の電気的構成を示すブロック図であり、 マルチ表示領域及び虚像表示領域の各表示の詳細を説明するための図であり、 マルチ表示領域に表示される画像及び虚像表示領域に表示される虚像の元画像、を生成する際に用いられる処理の概念を仮想モデルとして模式的に示す図であり、 燃費計からエコゲージへと表示項目を変更する操作が行われた場合の表示の変化を順に示す図であり、 制御部により実施される処理を示すフローチャートであり、 表示装置が備えるコンビネーションメータ、HUD、及び発光部について、それぞれの配置と機械的構成を示す図であり、 表示装置の電気的構成を示すブロック図であり、 マルチ表示領域及び虚像表示領域の各表示の詳細を説明するための図であり、 HUDによる虚像表示をオン状態に切り替える操作が入力された場合の表示装置の作動を順に示す図であり、 制御部により実施される処理を示すフローチャートであり、 表示装置の変形例1を示す図であり、 表示装置が備えるコンビネーションメータ及びHUDについて、それぞれの配置と機械的構成を示す図であり、 HUDの構成を説明するための斜視図であり、 HUDの平面図である。
The above and other objects, features and advantages of the present disclosure will become more apparent from the following detailed description with reference to the accompanying drawings. In the attached drawings
FIG. 6 is a diagram illustrating an arrangement of a plurality of display areas formed around a driver's seat by a display device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure; It is a figure which shows each arrangement | positioning and mechanical structure about the combination meter and HUD with which a display apparatus is equipped, It is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the display device, It is a figure for demonstrating the detail of each display of the multi display area in a fuel consumption display mode, and a virtual image display area, It is a figure for explaining the details of each display of the multi-display area and the virtual image display area in the eco-display mode, In the eco display mode, it is a diagram showing a state where the eco indicator is turned off, It is a diagram for explaining the details of each display of the multi display area and the virtual image display area in the supercharging pressure display mode, FIG. 6 is a diagram illustrating an arrangement of a plurality of display areas formed around a driver's seat by a display device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure; It is a figure which shows each arrangement | positioning and mechanical structure about the combination meter with which a display apparatus is equipped, HUD, and a light emission part, It is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the display device, FIG. 10 is a diagram schematically showing a mechanical configuration of a linear light emitting unit, and is an enlarged view in which a region XI in FIG. 9 is enlarged; FIG. 12 is a sectional view taken along line XII-XII in FIG. It is a front view of a steering wheel provided with a steering switch, It is a front view showing details of the steering switch, It is a figure for demonstrating the detail of the display of the multi display area | region in a HUD customization mode, a virtual image display area | region, and a light emission part, It is a figure which shows the change of a display in order when operation which adds a digital speedometer is performed in HUD customization mode, It is a flowchart which shows the process implemented by the control part in HUD customization mode, It is a front view of the combination meter by the modification 1, It is a figure showing the change in the display when the operation to move the accelerometer from the multi-display area to the virtual image display area in the display movement mode in order, FIG. 6 is a diagram illustrating an arrangement of a plurality of display areas formed around a driver's seat by a display device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure; It is a figure which shows each arrangement | positioning and mechanical structure about the combination meter with which a display apparatus is equipped, HUD, and a light emission part, It is the top view which looked at HUD from the upper direction, It is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the display device, It is a figure which shows the change of a display in order when operation which adds a digital speedometer is performed in HUD customization mode, It is a figure showing the change in the display when the operation to move the accelerometer from the multi-display area to the virtual image display area in the display movement mode in order, It is a flowchart which shows the process implemented by a control part, It is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the display device, It is a figure for demonstrating the detail of each display of a multi display area and a virtual image display area, It is a diagram schematically showing a concept of processing used when generating an image displayed in a multi display area and an original image of a virtual image displayed in a virtual image display area as a virtual model, It is a figure which shows a change of a display in order when operation which changes a display item from a fuel consumption meter to an eco gauge is performed, It is a flowchart which shows the process implemented by a control part, It is a figure which shows each arrangement | positioning and mechanical structure about the combination meter with which a display apparatus is equipped, HUD, and a light emission part, It is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the display device, It is a figure for demonstrating the detail of each display of a multi display area and a virtual image display area, It is a figure which shows operation | movement of a display apparatus in order when operation which switches the virtual image display by HUD to an ON state is input, It is a flowchart which shows the process implemented by a control part, It is a figure which shows the modification 1 of a display apparatus, It is a figure which shows each arrangement | positioning and mechanical structure about the combination meter and HUD with which a display apparatus is equipped, It is a perspective view for demonstrating the structure of HUD, It is a top view of HUD.
(第一実施形態)
 図1に示す本開示の第一実施形態による表示装置100は、車両に搭載されており、コンビネーションメータ10及びヘッドアップディスプレイ(以下「HUD」)60等を組み合わせることによって構成されている。図1及び図2に示すように、表示装置100は、例えば走行速度等、車両に係わる種々の情報を複数の表示領域のそれぞれに表示する。尚、以下の説明では、静止状態にある車両において重力に沿う方向を下方向DDとし、下方向DDとは反対の方向を上方向UDとする。
(First embodiment)
A display device 100 according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure shown in FIG. 1 is mounted on a vehicle, and is configured by combining a combination meter 10 and a head-up display (hereinafter “HUD”) 60 and the like. As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the display device 100 displays various information related to the vehicle, such as travel speed, in each of a plurality of display areas. In the following description, the direction along gravity in a vehicle in a stationary state is referred to as a downward direction DD, and the direction opposite to the downward direction DD is referred to as an upward direction UD.
 コンビネーションメータ10は、複数の表示領域が形成された正面側を運転席に向けた姿勢にて、インスツルメントパネル120に形成された空間122内に収容されている。インスツルメントパネル120は、車両において、ウィンドシールド110の下方向DDに設置されている。インスツルメントパネル120には、上方向UDに突き出したフード部121が形成されている。空間122は、フード部121によって区画されており、運転席の前方向に形成されている。コンビネーションメータ10は、フード部121の下方向DDに位置し、マルチ表示領域11、二つの指針表示領域15、及び複数のインジケータ18を形成している。 The combination meter 10 is housed in a space 122 formed in the instrument panel 120 with the front side on which the plurality of display areas are formed facing the driver's seat. The instrument panel 120 is installed in the downward direction DD of the windshield 110 in the vehicle. The instrument panel 120 is formed with a hood 121 protruding in the upward direction UD. The space 122 is partitioned by the hood portion 121 and is formed in the front direction of the driver's seat. The combination meter 10 is positioned in the downward direction DD of the hood 121 and forms a multi display area 11, two pointer display areas 15, and a plurality of indicators 18.
 マルチ表示領域11は、コンビネーションメータ10の中央に配置されている。マルチ表示領域11は、表示画面12に映し出される種々の画像32によって情報を表示する。二つの指針表示領域15は、マルチ表示領域11の幅方向WDにおける両側に配置されている。各指針表示領域15は、回転する指針16によって情報を表示する。複数のインジケータ18は、コンビネーションメータ10の正面側において、マルチ表示領域11及び指針表示領域15を除く領域に主に形成されている。各インジケータ18は、文字及び記号等のアイコンを発光表示させることにより、車両に関する種々の警告を視認者に対し行う。 The multi display area 11 is arranged at the center of the combination meter 10. The multi display area 11 displays information using various images 32 displayed on the display screen 12. The two pointer display areas 15 are arranged on both sides of the multi display area 11 in the width direction WD. Each pointer display area 15 displays information by a rotating pointer 16. The plurality of indicators 18 are mainly formed in an area excluding the multi display area 11 and the pointer display area 15 on the front side of the combination meter 10. Each indicator 18 performs various warnings related to the vehicle to the viewer by causing icons such as characters and symbols to emit light.
 HUD60は、凹面鏡等によって構成される光学系64、虚像35として表示される表示像の光を射出するプロジェクタ61、並びに光学系64及びプロジェクタ61を収容する筐体65を備えている。HUD60は、コンビネーションメータ10よりも車両の前方向に配置され、インスツルメントパネル120内に収容されている。 The HUD 60 includes an optical system 64 configured by a concave mirror or the like, a projector 61 that emits light of a display image displayed as the virtual image 35, and a housing 65 that houses the optical system 64 and the projector 61. The HUD 60 is arranged in front of the vehicle with respect to the combination meter 10 and is accommodated in the instrument panel 120.
 HUD60は、プロジェクタ61から射出された表示像の光を光学系64によって反射させ、ウィンドシールド110内に規定された虚像表示領域111に向けて投影する。虚像表示領域111は、車両の前景を透過するウィンドシールド110のうちで、フード部121の上方向UDに規定されている。運転席に着座する運転者(視認者)の見かけ上において、虚像表示領域111及びマルチ表示領域11は、幅方向WDの中央位置を揃えられている。また、虚像表示領域111と、マルチ表示領域11及び指針表示領域15等とは、互いに離れて位置している。運転席に着座する視認者は、虚像表示領域111によって車室内側に反射された光を知覚することにより、虚像表示領域111を通して、車両の前景に重ねられた虚像35を視認可能となる。尚、本実施形態では虚像表示領域111とマルチ表示領域11とは車両の上下方向において同一の鉛直線上に配置されている。 The HUD 60 reflects the light of the display image emitted from the projector 61 by the optical system 64 and projects it toward the virtual image display area 111 defined in the windshield 110. The virtual image display area 111 is defined in the upward direction UD of the hood portion 121 in the windshield 110 that transmits the foreground of the vehicle. The virtual image display area 111 and the multi-display area 11 are aligned at the center position in the width direction WD on the appearance of the driver (viewer) sitting in the driver's seat. In addition, the virtual image display area 111, the multi display area 11, the pointer display area 15, and the like are located away from each other. A viewer sitting in the driver's seat can perceive the virtual image 35 superimposed on the foreground of the vehicle through the virtual image display area 111 by perceiving the light reflected toward the vehicle interior side by the virtual image display area 111. In the present embodiment, the virtual image display area 111 and the multi display area 11 are arranged on the same vertical line in the vertical direction of the vehicle.
 次に、図3に示す表示装置100の電気的構成を、コンビネーションメータ10及びHUD60のそれぞれについて、順に説明する。 Next, the electrical configuration of the display device 100 shown in FIG. 3 will be described in order for each of the combination meter 10 and the HUD 60.
 コンビネーションメータ10は、液晶表示器13及びバックライト14、二つのステッパーモータ17、複数のインジケータ光源19、並びに制御部20を有している。 The combination meter 10 includes a liquid crystal display 13 and a backlight 14, two stepper motors 17, a plurality of indicator light sources 19, and a control unit 20.
 液晶表示器13は、例えば薄膜トランジスタを用いたThin Film Transistor(TFT)方式の表示器である。液晶表示器13は、表示画面12に沿って二次元に配列された複数の画素を有している。液晶表示器13は、制御部20に接続されており、制御部20から出力される制御信号に基づいて各画素を駆動する。液晶表示器13の表示画面12には、マルチ表示領域11にカラー表示される種々の画像が形成される。バックライト14は、複数の発光ダイオード(以下、LED)等の光源によって、表示画面12の画像を透過照明する。バックライト14は、制御部20と接続されており、制御部20から出力される制御信号によって照明の輝度を制御される。 The liquid crystal display 13 is a thin-film-transistor (TFT) type display using thin film transistors, for example. The liquid crystal display 13 has a plurality of pixels arranged two-dimensionally along the display screen 12. The liquid crystal display 13 is connected to the control unit 20 and drives each pixel based on a control signal output from the control unit 20. Various images that are displayed in color in the multi-display area 11 are formed on the display screen 12 of the liquid crystal display 13. The backlight 14 illuminates the image on the display screen 12 with a light source such as a plurality of light emitting diodes (hereinafter referred to as LEDs). The backlight 14 is connected to the control unit 20, and the luminance of the illumination is controlled by a control signal output from the control unit 20.
 ステッパーモータ17は、指針16を駆動する電動機である。ステッパーモータ17は、制御部20と接続されており、制御部20から出力される制御信号に基づいて指針16を回転させることにより、指針表示領域15の指針表示を形成する。インジケータ光源19は、例えばLED等である。各インジケータ光源19は、それぞれ制御部20と接続されており、制御部20から出力される制御信号に基づいて、各インジケータ18を発光表示させるための光を放出する。 Stepper motor 17 is an electric motor that drives pointer 16. The stepper motor 17 is connected to the control unit 20, and forms a pointer display in the pointer display region 15 by rotating the pointer 16 based on a control signal output from the control unit 20. The indicator light source 19 is, for example, an LED. Each indicator light source 19 is connected to the control unit 20 and emits light for causing each indicator 18 to emit light based on a control signal output from the control unit 20.
 制御部20は、プログラムによって作動するマイクロコンピュータ、車内Local Area Network(LAN)140との間で通信を行うインターフェース、並びに液晶表示器13、ステッパーモータ17、及び各光源等を駆動する駆動回路等によって構成されている。車内LAN140には、車両に搭載された複数の車載機器150に加えて、ステアリングスイッチ130等が接続されている。制御部20は、車内LAN140に出力された車両の情報を取得し、取得した情報に基づく制御信号を液晶表示器13、ステッパーモータ17、及び各光源等に出力する。 The control unit 20 includes a microcomputer that operates according to a program, an interface that communicates with an in-vehicle Local Area Network (LAN) 140, and a drive circuit that drives the liquid crystal display 13, the stepper motor 17, each light source, and the like. It is configured. In addition to a plurality of in-vehicle devices 150 mounted on the vehicle, a steering switch 130 and the like are connected to the in-vehicle LAN 140. The control unit 20 acquires vehicle information output to the in-vehicle LAN 140, and outputs a control signal based on the acquired information to the liquid crystal display 13, the stepper motor 17, and each light source.
 HUD60のプロジェクタ61は、液晶表示器62及び投影光源63を有している。液晶表示器62は、例えばTFT方式の表示器である。液晶表示器62は、制御部20に接続されており、制御部20から出力される制御信号に基づいて各画素を駆動する。液晶表示器62には、虚像表示領域111(図1参照)にカラー表示される種々の画像が形成される。投影光源63は、例えば高輝度なLEDを複数有している。投影光源63は、制御部20と接続されており、制御部20から出力される制御信号に基づき、虚像35(図1参照)として結像される光を、液晶表示器62に向けて放出する。 The projector 61 of the HUD 60 has a liquid crystal display 62 and a projection light source 63. The liquid crystal display 62 is a TFT display, for example. The liquid crystal display 62 is connected to the control unit 20 and drives each pixel based on a control signal output from the control unit 20. Various images that are displayed in color in the virtual image display area 111 (see FIG. 1) are formed on the liquid crystal display 62. The projection light source 63 has, for example, a plurality of high-brightness LEDs. The projection light source 63 is connected to the control unit 20, and emits light formed as a virtual image 35 (see FIG. 1) toward the liquid crystal display 62 based on a control signal output from the control unit 20. .
 以上の表示装置100では、視認者の見かけ上において上下に並ぶ二つの表示領域11,111の各表示態様を、複数の表示モードのうちで切り替えることができる。こうした表示モードの切り替え操作は、車両のステアリングに設けられたステアリングスイッチ130への入力によって行われ得る。以下、各表示モードにおけるマルチ表示領域11及び虚像表示領域111の各表示の構成を、図4~図7に基づいて、順に説明する。 In the display device 100 described above, the display modes of the two display areas 11 and 111 arranged vertically in the viewer's appearance can be switched among a plurality of display modes. Such a display mode switching operation can be performed by an input to the steering switch 130 provided in the steering of the vehicle. Hereinafter, the configuration of each display in the multi display area 11 and the virtual image display area 111 in each display mode will be described in order based on FIGS.
 図4には、燃費表示モードにおける各表示領域11,111の各表示が示されている。燃費表示モードでは、マルチ表示領域11に描画される燃費グラフ32aと、虚像表示領域111に映し出される瞬間燃費計35cとが、互いに関連する情報表示を行っている。瞬間燃費計35cに表示される情報の情報量は、燃費グラフ32aに表示される情報の情報量よりも少なくされている。以下、その詳細を説明する。 FIG. 4 shows each display of the display areas 11 and 111 in the fuel consumption display mode. In the fuel consumption display mode, the fuel consumption graph 32a drawn in the multi display area 11 and the instantaneous fuel consumption meter 35c displayed in the virtual image display area 111 display information related to each other. The amount of information displayed on the instantaneous fuel consumption meter 35c is smaller than the amount of information displayed on the fuel consumption graph 32a. Details will be described below.
 マルチ表示領域11に描画される画像32には、上述の燃費グラフ32aに加えて、車両モデル42及び背景画像32fが含まれている。燃費グラフ32aは、車載機器150(図3参照)から出力された車両情報、具体的には燃費情報の過去の履歴値を表示する。燃費グラフ32aは、幅方向WDに沿って帯状に延伸する複数の棒要素32bを有している。各棒要素32bの長さは、所定時間毎の車両の燃費に対応している。複数の棒要素32bは、マルチ表示領域11の上縁から下方向DDに向かって並べられており、時間の経過に伴って下方向DDに移動する。そのため、新しい燃費情報を示す棒要素32bほど、上方向UDに位置している。こうした棒グラフ状の表示により、燃費グラフ32aは、所定時間毎の燃費の推移を示している。 The image 32 drawn in the multi-display area 11 includes a vehicle model 42 and a background image 32f in addition to the fuel consumption graph 32a described above. The fuel consumption graph 32a displays vehicle information output from the in-vehicle device 150 (see FIG. 3), specifically, past history values of the fuel consumption information. The fuel consumption graph 32a has a plurality of bar elements 32b extending in a strip shape along the width direction WD. The length of each bar element 32b corresponds to the fuel consumption of the vehicle every predetermined time. The plurality of bar elements 32b are arranged in the downward direction DD from the upper edge of the multi display area 11, and move in the downward direction DD with the passage of time. Therefore, the bar element 32b indicating new fuel efficiency information is positioned in the upward direction UD. With such a bar graph-like display, the fuel consumption graph 32a shows a change in fuel consumption every predetermined time.
 車両モデル42は、表示装置100(図1参照)を搭載する車両の外観形状を模って作成されている。マルチ表示領域11には、車両モデル42を後方から俯瞰視した画像が表示される。車両モデル42の前後方向は、実際の車両の前後方向に沿うように規定されている。車両モデル42は、マルチ表示領域11の中央に配置され、燃費グラフ32a及び背景画像32fに重畳されている。 The vehicle model 42 is created by imitating the appearance of a vehicle on which the display device 100 (see FIG. 1) is mounted. In the multi-display area 11, an image obtained by bird's-eye view of the vehicle model 42 from behind is displayed. The front-rear direction of the vehicle model 42 is defined along the front-rear direction of the actual vehicle. The vehicle model 42 is arranged in the center of the multi display area 11 and is superimposed on the fuel consumption graph 32a and the background image 32f.
 背景画像32fは、マルチ表示領域11において、燃費グラフ32a及び車両モデル42の背景となる画像である。背景画像32fは、上下方向に沿って帯状に延伸する路面画像部32wを有している。路面画像部32wは、車両モデル42の走行する車道を模した画像部である。路面画像部32wの幅方向WDの両側には、一対の境界線32rが形成されており、車両モデル42は、これら二つの境界線32rの中間に配置されている。 The background image 32 f is an image that becomes the background of the fuel consumption graph 32 a and the vehicle model 42 in the multi-display area 11. The background image 32f has a road surface image portion 32w extending in a strip shape along the vertical direction. The road surface image portion 32w is an image portion that imitates a roadway on which the vehicle model 42 travels. A pair of boundary lines 32r is formed on both sides of the road surface image portion 32w in the width direction WD, and the vehicle model 42 is disposed between these two boundary lines 32r.
 虚像表示領域111に映し出される虚像35には、シフトインジケータ35a及びデジタルスピードメータ35bが、上述の瞬間燃費計35cに加えて含まれている。シフトインジケータ35aは、車両に設けられたシフトレバーの現在の位置を示している。デジタルスピードメータ35bは、車両の現在の走行速度を示している。デジタルスピードメータ35bは、幅方向WDにおいてシフトインジケータ35aと並べられている。 The virtual image 35 displayed in the virtual image display area 111 includes a shift indicator 35a and a digital speedometer 35b in addition to the instantaneous fuel consumption meter 35c. The shift indicator 35a indicates the current position of the shift lever provided in the vehicle. The digital speedometer 35b indicates the current traveling speed of the vehicle. The digital speedometer 35b is arranged with the shift indicator 35a in the width direction WD.
 瞬間燃費計35cは、制御部20(図3参照)によって現在取得されている燃費情報の最新値を表示する。瞬間燃費計35cは、燃費グラフ32aの棒要素32bと実質同一の棒要素35gを有している。棒要素35gは、最新の車両の燃費に対応して幅方向WDに伸縮し、燃費が良好なほど幅方向WDに長くなる。所定時間の経過により、瞬間燃費計35cに表示されていた棒要素35gは、マルチ表示領域11へと移動し、燃費グラフ32aを形成する複数の棒要素32bうちの一つとして、これら棒要素32bの最も上方向UDに表示される。 The instantaneous fuel consumption meter 35c displays the latest value of the fuel consumption information currently acquired by the control unit 20 (see FIG. 3). The instantaneous fuel consumption meter 35c has a bar element 35g substantially the same as the bar element 32b of the fuel consumption graph 32a. The bar element 35g expands and contracts in the width direction WD corresponding to the latest fuel efficiency of the vehicle, and becomes longer in the width direction WD as the fuel efficiency is improved. As a predetermined time elapses, the bar element 35g displayed on the instantaneous fuel consumption meter 35c moves to the multi-display area 11 and is used as one of the plurality of bar elements 32b forming the fuel consumption graph 32a. Is displayed in the uppermost direction UD.
 図5及び図6には、エコ表示モードにおける各表示領域11,111の各表示が示されている。エコ表示モードでは、マルチ表示領域11に描画されるエコゲージ32cと、虚像表示領域111に映し出されるエコインジケータ35h及び項目表示35tとが、互いに関連する情報表示を行っている。加えて、エコインジケータ35h及び項目表示35tのそれぞれに表示される情報の情報量は、エコゲージ32cに表示される情報の情報量よりも少なくされている。以下、その詳細を説明する。 5 and 6 show each display of the display areas 11 and 111 in the eco display mode. In the eco display mode, the eco gauge 32 c drawn in the multi display area 11, the eco indicator 35 h and the item display 35 t displayed in the virtual image display area 111 display information related to each other. In addition, the information amount of information displayed on each of the eco indicator 35h and the item display 35t is smaller than the information amount of information displayed on the eco gauge 32c. Details will be described below.
 マルチ表示領域11に描画される画像32には、上述のエコゲージ32cに加えて、燃費表示モードと実質同一の車両モデル42及び背景画像32fが含まれている。エコゲージ32cは、車載機器150(図3参照)から出力された車両情報、具体的には、燃費効率の程度をアナログ表示する。燃費効率は、車両に搭載された走行用機関の消費燃料量、並びに車両の速度及び加速度等に基づいて、制御部20(図3参照)又はいずれかの車載機器150によって算出される。エコゲージ32cは、車両モデル42まわりに円環状に延びるバー状の画像部によって、エコ運転の実施状況を可視化している。燃費効率が良くなるほど、エコゲージ32cは、車両モデル42の左後方へ向けて反時計回りに延伸する。 The image 32 drawn in the multi-display area 11 includes a vehicle model 42 and a background image 32f that are substantially the same as those in the fuel consumption display mode, in addition to the above-described eco gauge 32c. The eco gauge 32c displays the vehicle information output from the in-vehicle device 150 (see FIG. 3), specifically, the degree of fuel efficiency in an analog manner. The fuel efficiency is calculated by the control unit 20 (see FIG. 3) or any one of the in-vehicle devices 150 based on the amount of fuel consumed by a traveling engine mounted on the vehicle, the speed and acceleration of the vehicle, and the like. The eco-gauge 32c visualizes the state of eco-driving with a bar-shaped image portion extending around the vehicle model 42 in an annular shape. The better the fuel efficiency, the more the eco gauge 32c extends counterclockwise toward the left rear of the vehicle model 42.
 虚像表示領域111に映し出される虚像35には、燃費表示モードと実質同一のシフトインジケータ35a及びデジタルスピードメータ35bに加えて、上述のエコインジケータ35h及び項目表示35tが含まれている。 The virtual image 35 displayed in the virtual image display area 111 includes the above-described eco-indicator 35h and item display 35t in addition to the shift indicator 35a and the digital speedometer 35b which are substantially the same as those in the fuel consumption display mode.
 エコインジケータ35hは、制御部20(図3参照)によって現在取得されている、又は現在算出されている燃費効率が予め規定された条件を満たしたときに、虚像表示領域111に表示される。エコインジケータ35hは、例えば「ECO」等の文字を模った表示像である。エコインジケータ35hは、例えば虚像表示領域111の右下隅に、項目表示35tと幅方向WDに並ぶよう配置されている。燃費効率が所定の閾値を下回ると、エコゲージ32cが所定の閾値を下回ると、エコインジケータ35hは、図6に示すように表示を中断される。 The eco indicator 35h is displayed in the virtual image display area 111 when the fuel efficiency currently acquired or currently calculated by the control unit 20 (see FIG. 3) satisfies a predetermined condition. The eco indicator 35h is a display image imitating characters such as “ECO”, for example. The eco indicator 35h is arranged, for example, in the lower right corner of the virtual image display area 111 so as to line up with the item display 35t and the width direction WD. When the fuel efficiency is lower than the predetermined threshold, when the eco gauge 32c is lower than the predetermined threshold, the display of the eco indicator 35h is interrupted as shown in FIG.
 図5及び図6に示す項目表示35tは、マルチ表示領域11に表示されている項目を、文字によって示している。エコ表示モードでは、エコゲージ32cに表示される車両情報、即ち燃費効率の見出しとなる項目名として、「ECO Bar」という文字を表示する。項目表示35tは、虚像表示領域111において、デジタルスピードメータ35bの下方向DDに配置されている。項目表示35tとして表示される文字は、マルチ表示領域11に表示される車両情報の変更に伴って、切り替えられる。 The item display 35t shown in FIG.5 and FIG.6 has shown the item currently displayed on the multi display area 11 with the character. In the eco display mode, the characters “ECO Bar” are displayed as the vehicle information displayed on the eco gauge 32c, that is, the item name serving as a headline of fuel efficiency. The item display 35t is arranged in the downward direction DD of the digital speedometer 35b in the virtual image display area 111. The characters displayed as the item display 35t are switched in accordance with the change of the vehicle information displayed in the multi display area 11.
 図7には、過給圧表示モードにおける各表示領域11,111の各表示が示されている。過給圧表示モードでは、マルチ表示領域11に描画されるブーストゲージ32dと、虚像表示領域111に映し出されるデジタルブーストメータ35jとが、互いに関連する情報表示を行っている。 FIG. 7 shows each display of the display areas 11 and 111 in the supercharging pressure display mode. In the supercharging pressure display mode, the boost gauge 32d drawn in the multi-display area 11 and the digital boost meter 35j displayed in the virtual image display area 111 display information related to each other.
 マルチ表示領域11に描画される画像32には、上述のブーストゲージ32dに加えて、燃費表示モードと実質同一の車両モデル42及び背景画像32fが含まれている。ブーストゲージ32dは、車載機器150(図3参照)から出力された車両情報、具体的には、走行用機関の吸気管内におけるゲージ圧の程度をアナログ表示する。ブーストゲージ32dは、車両モデル42まわりに円環状に延びるバー状の画像部によって、吸気管内の圧力を可視化している。吸気管内の圧力が大気圧よりも高い正圧側である場合、ブーストゲージ32dは、ゲージ圧の増加に従い、車両モデル42の右後方へ向けてゼロ点位置から時計回りに延伸する。吸気管内の圧力が大気圧よりも低い負圧側である場合、ブーストゲージ32dは、ゲージ圧の減少に従い、車両モデル42の左後方へ向けてゼロ点位置から反時計回りに延伸する。 The image 32 drawn in the multi display area 11 includes a vehicle model 42 and a background image 32f that are substantially the same as those in the fuel consumption display mode, in addition to the boost gauge 32d described above. The boost gauge 32d displays in analog form the vehicle information output from the in-vehicle device 150 (see FIG. 3), specifically, the degree of gauge pressure in the intake pipe of the traveling engine. The boost gauge 32d visualizes the pressure in the intake pipe by a bar-shaped image portion extending in an annular shape around the vehicle model. When the pressure in the intake pipe is on the positive pressure side higher than the atmospheric pressure, the boost gauge 32d extends clockwise from the zero point position toward the right rear of the vehicle model 42 as the gauge pressure increases. When the pressure in the intake pipe is on the negative pressure side lower than the atmospheric pressure, the boost gauge 32d extends counterclockwise from the zero point position toward the left rear of the vehicle model 42 as the gauge pressure decreases.
 虚像表示領域111に映し出される虚像35には、燃費表示モードと実質同一のシフトインジケータ35a及びデジタルスピードメータ35bに加えて、上述のデジタルブーストメータ35jが含まれている。デジタルブーストメータ35jは、ブーストゲージ32dと同じ車両情報、即ち吸気管内のゲージ圧を数値によってデジタル表示する。デジタルブーストメータ35jは、虚像表示領域111の幅方向WDの中央に配置され、シフトインジケータ35a及びデジタルスピードメータ35bの下方向DDに位置している。 The virtual image 35 displayed in the virtual image display area 111 includes the above-described digital boost meter 35j in addition to the shift indicator 35a and the digital speedometer 35b which are substantially the same as those in the fuel consumption display mode. The digital boost meter 35j digitally displays the same vehicle information as the boost gauge 32d, that is, the gauge pressure in the intake pipe by numerical values. The digital boost meter 35j is disposed at the center in the width direction WD of the virtual image display area 111, and is positioned in the downward direction DD of the shift indicator 35a and the digital speedometer 35b.
 以上のブーストゲージ32dによるアナログ表示は、吸気管内のゲージ圧の変化範囲を、過給圧の現在値と共に示し得る。一方で、デジタルブーストメータ35jによるデジタル表示は、単に過給圧の現在値を示すのみである。このように、デジタルブーストメータ35jに表示される情報の情報量は、ブーストゲージ32dに表示される情報の情報量よりも少ない。 The above analog display by the boost gauge 32d can indicate the change range of the gauge pressure in the intake pipe together with the current value of the supercharging pressure. On the other hand, the digital display by the digital boost meter 35j merely indicates the current value of the supercharging pressure. Thus, the information amount of information displayed on the digital boost meter 35j is smaller than the information amount of information displayed on the boost gauge 32d.
 ここまで説明した本実施形態の各表示モードでは、マルチ表示領域11による情報表示と、虚像表示領域111の情報表示とが互いに関連している。故に、情報量の少ない虚像表示領域111の表示を視認しても、二つの表示領域11,111に表示されている情報の概略が把握可能となる。そのため視認者の視線は、情報量を少なくされることで把握容易とされた虚像表示領域111の瞬間燃費計35c等へと、まず向くようになる。こうして虚像35として表示される瞬間燃費計35c等に視認者の視線がまず向けられることによれば、所望する情報の取得は、多くの状況下にて、前景から虚像35への少ない視線移動によって済まされ得る。 In each display mode of the present embodiment described so far, the information display by the multi display area 11 and the information display of the virtual image display area 111 are related to each other. Therefore, even if the display of the virtual image display area 111 with a small amount of information is visually recognized, an outline of information displayed in the two display areas 11 and 111 can be grasped. Therefore, the viewer's line of sight first comes to the instantaneous fuel consumption meter 35c or the like in the virtual image display area 111 that is easily grasped by reducing the amount of information. Thus, according to the fact that the viewer's line of sight is first directed to the instantaneous fuel consumption meter 35c or the like displayed as the virtual image 35, acquisition of desired information can be achieved by a small line of sight movement from the foreground to the virtual image 35 in many situations. Can be done.
 加えて、所望する情報を虚像表示領域111の表示から得られなかった場合に限り、視認者は、必要に応じて、詳細な情報を表示するマルチ表示領域11の表示へと視線を向ければよくなる。そのため、前景から虚像表示領域111への負荷の大きい視線移動の実施は、詳細な情報を必要とする僅かな状況下に限られ得る。したがって、表示装置100は、視認者に提供可能な情報量を確保しつつ、視認者の視線移動の負荷を低減することができる。 In addition, only when the desired information cannot be obtained from the display of the virtual image display area 111, the viewer only needs to look at the display of the multi-display area 11 that displays detailed information as necessary. . For this reason, implementation of line-of-sight movement with a large load from the foreground to the virtual image display area 111 can be limited to a few situations that require detailed information. Therefore, the display device 100 can reduce the load of eye movement of the viewer while ensuring the amount of information that can be provided to the viewer.
 また本実施形態の燃費表示モードでは、視認者が確認したい最新の燃費情報が瞬間燃費計35cによって虚像表示領域111に表示される。故に視認者は、燃費情報の取得を、虚像35への少ない視線移動によって行い得る。そして、過去の燃費情報の確認は、必要に応じて燃費グラフ32aに視線を移動させることにより可能である。このように、燃費情報についての最新値と履歴値とを、瞬間燃費計35c及び燃費グラフ32aにそれぞれ振り分けることにより、表示装置100は、提供可能な情報量を確保しつつ、視認者の視線移動の負荷を軽減できる。 In the fuel consumption display mode of this embodiment, the latest fuel consumption information that the viewer wants to check is displayed in the virtual image display area 111 by the instantaneous fuel consumption meter 35c. Therefore, the viewer can acquire the fuel consumption information by moving the line of sight to the virtual image 35 little. The past fuel consumption information can be confirmed by moving the line of sight to the fuel consumption graph 32a as necessary. As described above, the display device 100 moves the viewer's line of sight while ensuring the amount of information that can be provided by allocating the latest value and the history value of the fuel efficiency information to the instantaneous fuel efficiency meter 35c and the fuel efficiency graph 32a. Can reduce the load.
 加えて本実施形態のエコ表示モードでは、エコゲージ32cに表示されている燃費効率が良好であるときに、虚像表示領域111にエコインジケータ35hが表示される。このエコインジケータ35hは、現在の燃費効率の程度を詳細に示すことはできないものの、閾値について適切な条件設定がなされていれば、現在の燃費効率の良否を視認者に簡潔に通知し得る。以上によれば、エコインジケータ35hへと視線を向けることで現在の燃費効率の確認が可能となるため、視認者の視線移動の負荷低減が可能となる。 In addition, in the eco display mode of the present embodiment, the eco indicator 35h is displayed in the virtual image display area 111 when the fuel efficiency displayed on the eco gauge 32c is good. Although this eco-indicator 35h cannot indicate the current level of fuel efficiency in detail, if an appropriate condition is set for the threshold, the eco-indicator 35h can simply notify the viewer of the current fuel efficiency. According to the above, since the current fuel efficiency can be confirmed by turning the line of sight toward the eco-indicator 35h, it is possible to reduce the load of the viewer's line-of-sight movement.
 さらに本実施形態のエコ表示モードでは、エコゲージ32cに表示されている車両情報の見出しとなる項目名が項目表示35tに表示されている。故に視認者は、項目表示35tへと視線を向ければ、マルチ表示領域11に現在表示されている内容を把握し得る。以上によれば、視認者は、項目表示35tを見た後で、マルチ表示領域11に所望する情報が有るか否かを判断し、無い場合には、エコゲージ32c等への視線移動を中止させることができる。以上によれば、前景からマルチ表示領域11への不要な視線移動が回避され得るため、視認者の視線移動の負荷は、確実に低減可能となる。 Further, in the eco display mode of the present embodiment, the item name serving as the heading of the vehicle information displayed on the eco gauge 32c is displayed on the item display 35t. Therefore, the viewer can grasp the contents currently displayed in the multi-display area 11 by directing his / her line of sight to the item display 35t. According to the above, after viewing the item display 35t, the viewer determines whether or not there is desired information in the multi-display area 11, and if not, stops the line-of-sight movement to the eco gauge 32c or the like. be able to. According to the above, since unnecessary line-of-sight movement from the foreground to the multi-display area 11 can be avoided, the load of the line-of-sight movement of the viewer can be surely reduced.
 また本実施形態の過給圧表示モードのように、デジタルブーストメータ35jの表示は、ゲージ圧を数値にて簡潔に示すため、ブーストゲージ32dによるアナログ表示よりも短時間での情報把握を可能にする。故に、視認者の視線は、ゲージ圧を素早く知覚できるデジタルブーストメータ35jに向き易くなる。以上のように、車両情報を虚像35によってデジタル表示する構成では、視線移動の負荷低減が可能となる。加えて、アナログ表示がデジタル表示と併存するため、視認者に提供される情報の情報量も、確保される。 Further, as in the supercharging pressure display mode of the present embodiment, the display of the digital boost meter 35j succinctly shows the gauge pressure numerically, so that it is possible to grasp information in a shorter time than the analog display by the boost gauge 32d. To do. Therefore, the visual line of the viewer is easily directed to the digital boost meter 35j that can quickly perceive the gauge pressure. As described above, in the configuration in which the vehicle information is digitally displayed by the virtual image 35, the load of eye movement can be reduced. In addition, since the analog display coexists with the digital display, the amount of information provided to the viewer is also ensured.
 そして本実施形態のように、マルチ表示領域11及び虚像表示領域111が同一の円直線状に上下関係に並ぶ配置であれば、視認者は、首を左右に振る動作をすることなく、瞬間燃費計35c等から燃費グラフ32a等へと視線を移すことができる。故に、二つの表示領域11,111の間における視線移動についても、負荷の軽減が可能となる。 If the multi-display area 11 and the virtual image display area 111 are arranged in the same circular line in a vertical relationship as in the present embodiment, the viewer can instantaneously consume fuel without moving the head left and right. The line of sight can be shifted from the total 35c to the fuel consumption graph 32a. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the load on the line of sight movement between the two display areas 11 and 111.
 尚、本実施形態において、マルチ表示領域11が本開示の「第一表示領域」に相当し、液晶表示器13が本開示の「表示部」に相当し、HUD60が本開示の「虚像投影部」に相当する。また、表示装置100が本開示の「車両用表示装置」に相当し、虚像表示領域111が本開示の「第二表示領域」に相当し、ウィンドシールド110が本開示の「投影部」に相当する。さらに、燃費グラフ32a,エコゲージ32c,ブーストゲージ32dが本開示の「第一表示部」に相当する。そして、瞬間燃費計35c,エコインジケータ35h,デジタルブーストメータ35j,項目表示35tが本開示の「第二表示部」に相当する。 In the present embodiment, the multi-display area 11 corresponds to the “first display area” of the present disclosure, the liquid crystal display 13 corresponds to the “display section” of the present disclosure, and the HUD 60 corresponds to the “virtual image projection section” of the present disclosure. Is equivalent to. The display device 100 corresponds to the “vehicle display device” of the present disclosure, the virtual image display region 111 corresponds to the “second display region” of the present disclosure, and the windshield 110 corresponds to the “projection unit” of the present disclosure. To do. Further, the fuel consumption graph 32a, the eco gauge 32c, and the boost gauge 32d correspond to the “first display unit” of the present disclosure. The instantaneous fuel consumption meter 35c, the eco indicator 35h, the digital boost meter 35j, and the item display 35t correspond to the “second display unit” of the present disclosure.
 (第一実施形態における他の実施形態)
 以上、本開示による第一実施形態について説明したが、本開示は、上記実施形態に限定して解釈されるものではなく、本開示の要旨を逸脱しない範囲内において種々の実施形態及び組み合わせに適用することができる。
(Other embodiments in the first embodiment)
The first embodiment according to the present disclosure has been described above. However, the present disclosure is not construed as being limited to the above-described embodiment, and can be applied to various embodiments and combinations without departing from the gist of the present disclosure. can do.
 上記実施形態の燃費表示モードでは、燃費情報の最新値と過去の履歴値とが、瞬間燃費計35c及び燃費グラフ32aにそれぞれ割り振られて表示されていた。このように、最新値と履歴値とが共に表示される車両情報は、上述の燃費情報に限定されない。例えば、車両の走行速度情報、並びに車外の気圧情報及び気温情報等が、最新値と履歴値とに割り振られて二つの表示領域に並行して表示可能である。 In the fuel consumption display mode of the above embodiment, the latest value of fuel consumption information and the past history value are allocated and displayed on the instantaneous fuel consumption meter 35c and the fuel consumption graph 32a, respectively. Thus, the vehicle information in which the latest value and the history value are displayed together is not limited to the fuel efficiency information described above. For example, the traveling speed information of the vehicle, the atmospheric pressure information outside the vehicle, the temperature information, and the like can be allocated to the latest value and the history value and displayed in two display areas in parallel.
 上記実施形態のエコ表示モードでは、燃費効率の程度がエコゲージ32cによって表示されたうえで、所定の燃費効率を上回った場合にエコインジケータ35hが点灯していた。このように、詳細な内容と概要とが並行して表示される車両情報は、上述の燃費効率に限定されない。例えば、燃料タンクに残る燃料量が第一表示部によってマルチ表示領域11に示されたうえで、所定の残量を下回った場合に、虚像表示領域111に給油インジケータが点灯してもよい。 In the eco display mode of the above embodiment, the eco indicator 35h is turned on when the level of fuel efficiency is displayed by the eco gauge 32c and exceeds a predetermined fuel efficiency. Thus, the vehicle information in which the detailed contents and the summary are displayed in parallel is not limited to the fuel efficiency described above. For example, the fuel supply indicator may be lit in the virtual image display area 111 when the amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank is displayed in the multi-display area 11 by the first display unit and falls below a predetermined remaining amount.
 上記実施形態のエコ表示モードでは、エコインジケータ35h及び項目表示35tがそれぞれ第二表示部に相当していた。しかし、これらの一方のみを表示するエコ表示モードが表示装置に設定されていてもよい。さらに、マルチ表示領域に異なる車両情報を示す第一表示部が複数表示されている表示モードでは、複数の項目表示が、虚像表示領域に並べて表示されてもよい。 In the eco display mode of the above embodiment, the eco indicator 35h and the item display 35t correspond to the second display unit, respectively. However, an eco display mode for displaying only one of these may be set in the display device. Furthermore, in the display mode in which a plurality of first display units indicating different vehicle information are displayed in the multi display area, a plurality of item displays may be displayed side by side in the virtual image display area.
 上記実施形態の過給圧表示モードでは、ゲージ圧の程度を示すアナログ表示とデジタル表示とが併存していた。このように、アナログ表示及びデジタル表示によって同時に示される車両情報は、過給圧に限定されない。例えば、コンビネーションメータの全面をマルチ表示領域とした表示装置では、車両の走行速度情報が、虚像表示領域にデジタル表示されると共に、指針画像によってマルチ表示領域にアナログ表示されてもよい。 In the supercharging pressure display mode of the above embodiment, an analog display indicating the degree of gauge pressure and a digital display coexist. Thus, the vehicle information shown simultaneously by the analog display and the digital display is not limited to the supercharging pressure. For example, in a display device in which the entire surface of the combination meter has a multi-display area, the traveling speed information of the vehicle may be digitally displayed in the virtual image display area and analog-displayed in the multi-display area by a pointer image.
 また、第一表示部と第二表示部との夫々に表示される情報の情報量は、車両の運転状態に応じて互いに変えられてもよい。例えば、車両の停止状態で第一表示部と第二表示部との夫々に表示される情報の情報量が、車両の走行状態に比較して相対的に多くされてもよい。具体的には、車両の停止状態において、第一表示部には、ナビゲーションシステムによる目的地案内のための大縮尺の詳細地図が表示され、第二表示部には、第一表示部に表示されるよりも中縮尺又は小縮尺の粗い目的地案内の地図が表示される。そして、車両が走行すると、第一表示部に表示される目的地案内のための大縮尺の詳細地図が維持され、第二表示部には、地図表示に代えてターン・バイ・ターンの矢印が表示されてもよい。 Further, the information amount of information displayed on each of the first display unit and the second display unit may be changed according to the driving state of the vehicle. For example, the information amount of information displayed on each of the first display unit and the second display unit when the vehicle is stopped may be relatively increased as compared with the traveling state of the vehicle. Specifically, when the vehicle is stopped, a large-scale detailed map for destination guidance by the navigation system is displayed on the first display unit, and displayed on the first display unit on the second display unit. A map of destination guidance with a medium scale or a small scale rather than a map is displayed. When the vehicle travels, a large-scale detailed map for destination guidance displayed on the first display unit is maintained, and a turn-by-turn arrow is displayed on the second display unit instead of the map display. May be displayed.
 上記実施形態におけるマルチ表示領域及び虚像表示領域は、車両の幅方向WDにおける中心位置を互いに揃えられていた。しかし、各表示領域の位置は、上記実施形態の配置に限定されず、適宜変更可能である。例えば、虚像表示領域は、ウィンドシールドの幅方向WDの中央付近に規定されていてもよい。又は、マルチ表示領域を形成するコンビネーションメータは、インスツルメントパネルの幅方向WDの中央付近に収容されていてもよい。 In the multi-display area and the virtual image display area in the above embodiment, the center positions in the vehicle width direction WD are aligned with each other. However, the position of each display area is not limited to the arrangement of the above embodiment, and can be changed as appropriate. For example, the virtual image display area may be defined near the center in the width direction WD of the windshield. Or the combination meter which forms a multi display area may be accommodated near the center of the width direction WD of the instrument panel.
 上記実施形態では、ステアリングスイッチの操作によって表示モードが切り替え可能とされていた。しかし、表示モードを変更する操作が入力される構成は、ステアリングスイッチに限定されず、例えばセンターコンソールに設けられるジョイスティック及びタッチパネル等であってもよい。 In the above embodiment, the display mode can be switched by operating the steering switch. However, the configuration in which an operation for changing the display mode is input is not limited to the steering switch, and may be, for example, a joystick provided on the center console, a touch panel, or the like.
 上記実施形態では、表示像が投影される「投影部」として、車両のウィンドシールドが用いられていたが、「投影部」は、ウィンドシールドに限定されない。例えば、透光性樹脂により板状に形成され、インスツルメントパネル上面又はウィンドシールドの車室内側に取り付けられたコンバイナが、「投影部」に相当する構成として設置されていてもよい。 In the above embodiment, the vehicle windshield is used as the “projection unit” on which the display image is projected. However, the “projection unit” is not limited to the windshield. For example, a combiner that is formed in a plate shape with a translucent resin and attached to the upper surface of the instrument panel or the vehicle interior side of the windshield may be installed as a configuration corresponding to the “projection unit”.
 上記実施形態のプロジェクタは、TFT方式の液晶表示器と投影光源を組み合わせた構成であった。しかし、表示像を投影するための構成は、適宜変更可能である。例えば、TFT方式以外の液晶表示器が採用可能である。さらに、DLP(Digital Light Processing:登録商標)プロジェクタやCRTプロジェクタ等により、表示像が投影されてもよい。さらに、MEMS(Micro Electro Mechanical Systems)を用いたレーザスキャナが、表示像を投影する構成として、「投影部」に含まれていてもよい。 The projector of the above embodiment has a configuration in which a TFT liquid crystal display and a projection light source are combined. However, the configuration for projecting the display image can be changed as appropriate. For example, a liquid crystal display other than the TFT method can be used. Further, a display image may be projected by a DLP (Digital Light Processing: registered trademark) projector, a CRT projector, or the like. Furthermore, a laser scanner using MEMS (Micro Electro Mechanical Systems) may be included in the “projection unit” as a configuration for projecting a display image.
 上記実施形態において、プログラムを実行した制御部20により提供されていた機能は、上述の構成と異なるハードウェア及びソフトウェア、或いはこれらの組み合わせによって提供されてよい。例えば、コンビネーションメータ及びHUDにそれぞれ設けられた制御部の連係によって上述の機能が提供されてよい。さらに、プログラムによらないで所定の機能を果たす回路により、各表示領域の表示等を制御する上述の機能が提供されてよい。
(第二実施形態)
 図8に示す本開示の第二実施形態による表示装置2100は、車両に搭載されており、コンビネーションメータ2010、ヘッドアップディスプレイ(以下「HUD」)2060、及び発光部2080等を組み合わせることによって構成されている。図8及び図9に示すように、表示装置2100には、例えば走行速度等、車両に係わる種々の情報を複数の表示領域のそれぞれに表示する。
In the above embodiment, the function provided by the control unit 20 that has executed the program may be provided by hardware and software different from the above-described configuration, or a combination thereof. For example, the above-described functions may be provided by cooperation of control units provided in the combination meter and the HUD, respectively. Furthermore, the above-described function for controlling the display of each display area may be provided by a circuit that performs a predetermined function without depending on a program.
(Second embodiment)
A display device 2100 according to the second embodiment of the present disclosure shown in FIG. 8 is mounted on a vehicle, and is configured by combining a combination meter 2010, a head-up display (hereinafter “HUD”) 2060, a light emitting unit 2080, and the like. ing. As shown in FIGS. 8 and 9, the display device 2100 displays various information related to the vehicle such as the traveling speed in each of the plurality of display areas.
 コンビネーションメータ2010は、複数の表示領域が形成された正面側を運転席側に向けた姿勢にて、インスツルメントパネル2120に形成された空間2122内に収容されている。インスツルメントパネル2120は、車両において、ウィンドシールド2110の下方向DDに設置されている。インスツルメントパネル2120には、上方向UDに突き出したフード部2121が形成されている。空間2122は、フード部2121によって区画されており、運転席の前方向に形成されている。コンビネーションメータ2010は、フード部2121の下方向DDに位置し、マルチ表示領域2011、二つの指針表示領域2015、及び複数のインジケータ2018を形成している。 The combination meter 2010 is housed in a space 2122 formed in the instrument panel 2120 with the front side on which the plurality of display areas are formed facing the driver's seat. The instrument panel 2120 is installed in the downward direction DD of the windshield 2110 in the vehicle. The instrument panel 2120 is formed with a hood portion 2121 protruding in the upward direction UD. The space 2122 is partitioned by the hood part 2121 and is formed in the front direction of the driver's seat. The combination meter 2010 is positioned in the downward direction DD of the hood portion 2121 and forms a multi display area 2011, two pointer display areas 2015, and a plurality of indicators 2018.
 マルチ表示領域2011は、コンビネーションメータ2010の中央に配置されている。マルチ表示領域2011は、表示画面2012に映し出す種々の画像によって情報を表示する。二つの指針表示領域2015は、マルチ表示領域2011の幅方向WDにおける両側に配置されている。各指針表示領域2015は、回転する指針2016によって情報を表示する。複数のインジケータ2018は、コンビネーションメータ2010の正面側において、マルチ表示領域2011及び指針表示領域2015を除く領域に主に形成されている。各インジケータ2018は、文字及び記号等のアイコンを発光表示させることにより、車両に関する種々の警告を視認者に対し行う。 The multi display area 2011 is arranged at the center of the combination meter 2010. The multi display area 2011 displays information by various images displayed on the display screen 2012. The two pointer display areas 2015 are arranged on both sides of the multi display area 2011 in the width direction WD. Each pointer display area 2015 displays information by a rotating pointer 2016. The plurality of indicators 2018 are mainly formed in an area excluding the multi display area 2011 and the pointer display area 2015 on the front side of the combination meter 2010. Each indicator 2018 performs various warnings regarding the vehicle to the viewer by causing icons such as characters and symbols to emit light.
 HUD2060は、凹面鏡等によって構成される光学系2064、虚像2035として表示される画像の光を射出するプロジェクタ2061、並びに光学系2064及びプロジェクタ2061を収容する筐体2065を備えている。HUD2060は、コンビネーションメータ2010よりも車両の前方向に配置され、インスツルメントパネル2120内に収容されている。 The HUD 2060 includes an optical system 2064 configured by a concave mirror or the like, a projector 2061 that emits light of an image displayed as a virtual image 2035, and a housing 2065 that houses the optical system 2064 and the projector 2061. The HUD 2060 is disposed in front of the vehicle with respect to the combination meter 2010 and is accommodated in the instrument panel 2120.
 HUD2060は、プロジェクタ2061から射出された画像の光を光学系2064によって反射させ、ウィンドシールド2110内に規定された虚像表示領域2111に向けて投影する。虚像表示領域2111は、車両の前景を透過するウィンドシールド2110のうちで、フード部2121の上方向UDに規定されている。故に、虚像表示領域2111と、マルチ表示領域2011及び指針表示領域2015等は、互いに離れて位置することとなる。運転席に着座する視認者は、虚像表示領域2111によって車室内側に反射された光を知覚することにより、虚像表示領域2111を通して、車両の前景に重ねられた虚像2035を視認可能となる。 The HUD 2060 reflects the light of the image emitted from the projector 2061 by the optical system 2064 and projects it toward the virtual image display area 2111 defined in the windshield 2110. The virtual image display area 2111 is defined in the upward direction UD of the hood portion 2121 in the windshield 2110 that transmits the foreground of the vehicle. Therefore, the virtual image display area 2111, the multi display area 2011, the pointer display area 2015, and the like are located away from each other. A viewer seated in the driver's seat can perceive the virtual image 2035 superimposed on the foreground of the vehicle through the virtual image display region 2111 by perceiving the light reflected toward the vehicle interior side by the virtual image display region 2111.
 発光部2080は、二つの線状発光ユニット2081を有している。各線状発光ユニット2081は、車両の前後方向に沿って棒状に延伸する長手形状に形成されている。二つの線状発光ユニット2081は、それぞれの延伸方向と交差(直交)する車両の幅方向WDにおいて互いに間隔を開けた配置で、フード部2121に取り付けられている。線状発光ユニット2081は、ウィンドシールド2110及び運転席に向けて光を放出する。 The light emitting unit 2080 has two linear light emitting units 2081. Each linear light emitting unit 2081 is formed in a longitudinal shape extending in a bar shape along the front-rear direction of the vehicle. The two linear light emitting units 2081 are attached to the hood portion 2121 so as to be spaced apart from each other in the vehicle width direction WD intersecting (orthogonal) with each extending direction. The linear light emitting unit 2081 emits light toward the windshield 2110 and the driver's seat.
 次に、図10に示す表示装置2100の電気的構成を、コンビネーションメータ2010、HUD2060、及び発光部2080のそれぞれについて、順に説明する。 Next, the electrical configuration of the display device 2100 illustrated in FIG. 10 will be described in order for each of the combination meter 2010, the HUD 2060, and the light emitting unit 2080.
 コンビネーションメータ2010は、液晶表示器2013及びバックライト2014、二つのステッパーモータ2017、複数のインジケータ光源2019、並びに制御部2020を有している。 The combination meter 2010 includes a liquid crystal display 2013 and a backlight 2014, two stepper motors 2017, a plurality of indicator light sources 2019, and a control unit 2020.
 液晶表示器2013は、例えば薄膜トランジスタを用いたThin Film Transistor(TFT)方式の表示器である。液晶表示器2013は、表示画面2012に沿って二次元に配列された複数の画素を有している。液晶表示器2013は、制御部2020に接続されており、制御部2020から出力される制御信号に基づいて各画素を駆動する。液晶表示器2013の表示画面2012には、マルチ表示領域2011にカラー表示される種々の画像が形成される。バックライト2014は、複数の発光ダイオード(以下、LED)等の光源によって、表示画面2012の画像を透過照明する。バックライト2014は、制御部2020と接続されており、制御部2020から出力される制御信号によって照明の輝度を制御される。 The liquid crystal display 2013 is a thin-film-transistor (TFT) type display using thin film transistors, for example. The liquid crystal display 2013 has a plurality of pixels arranged two-dimensionally along the display screen 2012. The liquid crystal display 2013 is connected to the control unit 2020 and drives each pixel based on a control signal output from the control unit 2020. Various images displayed in color in the multi display area 2011 are formed on the display screen 2012 of the liquid crystal display 2013. The backlight 2014 transmits and illuminates the image on the display screen 2012 with a light source such as a plurality of light emitting diodes (hereinafter referred to as LEDs). The backlight 2014 is connected to the control unit 2020, and the luminance of the illumination is controlled by a control signal output from the control unit 2020.
 ステッパーモータ2017は、指針2016を駆動する電動機である。ステッパーモータ2017は、制御部2020と接続されており、制御部2020から出力される制御信号に基づいて指針2016を回転させることにより、指針表示領域2015の指針表示を形成する。インジケータ光源2019は、例えばLED等である。各インジケータ光源2019は、それぞれ制御部2020と接続されており、制御部2020から出力される制御信号に基づいて、各インジケータ2018を発光表示させるための光を放出する。 The stepper motor 2017 is an electric motor that drives the pointer 2016. The stepper motor 2017 is connected to the control unit 2020, and forms a pointer display in the pointer display area 2015 by rotating the pointer 2016 based on a control signal output from the control unit 2020. The indicator light source 2019 is, for example, an LED. Each indicator light source 2019 is connected to the control unit 2020, and emits light for causing each indicator 2018 to emit light based on a control signal output from the control unit 2020.
 制御部2020は、プログラムによって作動するマイクロコンピュータ、車内Local Area Network(LAN)2140との間で通信を行うインターフェース、並びに液晶表示器2013、ステッパーモータ2017、及び各光源等を駆動する駆動回路等によって構成されている。車内LAN2140には、車両に搭載された複数の車載機器2150に加えて、ステアリングスイッチ2130等が接続されている。制御部2020は、車内LAN2140に出力された車両の情報を取得し、取得した情報に基づく制御信号を液晶表示器2013、ステッパーモータ2017、及び各光源等に出力する。 The control unit 2020 includes a microcomputer that operates according to a program, an interface that communicates with the in-vehicle Local Area Network (LAN) 2140, a liquid crystal display 2013, a stepper motor 2017, and a drive circuit that drives each light source. It is configured. A steering switch 2130 and the like are connected to the in-vehicle LAN 2140 in addition to a plurality of in-vehicle devices 2150 mounted on the vehicle. The control unit 2020 acquires vehicle information output to the in-vehicle LAN 2140 and outputs a control signal based on the acquired information to the liquid crystal display 2013, the stepper motor 2017, and each light source.
 HUD2060のプロジェクタ2061は、液晶表示器2062及び投影光源2063を有している。液晶表示器2062は、例えばTFT方式の表示器である。液晶表示器2062は、制御部2020に接続されており、制御部2020から出力される制御信号に基づいて各画素を駆動する。液晶表示器2062には、虚像表示領域2111にカラー表示される種々の画像が形成される(図15参照)。投影光源2063は、例えば高輝度なLEDを複数有している。投影光源2063は、制御部2020と接続されており、制御部2020から出力される制御信号に基づき、虚像2035(図9参照)として結像される光を、液晶表示器2062に向けて放出する。 The projector 2061 of the HUD 2060 has a liquid crystal display 2062 and a projection light source 2063. The liquid crystal display 2062 is a TFT display, for example. The liquid crystal display 2062 is connected to the control unit 2020 and drives each pixel based on a control signal output from the control unit 2020. Various images displayed in color in the virtual image display area 2111 are formed on the liquid crystal display 2062 (see FIG. 15). The projection light source 2063 has a plurality of high-brightness LEDs, for example. The projection light source 2063 is connected to the control unit 2020, and emits light formed as a virtual image 2035 (see FIG. 9) toward the liquid crystal display 2062 based on a control signal output from the control unit 2020. .
 発光部2080の線状発光ユニット2081は、点光源としての複数の連係線光源2089を有している。連係線光源2089は、例えばLED等であって、青色等の有彩色の光を放出する。各連係線光源2089は、それぞれ制御部2020と接続されており、制御部2020から出力される制御信号に基づいて、個別に発光する。 The linear light emitting unit 2081 of the light emitting unit 2080 has a plurality of linked line light sources 2089 as point light sources. The link line light source 2089 is, for example, an LED or the like, and emits light of chromatic color such as blue. Each link line light source 2089 is connected to the control unit 2020 and emits light individually based on a control signal output from the control unit 2020.
 以上の線状発光ユニット2081の機械的構成を、図11及び図12に基づいて詳しく説明する。二つの線状発光ユニット2081は、車両の幅方向WD(図15参照)に並ぶ配置にて、フード部2121に形成された凹状の収容溝2123(図9参照)に嵌め込まれている。二つの線状発光ユニット2081は、車両の前方向に向かうに従って互いに近接するよう、車両の前後方向に平行な軸線に対し僅かに傾斜した姿勢にて、フード部2121に取り付けられている。加えて、収容溝2123に線状発光ユニット2081が収容された状態では、線状発光ユニット2081において光を放出する発光面2081aは、フード部2121の上面と実質的に面一となっている。 The mechanical configuration of the linear light emitting unit 2081 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. The two linear light emitting units 2081 are fitted in concave housing grooves 2123 (see FIG. 9) formed in the hood portion 2121 in an arrangement aligned in the vehicle width direction WD (see FIG. 15). The two linear light emitting units 2081 are attached to the hood portion 2121 in a posture slightly inclined with respect to an axis parallel to the front-rear direction of the vehicle so as to be close to each other toward the front of the vehicle. In addition, in a state where the linear light emitting unit 2081 is accommodated in the accommodating groove 2123, the light emitting surface 2081 a that emits light in the linear light emitting unit 2081 is substantially flush with the upper surface of the hood portion 2121.
 線状発光ユニット2081は、上述の連係線光源2089に加えて、光源基板2088、導光体2084、及び被覆膜2086を有している。光源基板2088は、線状発光ユニット2081の延伸方向を長手とする帯板状に形成されている。光源基板2088の実装面2088aには、複数の連係線光源2089及び制御部2020(図10参照)との接続に用いられるコネクタ等が実装されている。複数の連係線光源2089は、線状発光ユニット2081の延伸方向に沿って、互いに間隔を開けつつ、実装面2088aに並べられている。 The linear light emitting unit 2081 includes a light source substrate 2088, a light guide 2084, and a coating film 2086 in addition to the above-described linkage light source 2089. The light source substrate 2088 is formed in a band plate shape having the extending direction of the linear light emitting unit 2081 as a longitudinal direction. On the mounting surface 2088a of the light source substrate 2088, connectors and the like used for connection to a plurality of linkage light sources 2089 and the control unit 2020 (see FIG. 10) are mounted. The plurality of linkage light sources 2089 are arranged on the mounting surface 2088a while being spaced apart from each other along the extending direction of the linear light emitting unit 2081.
 導光体2084は、例えばアクリル樹脂及びポリカーボネート樹脂等の無色透明の透光性材料により、四角柱状に形成されている。導光体2084には、保持面2084b、光源収容室2084a、及び射出面2085が形成されている。保持面2084bは、実装面2088aと対向する導光体2084の側面である。保持面2084bは、光源基板2088を保持している。光源収容室2084aは、保持面2084bの中央部分を凹状に窪ませることにより形成された空間である。光源収容室2084aは、導光体2084の延伸方向に沿って延びている。光源収容室2084aには、複数の連係線光源2089が収容されている。射出面2085は、導光体2084において、保持面2084bの反対側に位置する側面である。射出面2085は、フード部2121上面の形状に合わせて僅かに湾曲している。射出面2085は、導光体2084に入射した連係線光源2089からの光を、上方向UDに射出する。 The light guide 2084 is formed in a quadrangular prism shape using a colorless and transparent translucent material such as acrylic resin and polycarbonate resin. The light guide 2084 has a holding surface 2084b, a light source accommodation chamber 2084a, and an emission surface 2085. The holding surface 2084b is a side surface of the light guide 2084 facing the mounting surface 2088a. The holding surface 2084b holds the light source substrate 2088. The light source accommodation chamber 2084a is a space formed by recessing the central portion of the holding surface 2084b in a concave shape. The light source accommodation chamber 2084a extends along the extending direction of the light guide 2084. A plurality of linkage light sources 2089 are accommodated in the light source accommodation chamber 2084a. The exit surface 2085 is a side surface of the light guide 2084 that is located on the opposite side of the holding surface 2084b. The emission surface 2085 is slightly curved according to the shape of the upper surface of the hood portion 2121. The exit surface 2085 emits the light from the link line light source 2089 incident on the light guide 2084 in the upward direction UD.
 被覆膜2086は、膜状に形成され、射出面2085を被覆している。被覆膜2086の色及び表面性状等の質感は、収容溝2123周囲のフード部2121上面の質感と合わせられている。被覆膜2086には、当該被覆膜2086を厚さ方向に貫通する多数の微小な貫通孔2087が形成されている。貫通孔2087の大きさは、運転席に着座する視認者にとって当該貫通孔2087が視認困難となるように規定されている。貫通孔2087の内法は、例えば1ミリメートル程度以下とされている。貫通孔2087は、射出面2085から射出された光を通過させることができる。 The coating film 2086 is formed in a film shape and covers the emission surface 2085. The color and surface texture of the coating film 2086 are matched with the texture of the upper surface of the hood 2121 around the accommodation groove 2123. The coating film 2086 is formed with a large number of minute through holes 2087 that penetrate the coating film 2086 in the thickness direction. The size of the through hole 2087 is defined so that it is difficult for the viewer sitting in the driver's seat to visually recognize the through hole 2087. The inner method of the through hole 2087 is, for example, about 1 millimeter or less. The through hole 2087 can pass light emitted from the emission surface 2085.
 以上の構成により、全ての連係線光源2089が消灯状態である場合には、発光面2081aは、フード部2121の上面と見分けがつき難くなる。一方で、連係線光源2089が点灯状態にある場合では、線状発光ユニット2081は、貫通孔2087を通過した連係線光源2089からの光を発光面2081aから射出することによって発光する。そして、上述したように、連係線光源2089は、制御部2020によって個々に点灯及び消灯が制御されるように設定されている。その結果、後述するように、発光面2081aおいて、発光位置が発光面上を移動するように目視される。 With the above configuration, when all the link light sources 2089 are off, the light emitting surface 2081a is difficult to distinguish from the top surface of the hood portion 2121. On the other hand, when the link light source 2089 is in a lighting state, the linear light emitting unit 2081 emits light by emitting light from the link light source 2089 that has passed through the through hole 2087 from the light emitting surface 2081a. As described above, the link line light source 2089 is set so that lighting and extinguishing are individually controlled by the control unit 2020. As a result, as will be described later, the light emission position is visually observed on the light emission surface 2081a so as to move on the light emission surface.
 ここで、表示装置2100(図8参照)の表示を操作するために用いられるステアリングスイッチ2130について、図13及び図14に基づいて説明する。尚、表示の操作が入力される構成は、ステアリングスイッチ2130に限定されず、例えばセンターコンソールに設けられるジョイスティック及びタッチパネル等であってもよい。 Here, a steering switch 2130 used for operating the display of the display device 2100 (see FIG. 8) will be described with reference to FIGS. The configuration in which the display operation is input is not limited to the steering switch 2130, and may be, for example, a joystick and a touch panel provided in the center console.
 ステアリングスイッチ2130は、ステアリングホイール2130aにおいて、リム部分を握る手指の届き易い範囲、例えばスポーク部分等に配置されている。ステアリングスイッチ2130は、全体として円形状に形成されており、決定キー2132及び四つの方向キー2131u,2131d,2131l,2131rを有している。 Steering switch 2130 is arranged in a range where a finger that grips the rim part can be easily reached, such as a spoke part, in steering wheel 2130a. The steering switch 2130 is formed in a circular shape as a whole, and includes an enter key 2132 and four direction keys 2131u, 2131d, 2131l, and 2131r.
 決定キー2132は、円形状に形成され、ステアリングスイッチ2130の中央に配置されている。各方向キー2131u~2131rは、ステアリングスイッチ2130において決定キー2132の外周側の領域を周方向に四等分したうちの一つである。各方向キー2131u~2131rには、上下左右の各方向が割り当てられている。ステアリングスイッチ2130を操作する操作者(視認者)は、方向キー2131u~2131rの押圧操作によって複数の項目の中から所望の項目を選択でき、決定キー2132の押圧操作によって当該選択を確定できる。こうした操作に基づきステアリングスイッチ2130から出力される操作要求は、図10に示す車内LAN2140を通じて制御部2020に取得される。 The determination key 2132 is formed in a circular shape and is arranged at the center of the steering switch 2130. Each of the direction keys 2131u to 2131r is one of the steering switch 2130 that divides the region on the outer periphery of the enter key 2132 into four equal parts in the circumferential direction. Each direction key 2131u to 2131r is assigned with each direction of up, down, left and right. An operator (viewer) who operates the steering switch 2130 can select a desired item from a plurality of items by pressing the direction keys 2131u to 2131r, and can confirm the selection by pressing the enter key 2132. An operation request output from the steering switch 2130 based on such an operation is acquired by the control unit 2020 through the in-vehicle LAN 2140 shown in FIG.
 以上のステアリングスイッチ2130への入力でマルチ表示領域2011の表示を操作することにより、視認者は、虚像表示領域2111に表示される画像を取捨選択することができる。以下、虚像表示領域2111の表示を変更するHUDカスタマイズモードにおける操作と、当該操作による表示装置2100の表示の変化とを、図15及び図16に基づき、図10を参照しつつ説明する。 By operating the display of the multi-display area 2011 with the input to the steering switch 2130 as described above, the viewer can select the image displayed in the virtual image display area 2111. Hereinafter, an operation in the HUD customization mode for changing the display of the virtual image display area 2111 and a change in display on the display device 2100 due to the operation will be described with reference to FIGS. 15 and 16 and with reference to FIG.
 まず、HUDカスタマイズモードでの発光部2080による表示を、図15に基づいて説明する。図15は、運転席に着座した運転者(視認者)によって視認される複数の表示領域の全体を示している。こうした視認者からの見かけ上において、発光部2080は、フード部2121のうちで、マルチ表示領域2011及び虚像表示領域2111の間となる範囲に位置している。各線状発光ユニット2081は、視認者からの見かけ上にて、マルチ表示領域2011から虚像表示領域2111に向かって線状に延伸している。各線状発光ユニット2081における延伸方向の両端部のうち、車両の後方向に位置し、見かけ上にてマルチ表示領域2011に近い各一方の端部を、後方側端部2082とする。また、各線状発光ユニット2081における延伸方向の両端部のうち、車両の前方向に位置し、見かけ上にて虚像表示領域2111に近い各他方の端部を、前方側端部2083とする。視認者からの見かけ上にて、後方側端部2082間の間隔d1は、虚像表示領域2111の幅方向WDの長さw2よりも、マルチ表示領域2011の幅方向WDの長さw1に近くされており、実質的に当該長さw1と揃えられている。同様に、前方側端部2083間の間隔d2は、マルチ表示領域2011の幅方向WDの長さw1よりも、虚像表示領域2111の幅方向WDの長さw2に近くされており、実質的に当該長さw2と揃えられている。 First, the display by the light emitting unit 2080 in the HUD customization mode will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 15 shows the entirety of a plurality of display areas visually recognized by a driver (viewer) seated in the driver's seat. From the viewpoint of the viewer, the light emitting unit 2080 is located in the range between the multi display area 2011 and the virtual image display area 2111 in the hood 2121. Each linear light emitting unit 2081 extends linearly from the multi display area 2011 toward the virtual image display area 2111 in terms of appearance from the viewer. Of the two ends of each linear light emitting unit 2081 in the extending direction, each one end that is positioned in the rearward direction of the vehicle and is apparently close to the multi display area 2011 is referred to as a rear end 2082. Further, of the two ends of each linear light emitting unit 2081 in the extending direction, each other end that is positioned in the front direction of the vehicle and is apparently close to the virtual image display region 2111 is referred to as a front end 2083. From the viewpoint of the viewer, the interval d1 between the rear end portions 2082 is closer to the length w1 of the multi-display area 2011 in the width direction WD than the length w2 of the virtual image display area 2111 in the width direction WD. Are substantially aligned with the length w1. Similarly, the interval d2 between the front side end portions 2083 is closer to the length w2 of the virtual image display region 2111 in the width direction WD than the length w1 of the multi-display region 2011 in the width direction WD, and substantially. It is aligned with the length w2.
 発光部2080は、各線状発光ユニット2081の発光面2081aの一部を、発光スポット2038として発光させる。発光面2081aのうちで発光スポット2038を除く領域は、発光スポット2038よりも低輝度にて発光していてもよく、又は発光していなくてもよい。発光スポット2038は、発光面2081a上を移動可能である。加えて発光面2081aから上方向UDに向けて射出された発光の一部は、ウィンドシールド2110のうちで虚像表示領域2111よりも上方向UDの領域(以下、「反射表示領域」)2112にて、運転席側に反射される。そのため、発光部2080による発光スポット2038の反射像2036が、反射表示領域2112に表示される。 The light emitting unit 2080 causes a part of the light emitting surface 2081a of each linear light emitting unit 2081 to emit light as the light emitting spot 2038. The region of the light emitting surface 2081a excluding the light emitting spot 2038 may emit light with a lower luminance than the light emitting spot 2038 or may not emit light. The light emission spot 2038 is movable on the light emission surface 2081a. In addition, a part of the light emitted from the light emitting surface 2081 a toward the upward direction UD is in the area UD above the virtual image display area 2111 (hereinafter referred to as “reflection display area”) 2112 in the windshield 2110. Reflected on the driver's seat side. Therefore, the reflection image 2036 of the light emission spot 2038 by the light emitting unit 2080 is displayed in the reflective display area 2112.
 次に、HUDカスタマイズモードにおける、マルチ表示領域2011の表示を説明する。HUDカスタマイズモードにおけるマルチ表示領域2011には、設定メニュー2031が表示される。設定メニュー2031には、虚像表示領域2111に表示可能な項目が、表示の上下方向に沿って並んでいる。設定メニュー2031には、具体的に、「Shift」、「Speed」、「Fuel」、及び「TBT(ターン・バイ・ターン)」等の項目が表示されている。これらの項目を操作することにより、シフトインジケータ2035a、デジタルスピードメータ2035b、燃料計2035k、及びターン・バイ・ターン2035d等の虚像表示領域2111の表示について、オン及びオフの切り替えが可能となる。 Next, the display of the multi display area 2011 in the HUD customization mode will be described. A setting menu 2031 is displayed in the multi display area 2011 in the HUD customization mode. In the setting menu 2031, items that can be displayed in the virtual image display area 2111 are arranged in the vertical direction of the display. Specifically, the setting menu 2031 displays items such as “Shift”, “Speed”, “Fuel”, and “TBT (turn-by-turn)”. By operating these items, the display of the virtual image display area 2111 such as the shift indicator 2035a, the digital speedometer 2035b, the fuel gauge 2035k, and the turn-by-turn 2035d can be switched on and off.
 具体的に、シフトインジケータ2035aを表示している虚像表示領域2111に、デジタルスピードメータ2035bを追加する操作を説明する。視認者は、上下の方向キー2131u,2131dの操作により、図16のA欄の設定メニュー2031に表示された複数の項目の中から「Speed」の項目を選択し、決定キー2132の押圧操作によって当該選択を決定する。すると、各線状発光ユニット2081は、後方側端部2082に発光スポット2038を表示させる。これにより、反射表示領域2112にも、発光スポット2038の反射像2036が表示される。 Specifically, an operation of adding the digital speedometer 2035b to the virtual image display area 2111 displaying the shift indicator 2035a will be described. The viewer selects an item “Speed” from among a plurality of items displayed on the setting menu 2031 in the column A in FIG. 16 by operating the up and down direction keys 2131u and 2131d, and presses the enter key 2132 to operate the item. Determine the selection. Then, each linear light emitting unit 2081 displays a light emitting spot 2038 on the rear side end portion 2082. As a result, the reflection image 2036 of the light emission spot 2038 is also displayed in the reflection display area 2112.
 図16のA欄及び図16のB欄に示すように、各発光スポット2038は、発光面2081a上を流れるようにして、前方側端部2083へ向けて移動する。加えて、反射像2036も、虚像表示領域2111に向けて下方向DDに移動する。これら発光スポット2038及び反射像2036の動きは、線状に発光表示される連係線として視認者に知覚される。 As shown in column A of FIG. 16 and column B of FIG. 16, each light emitting spot 2038 moves toward the front end 2083 so as to flow on the light emitting surface 2081a. In addition, the reflected image 2036 also moves in the downward direction DD toward the virtual image display area 2111. The movement of the light emission spot 2038 and the reflected image 2036 is perceived by the viewer as a linkage line that is displayed in a light emission manner.
 各発光スポット2038が前方側端部2083に到達すると、シフトインジケータ2035aは、デジタルスピードメータ2035b(図16のC欄参照)を表示する領域の確保のために、虚像表示領域2111の中央から左外縁へ向けて移動する。そして、各発光面2081aの発光スポット2038が消失すると共に、図16のC欄に示すように、虚像表示領域2111にデジタルスピードメータ2035bが表示される。 When each light-emitting spot 2038 reaches the front end 2083, the shift indicator 2035a displays the left outer edge from the center of the virtual image display area 2111 in order to secure an area for displaying the digital speedometer 2035b (see column C in FIG. 16). Move towards Then, the light emission spot 2038 of each light emitting surface 2081a disappears, and a digital speedometer 2035b is displayed in the virtual image display area 2111 as shown in the column C of FIG.
 以上説明したように、表示装置2100(図8参照)では、マルチ表示領域2011の表示を操作する操作要求に基づき虚像表示領域2111の表示が変更されるのに合わせて、発光部2080が発光する。こうした表示装置2100の表示変化を実現するために、制御部2020にて実施される処理を、図17に基づき、図10を参照しつつて説明する。図17に示す処理は、ステアリングスイッチ2130等の操作により、HUDカスタマイズモードが起動したことに基づいて、制御部2020によって開始される。この処理は、視認者がHUDカスタマイズモードを終了させるまで、制御部2020によって繰り返し実施される。 As described above, in the display device 2100 (see FIG. 8), the light emitting unit 2080 emits light in accordance with the change in the display of the virtual image display area 2111 based on the operation request for operating the display of the multi display area 2011. . In order to realize such a display change of the display device 2100, processing executed by the control unit 2020 will be described based on FIG. 17 and with reference to FIG. The processing shown in FIG. 17 is started by the control unit 2020 based on activation of the HUD customization mode by operating the steering switch 2130 or the like. This process is repeatedly performed by the control unit 2020 until the viewer ends the HUD customization mode.
 S2101では、車内LAN2140に出力された操作要求の取得処理を行い、S2102に進む。S2102では、S2101にて取得した操作要求が決定キー2132の押圧操作によるものであるか否かに基づき、決定キー2132の操作があったか否かを判定する。S2102にて、決定キー2132の操作がなかったという否定判定をした場合、S2101に戻る。一方で、S2102にて、決定キー2132の操作があったという肯定判定をした場合、S2103に進む。 In S2101, an operation request output process to the in-vehicle LAN 2140 is performed, and the process proceeds to S2102. In step S <b> 2102, it is determined whether the determination key 2132 has been operated based on whether the operation request acquired in step S <b> 2101 is due to the pressing operation of the determination key 2132. If it is determined in S2102 that the enter key 2132 has not been operated, the process returns to S2101. On the other hand, if it is determined in S2102 that the enter key 2132 has been operated, the process proceeds to S2103.
 S2103では、S2101にて取得した虚像表示領域2111の表示変更を伴う操作要求に基づいて、発光部2080を発光させる発光処理を開始する。具体的には、図15に示す発光スポット2038が、マルチ表示領域2011及び虚像表示領域2111のうちの一方側から他方側へと流れるように(図16のA欄及び図16のB欄も参照)、図10に示す各線状発光ユニット2081の複数の連係線光源2089を、一定の時間、順番に点灯させる。こうして発光部2080は、制御部2020によって操作要求が取得されたときから、当該操作要求に基づく虚像表示領域2111(図15参照)の表示変更が開始されるまでの期間に、発光を開始させる。 In S2103, the light emission processing for causing the light emitting unit 2080 to emit light is started based on the operation request accompanied by the display change of the virtual image display area 2111 acquired in S2101. Specifically, the light emission spot 2038 shown in FIG. 15 flows from one side to the other side of the multi display area 2011 and the virtual image display area 2111 (see also column A in FIG. 16 and column B in FIG. 16). ), The plurality of linked line light sources 2089 of each linear light emitting unit 2081 shown in FIG. 10 are turned on in order for a certain time. In this way, the light emitting unit 2080 starts light emission in a period from when the operation request is acquired by the control unit 2020 to when the display change of the virtual image display area 2111 (see FIG. 15) based on the operation request is started.
 図17に示すS2104では、HUD2060の表示を変更する変更処理を開始する。具体的には、S2101にて決定キー2132が操作された項目の画像が表示されるよう、液晶表示器2062に描画される画像のレイアウトを変更する。以上により、虚像表示領域2111に虚像表示される画像が、追加又は削減される(図16のC欄参照)。ここで、S2104によるHUD表示の変更処理は、S2103にて開始された発光処理の終了後に開始されてもよく、又は、発光処理の開始後に、当該処理と併行して行われてもよい。 In S2104 shown in FIG. 17, a change process for changing the display of the HUD 2060 is started. Specifically, the layout of the image drawn on the liquid crystal display 2062 is changed so that the image of the item for which the enter key 2132 has been operated in S2101 is displayed. As described above, images displayed as virtual images in the virtual image display area 2111 are added or reduced (see column C in FIG. 16). Here, the HUD display change process in S2104 may be started after the light emission process started in S2103, or may be performed in parallel with the process after the light emission process is started.
 ここまで説明した本実施形態によれば、マルチ表示領域2011の表示を操作する操作要求に基づいて虚像表示領域2111の表示が変更される場合に、この操作要求に基づいて、二つの表示領域2011,2111の間に位置する発光部2080が発光する。以上のように、虚像表示領域2111の表示変更に関連させて発光部2080を発光させれば、表示装置2100は、マルチ表示領域2011から虚像表示領域2111へと、あたかも操作要求が伝わったかのようなイメージを視認者に思い起こさせ得る。その結果、視認者の注意は、違和感なく虚像表示領域2111にも向けられ得る。そのため視認者は、互いに離れて位置する二つの表示領域2011,2111を連係させた表示の変更を、適確に把握できるようになる。 According to the present embodiment described so far, when the display of the virtual image display area 2111 is changed based on the operation request for operating the display of the multi-display area 2011, the two display areas 2011 are based on the operation request. , 2111 emits light. As described above, if the light emitting unit 2080 emits light in association with the display change of the virtual image display area 2111, the display device 2100 is as if an operation request has been transmitted from the multi display area 2011 to the virtual image display area 2111. Remind the viewer of the image. As a result, the viewer's attention can be directed to the virtual image display area 2111 without a sense of incongruity. For this reason, the viewer can accurately grasp the display change in which the two display areas 2011 and 211 that are located apart from each other are linked.
 加えて本実施形態のように、フード部2121に配置された発光部2080は、視認者の目を惹き易いため、視認者の注意を誘導する機能を確実に発揮し得る。そのため、二つの表示領域2011,2111を連係させた表示の変化は、視認者にいっそう把握され易くなる。 In addition, as in the present embodiment, the light emitting unit 2080 disposed in the hood unit 2121 easily attracts the eyes of the viewer, and thus can reliably exert a function of inducing the viewer's attention. Therefore, a change in display in which the two display areas 2011 and 211 are linked is more easily recognized by a viewer.
 また本実施形態のように、虚像表示領域2111をマルチ表示領域2011に連係させる構成では、発光部2080は、フード部2121に位置することで、二つの表示領域2011,2111の間に確実に位置し得る。故に、フード部2121の上面は、虚像表示を行う表示装置2100での発光部2080の形成場所として、好適なのである。 Further, in the configuration in which the virtual image display area 2111 is linked to the multi display area 2011 as in the present embodiment, the light emitting unit 2080 is positioned between the two display areas 2011 and 1111, by being positioned in the hood part 2121. Can do. Therefore, the upper surface of the hood part 2121 is suitable as a place for forming the light emitting part 2080 in the display device 2100 that performs virtual image display.
 さらに本実施形態では、視認者は、発光部2080自体の発光と、この発光部2080の反射像2036とを合わせて視認することができる。故に、HUDカスタマイズモードにおいて虚像表示領域2111の表示レイアウトを変更する際に、虚像表示領域2111をさらに強調して、視認者の視線を虚像表示領域2111に誘導することが可能となる。そのため視認者は、二つの表示領域2011,2111を連係させた表示の変更を、漏れ無く把握可能となる。 Furthermore, in this embodiment, the viewer can visually recognize the light emission of the light emitting unit 2080 itself and the reflected image 2036 of the light emitting unit 2080 together. Therefore, when changing the display layout of the virtual image display area 2111 in the HUD customization mode, the virtual image display area 2111 can be further emphasized to guide the viewer's line of sight to the virtual image display area 2111. Therefore, the viewer can grasp the display change in which the two display areas 2011 and 211 are linked without omission.
 加えて本実施形態では、マルチ表示領域2011から虚像表示領域2111に向かって、発光面2081a上を発光スポット2038が移動する。このような発光スポット2038を流す表示は、視認者の目を惹き易く、且つ、視認者の注意を虚像表示領域2111へと違和感なく誘導し得る。したがって、二つの表示領域2011,2111間を連携させた表示の変化は、さらに把握容易となる。 In addition, in the present embodiment, the light emission spot 2038 moves on the light emission surface 2081a from the multi display area 2011 toward the virtual image display area 2111. Such a display in which the light emission spot 2038 is flowed easily attracts the eyes of the viewer, and can guide the viewer's attention to the virtual image display area 2111 without a sense of incongruity. Therefore, the change in display in which the two display areas 20111 and 21111 are linked to each other is further easily grasped.
 また本実施形態では、視認者の見かけ上において、線状発光ユニット2081がマルチ表示領域2011から虚像表示領域2111へ向けて線状に延伸している。故に、線状発光ユニット2081に形成された細長い発光面2081aを流れる発光スポット2038の移動は、あたかも信号線を通じて操作要求が伝わっているかのようなイメージを視認者に連想させ得る。その結果、視認者の注意がいっそう違和感なく虚像表示領域2111に誘導されるようになる。したがって、二つの表示領域2011,2111を連係させた表示の変更は、視認者にとってさらに把握容易となる。 In this embodiment, the linear light emitting unit 2081 extends linearly from the multi display area 2011 to the virtual image display area 2111 in terms of the viewer's appearance. Therefore, the movement of the light emitting spot 2038 flowing through the elongated light emitting surface 2081a formed in the linear light emitting unit 2081 can remind the viewer of an image as if an operation request is transmitted through the signal line. As a result, the viewer's attention is guided to the virtual image display area 2111 without a more uncomfortable feeling. Therefore, a change in display in which the two display areas 20111 and 21111 are linked becomes easier for the viewer to grasp.
 さらに本実施形態では、車両の幅方向WDに並ぶ二つの線状発光ユニット2081において、各後方側端部2082間の間隔d1がマルチ表示領域2011の幅方向WDの長さw1に揃えられている。加えて、各前方側端部2083間の間隔d2が虚像表示領域2111の幅方向WDの長さw2に揃えられている。以上によれば、二つの発光面2081aは、二つの表示領域2011,2111を連係させるような連係線形状を形成する。そのため、各発光面2081aを流れる発光スポット2038は、二つの表示領域2011,2111間における情報の移動を、視認者にいっそう連想させ易くなる。 Furthermore, in the present embodiment, in the two linear light emitting units 2081 arranged in the vehicle width direction WD, the distance d1 between the rear end portions 2082 is aligned with the length w1 of the multi display region 2011 in the width direction WD. . In addition, the distance d2 between the front end portions 2083 is aligned with the length w2 of the virtual image display region 2111 in the width direction WD. According to the above, the two light emitting surfaces 2081a form a link line shape that links the two display areas 20111, 2111. Therefore, the light emitting spot 2038 flowing through each light emitting surface 2081a makes it easier for the viewer to associate the movement of information between the two display areas 20111, 2111.
 加えて本実施形態の発光部2080は、虚像表示領域2111の表示変更が開始される以前に発光を開始することで、マルチ表示領域2011から虚像表示領域2111へと伝わる情報のイメージを明瞭に示し得る。したがって、二つの表示領域2011,2111を連係させた表示の変更を把握容易にする発光部2080の効果は、いっそう確かなものとなる。 In addition, the light emitting unit 2080 of the present embodiment clearly shows an image of information transmitted from the multi display area 2011 to the virtual image display area 2111 by starting light emission before the display change of the virtual image display area 2111 is started. obtain. Therefore, the effect of the light emitting unit 2080 that makes it easy to grasp the change in the display in which the two display areas 20111 and 21111 are linked to each other is more certain.
 そして本実施形態のように、フード部2121上面に質感を似せた被覆膜2086が射出面2085を被覆していれば、消灯状態の発光面2081aは、視認者の見かけ上において目立たなくされ得る。故に、線状発光ユニット2081をフード部2121に設けたことに起因した運転席周囲の見映えの悪化は、防がれ得る。一方で、連係線光源2089を発光状態とした場合には、射出面2085から射出された光は、多数の貫通孔2087を通過して被覆膜2086の外部へと放出される。故に、発光面2081aは確実に発光し得る。以上のように、発光部2080は、視認者からの見映えに悪影響を及ぼすことなく、表示の変化を把握容易にする効果を発揮できる。 Then, as in this embodiment, if the coating film 2086 having a texture similar to that of the upper surface of the hood portion 2121 covers the emission surface 2085, the light emitting surface 2081a in the extinguished state can be made inconspicuous for the viewer. . Therefore, the appearance deterioration around the driver's seat due to the provision of the linear light emitting unit 2081 in the hood portion 2121 can be prevented. On the other hand, when the connection line light source 2089 is in a light emission state, light emitted from the emission surface 2085 passes through a large number of through holes 2087 and is emitted to the outside of the coating film 2086. Therefore, the light emitting surface 2081a can emit light reliably. As described above, the light emitting unit 2080 can exhibit the effect of easily grasping the change in display without adversely affecting the appearance from the viewer.
 尚、本実施形態において、マルチ表示領域2011が「第一表示領域」及び「操作表示領域」に相当し、虚像表示領域2111が「第二表示領域」及び「連係表示領域」に相当する。また、制御部2020が「表示制御部」に相当し、発光スポット2038が「発光領域」に相当する。さらに、コンビネーションメータ2010が「表示部」に相当し、HUD2060が「投影部」に相当し、ウィンドシールド2110が「投影部」に相当する。そして、発光部2080が「発光部」に相当し、線状発光ユニット2081が「線状発光体」に相当し、被覆膜2086が「被覆層」に相当する。右側表示領域2211aは第一表示領域および操作表示領域に相当し、左側表示領域2211bは第二表示領域および連係表示領域に相当し、液晶表示器2013は、表示部に相当し、制御部2020は、表示制御部に相当する。後方側端部2082は、一方の端部に相当し、前方側端部2083は、他方の端部に相当する。 In the present embodiment, the multi display area 2011 corresponds to the “first display area” and the “operation display area”, and the virtual image display area 2111 corresponds to the “second display area” and the “linked display area”. The control unit 2020 corresponds to a “display control unit”, and the light emission spot 2038 corresponds to a “light emission region”. Further, the combination meter 2010 corresponds to a “display unit”, the HUD 2060 corresponds to a “projection unit”, and the windshield 2110 corresponds to a “projection unit”. The light emitting unit 2080 corresponds to a “light emitting unit”, the linear light emitting unit 2081 corresponds to a “linear light emitter”, and the coating film 2086 corresponds to a “coating layer”. The right display area 2211a corresponds to the first display area and the operation display area, the left display area 2211b corresponds to the second display area and the linked display area, the liquid crystal display 2013 corresponds to the display section, and the control section 2020 includes This corresponds to the display control unit. The rear side end portion 2082 corresponds to one end portion, and the front side end portion 2083 corresponds to the other end portion.
 (第二実施形態における他の実施形態)
 以上、本開示による第二実施形態について説明したが、本開示は、上記実施形態に限定して解釈されるものではなく、本開示の要旨を逸脱しない範囲内において種々の実施形態及び組み合わせに適用することができる。
(Other embodiments in the second embodiment)
As mentioned above, although 2nd embodiment by this indication was described, this indication is not limited to the above-mentioned embodiment, and is applied to various embodiments and combinations within the range which does not deviate from the gist of this indication. can do.
 上記実施形態の変形例1では、図18に示すコンビネーションメータ2210が、指針表示領域2215、右側表示領域2211a、及び左側表示領域2211bを形成している。右側表示領域2211a及び左側表示領域2211bは、互いに離れて位置している。このコンビネーションメータ2210の視認者は、右側表示領域2211aに表示された設定メニュー2231を操作することにより、左側表示領域2211bに表示される画像を変更することができる。故に、コンビネーションメータ2210の制御部は、右側表示領域2211aの表示を操作する操作要求に基づいて、左側表示領域2211bの表示を変更する制御を行う。 In the first modification of the above embodiment, the combination meter 2210 shown in FIG. 18 forms a pointer display area 2215, a right display area 2211a, and a left display area 2211b. The right display area 2211a and the left display area 2211b are located apart from each other. The viewer of the combination meter 2210 can change the image displayed in the left display area 2211b by operating the setting menu 2231 displayed in the right display area 2211a. Therefore, the control unit of the combination meter 2210 performs control to change the display of the left display area 2211b based on an operation request for operating the display of the right display area 2211a.
 この変形例1において、発光部2280は、幅方向WDに沿って延伸する二つの線状の発光面2281aを指針表示領域2215内に形成している。上下方向における二つの発光面2281aの間隔は、二つの表示領域2211a,2211bの上下方向における高さと実質的に揃えられている。加えて、発光面2281aの質感は、指針表示領域2215の地部の質感と合わせられている。発光部2280は、制御部による制御によって、右側表示領域2211aから左側表示領域2211bに向けて、発光スポット2038を移動させる。 In the first modification, the light emitting unit 2280 has two linear light emitting surfaces 2281a extending in the width direction WD in the pointer display region 2215. The distance between the two light emitting surfaces 2281a in the vertical direction is substantially aligned with the height in the vertical direction of the two display areas 2211a and 2211b. In addition, the texture of the light emitting surface 2281a is matched with the texture of the ground portion of the pointer display area 2215. The light emitting unit 2280 moves the light emitting spot 2038 from the right display region 2211a toward the left display region 2211b under the control of the control unit.
 以上の変形例1でも、左側表示領域2211bの表示変更を伴う操作要求に基づいて、発光部2280が発光する。故に、右側表示領域2211aから左側表示領域2211bへと、あたかも操作要求が伝わったかのようなイメージを、視認者は想起し得る。そして、発光部2280によって視認者の注意が左側表示領域2211bにも向けられることによれば、二つの表示領域2211a,2211bを連係させた表示の変更は、視認者によって適確に把握可能となる。 Also in the first modification described above, the light emitting unit 2280 emits light based on the operation request accompanied by the display change of the left display area 2211b. Therefore, the viewer can recall an image as if an operation request was transmitted from the right display area 2211a to the left display area 2211b. Then, if the viewer's attention is directed to the left display area 2211b by the light emitting unit 2280, the change in display in which the two display areas 2211a and 2211b are linked can be accurately grasped by the viewer. .
 また、発光部の形成位置は、上記実施形態のようにフード部の上面であってもよく、上記変形例1のようにコンビネーションメータ内であってもよい。加えて、上記変形例1のように、コンビネーションメータ2210内の各表示領域2211a,2211bの連係表示を把握容易にする発光部が、当該メータ2210の上方向UDに位置するフード部2221に設けられていてもよい。さらに、コンビネーションメータがインスツルメントパネル上に載置される形態では、当該メータの上面に発光部を形成することが可能である。 Further, the formation position of the light emitting part may be on the upper surface of the hood part as in the above-described embodiment, or may be in the combination meter as in Modification 1 above. In addition, as in Modification 1 above, a light emitting unit that facilitates grasping the linked display of the display areas 2211a and 2211b in the combination meter 2210 is provided in the hood unit 2221 located in the upward direction UD of the meter 2210. It may be. Furthermore, in the form in which the combination meter is placed on the instrument panel, a light emitting unit can be formed on the upper surface of the meter.
 上記実施形態では、HUDカスタマイズモードについて詳しく説明したが、他の操作モードにおいても、二つの表示領域2011,2111を連係させた表示が実施される。例えば、図19に示す表示移動モードでは、マルチ表示領域2011に表示されていた表示像を、虚像表示領域2111へと移動させることができる。 In the above embodiment, the HUD customization mode has been described in detail. However, in other operation modes, the display in which the two display areas 2011 and 211 are linked is performed. For example, in the display movement mode shown in FIG. 19, the display image displayed in the multi display area 2011 can be moved to the virtual image display area 2111.
 具体的に、図19のA欄~図19のC欄には、マルチ表示領域2011に表示された加速度メータを、虚像表示領域2111に移動させる場合の表示が示されている。加速度メータは、加減速及び操舵によって車両に生じる加速度の大きさを、円環状の画像の中に表示される球状スポットの偏心量によって可視化している。便宜的に以下の説明では、マルチ表示領域2011に表示される画像を「加速度メータ2031a」とし、虚像表示領域2111に表示される虚像を「加速度メータ2035f」とする。尚、二つの表示領域間にて移動可能な情報表示は、加速度メータに限定されない。また、情報表示は、二つの表示領域の間において双方向に移動可能である。 Specifically, the display in the case of moving the accelerometer displayed in the multi display area 2011 to the virtual image display area 2111 is shown in the A column of FIG. 19 to the C column of FIG. The accelerometer visualizes the magnitude of the acceleration generated in the vehicle by acceleration / deceleration and steering by the eccentric amount of the spherical spot displayed in the annular image. For convenience, in the following description, an image displayed in the multi-display area 2011 is referred to as “accelerometer 2031a”, and a virtual image displayed in the virtual image display area 2111 is referred to as “accelerometer 2035f”. In addition, the information display which can move between two display areas is not limited to an accelerometer. In addition, the information display can be moved bidirectionally between the two display areas.
 視認者は、上下の方向キー2131u,2131d(図14参照)及び決定キー2132(図14参照)の押圧操作により、図19のA欄に示す加速度メータ2031aの虚像表示領域2111への移動を決定する。すると、発光スポット2038及びその反射像2036が表示される。発光スポット2038及びその反射像2036は、図19のA欄及び図19のB欄に示すように、虚像表示領域2111へ向かって移動する。 The viewer determines the movement of the accelerometer 2031a shown in the column A of FIG. 19 to the virtual image display region 2111 by pressing the up and down direction keys 2131u and 2131d (see FIG. 14) and the enter key 2132 (see FIG. 14). To do. Then, the light emission spot 2038 and its reflection image 2036 are displayed. The light emission spot 2038 and its reflection image 2036 move toward the virtual image display area 2111 as shown in the A column of FIG. 19 and the B column of FIG.
 マルチ表示領域2011では、各表示がトーンダウンされると共に、加速度メータ2031aが、発光スポット2038の移動に合わせるようにして上方向UDに移動する。加速度メータ2031aは、上方向UDからマルチ表示領域2011の範囲外へと消えていく。一方、虚像表示領域2111では、シフトインジケータ2035a及びデジタルスピードメータ2035bが、中央から左右の外縁へ向けて移動する。加えて、加速度メータ2031aがマルチ表示領域2011の範囲外へ移動するのに合わせて、加速度メータ2035fが下方向DDから虚像表示領域2111へ挿入される。 In the multi-display area 2011, each display is toned down, and the accelerometer 2031a moves in the upward direction UD to match the movement of the light emission spot 2038. The accelerometer 2031a disappears from the upper direction UD to the outside of the range of the multi display area 2011. On the other hand, in the virtual image display area 2111, the shift indicator 2035a and the digital speedometer 2035b move from the center toward the left and right outer edges. In addition, the accelerometer 2035f is inserted into the virtual image display area 2111 from the downward direction DD as the accelerometer 2031a moves out of the range of the multi display area 2011.
 加速度メータ2035fは、図19のC欄に示すように、虚像表示領域2111の中央まで移動し、シフトインジケータ2035a及びデジタルスピードメータ2035bの間に位置する。こうして、二つの表示領域を跨いだ加速度メータ2031a,2035fの移動が完了する。以上のように、二つの表示領域2011,2111の一方から他方に情報表示を移動させる場合でも、発光スポットを流す発光表示は、連係表示の変更を視認者に把握させ易くできる。 Accelerometer 2035f moves to the center of virtual image display area 2111 and is positioned between shift indicator 2035a and digital speedometer 2035b, as shown in column C of FIG. Thus, the movement of the accelerometers 2031a and 2035f across the two display areas is completed. As described above, even when the information display is moved from one of the two display areas 2011 and 1111, the light-emitting display that causes the light-emitting spot to flow can make it easy for the viewer to recognize the change in the linked display.
 上記実施形態では、マルチ表示領域2011を操作することにより、虚像表示領域2111の表示が変更されていた。しかし、虚像表示領域2111を操作することにより、マルチ表示領域2011の表示を変更することも可能である。この場合、虚像表示領域2111が「操作表示領域」に相当し、マルチ表示領域2011が「連係表示領域」に相当する。同様に、変形例1において、「操作表示領域」に相当する左側表示領域2211bへの操作により、「連係表示領域」に相当する右側表示領域2211aの表示を変更することも可能である。 In the embodiment described above, the display of the virtual image display area 2111 has been changed by operating the multi display area 2011. However, the display of the multi-display area 2011 can be changed by operating the virtual image display area 2111. In this case, the virtual image display area 2111 corresponds to the “operation display area”, and the multi display area 2011 corresponds to the “linked display area”. Similarly, in the first modification, it is also possible to change the display of the right display area 2211a corresponding to the “link display area” by operating the left display area 2211b corresponding to the “operation display area”.
 上記実施形態では、制御部によって操作要求が取得されたときから、虚像表示領域の表示変更が開始されるまでの期間に、発光部の発光は開始されていた。しかし、シフトインジケータ2035a(図16のB欄参照)を移動させるような表示変更が虚像表示領域においてまず実施されるような形態であれば、発光部の発光開始は、虚像表示領域の表示変更の開始よりも後とすることができる。以上のように、発光部の発光によって操作要求の伝達が表現できるのであれば、発光部の発光開始タイミングと、虚像表示領域の表示変更を開始するタイミングとの前後関係は、適宜調整可能である。 In the above embodiment, light emission of the light emitting unit is started during a period from when the operation request is acquired by the control unit to when the display change of the virtual image display area is started. However, if the display change that moves the shift indicator 2035a (see column B in FIG. 16) is first performed in the virtual image display area, the light emission start of the light emitting unit is the display change of the virtual image display area. It can be later than the start. As described above, if the transmission of the operation request can be expressed by the light emission of the light emitting unit, the context between the light emission start timing of the light emitting unit and the timing of starting the display change of the virtual image display region can be adjusted as appropriate. .
 また、虚像表示領域に新たな画像が追加される場合、追加される画像は、虚像表示領域及び発光部に近接する下方向DDの外縁から、発光部の発光に同期させてスラドイン又はフェードインされてよい。このように、画像の動きを発光部の発光と組み合わせることによれば、視認者は、操作要求が虚像表示領域に伝わるイメージをいっそう想起し易くなる。 Further, when a new image is added to the virtual image display area, the added image is slid in or faded in from the outer edge of the lower direction DD adjacent to the virtual image display area and the light emitting part in synchronization with the light emission of the light emitting part. It's okay. Thus, by combining the movement of the image with the light emission of the light emitting unit, the viewer can more easily recall the image in which the operation request is transmitted to the virtual image display area.
 上記実施形態では、虚像表示領域の上方向UDに位置する反射表示領域に、発光部の反射像が映し出されていた(図15参照)。こうした反射像の表示は、省略されてもよい。また、発光面のうちで、発光スポットを除く領域は、発光スポットよりも低輝度で僅かに発光していてもよく、又は連係線光源の消灯によって実質的に発光していなくてもよい。 In the above embodiment, the reflected image of the light emitting unit is projected in the reflective display area located in the upward direction UD of the virtual image display area (see FIG. 15). Such display of the reflected image may be omitted. Moreover, the area | region except a light emission spot in the light emission surface may emit light slightly with a brightness | luminance lower than a light emission spot, or it may not emit light substantially by extinction of a link light source.
 さらに、各線状発光ユニットは、発光スポットを流すような表示を実施していたが、各線状発光ユニットの発光態様は、適宜変更可能である。例えば、発光スポットに替えて、マルチ表示領域から虚像表示領域に向かて、又は虚像表示領域からマルチ表示領域へ向かって、光の帯が連続的に進行するような制御が、各連係線光源に対し実施されてもよい。あるいは、二つの表示領域を結ぶように、複数の連携線光源の全てを同時に発光させることにより、各発光面の全体が線状に発光するような発光態様であってもよい。加えて、二つの発光面に映し出された点状又は帯状の発光領域は、互いに異なる動きをしてもよい。 Furthermore, although each linear light emitting unit has performed display such that a light emitting spot flows, the light emission mode of each linear light emitting unit can be changed as appropriate. For example, instead of the light emission spot, control that the band of light continuously proceeds from the multi-display area toward the virtual image display area, or from the virtual image display area toward the multi-display area, May be implemented. Alternatively, a light emitting mode may be employed in which all of the light emitting surfaces emit light linearly by simultaneously emitting light from a plurality of cooperative line light sources so as to connect two display regions. In addition, the dot-like or band-like light emitting areas projected on the two light emitting surfaces may move differently.
 上記実施形態では、二つの表示領域を結ぶ連係線を表示するような線状の発光面を形成する線状発光ユニットが、発光部として採用されていた。しかし、発光面の形状は、線状に限定されない。例えば、フード部上面において、二つの表示領域に挟まれた全範囲が、発光可能な発光面として形成することができる。また、線状発光ユニットを採用する形態においても、当該ユニットの数及び配置等は、適宜変更可能である。 In the above embodiment, a linear light emitting unit that forms a linear light emitting surface that displays a link line connecting two display areas is employed as the light emitting unit. However, the shape of the light emitting surface is not limited to a linear shape. For example, the entire range sandwiched between two display areas on the top surface of the hood portion can be formed as a light emitting surface capable of emitting light. Moreover, also in the form which employ | adopts a linear light emission unit, the number, arrangement | positioning, etc. of the said unit can be changed suitably.
 上記実施形態では、被覆膜によって射出面を被覆することにより、発光面は、周囲の構成に溶け込むよう形成されていた。しかし、こうした被覆膜の形成は、省略されてもよい。さらに、周囲の構成と質感が大きく異なる被覆膜を射出面に形成することにより、周囲から際立たせた発光面が形成されていてもよい。 In the above embodiment, the light emitting surface is formed so as to be melted into the surrounding structure by covering the emission surface with a coating film. However, the formation of such a coating film may be omitted. Furthermore, a light-emitting surface that is made to stand out from the periphery may be formed by forming a coating film on the emission surface that is greatly different in texture from the surrounding structure.
 上記実施形態では、各光源として発光ダイオードが採用されていたが、光源として採用可能な構成は、発光ダイオードに限定されない。例えば、蛍光管及び有機ELのパネル等が、光源として採用可能である。 In the above embodiment, a light emitting diode is employed as each light source. However, the configuration that can be employed as the light source is not limited to the light emitting diode. For example, a fluorescent tube and an organic EL panel can be used as the light source.
 上記実施形態では、各表示像が投影される投影部として、車両のウィンドシールドが用いられていたが、投影部は、ウィンドシールドに限定されない。例えば、透光性樹脂により板状に形成され、インスツルメントパネル上面又はウィンドシールドの車室内側に取り付けられたコンバイナが、投影部に相当する構成として設置されていてもよい。 In the above embodiment, the vehicle windshield is used as the projection unit on which each display image is projected. However, the projection unit is not limited to the windshield. For example, a combiner that is formed in a plate shape with a translucent resin and attached to the upper surface of the instrument panel or the vehicle interior side of the windshield may be installed as a configuration corresponding to the projection unit.
 上記実施形態のプロジェクタは、TFT方式の液晶表示器と投影光源を組み合わせた構成であった。しかし、表示像を投影するための構成は、適宜変更可能である。例えば、TFT方式以外の液晶表示器が採用可能である。さらに、DLP(Digital Light Processing:登録商標)プロジェクタやCRTプロジェクタ等により、表示像が投影されてもよい。さらに、MEMS(Micro Electro Mechanical Systems)を用いたレーザスキャナが、表示像を投影する構成として、「投影部」に含まれていてもよい。 The projector of the above embodiment has a configuration in which a TFT liquid crystal display and a projection light source are combined. However, the configuration for projecting the display image can be changed as appropriate. For example, a liquid crystal display other than the TFT method can be used. Further, a display image may be projected by a DLP (Digital Light Processing: registered trademark) projector, a CRT projector, or the like. Furthermore, a laser scanner using MEMS (Micro Electro Mechanical Systems) may be included in the “projection unit” as a configuration for projecting a display image.
 上記実施形態において、プログラムを実行した制御部2020により提供されていた「表示制御部」の機能は、上述の構成と異なるハードウェア及びソフトウェア、或いはこれらの組み合わせによって提供されてよい。例えば、プログラムによらないで所定の機能を果たす回路により、各表示領域の表示及び発光部の発光を制御する上述の機能が提供されてよい。 In the above embodiment, the function of the “display control unit” provided by the control unit 2020 that has executed the program may be provided by hardware and software different from the above configuration, or a combination thereof. For example, the above-described function of controlling the display of each display area and the light emission of the light emitting unit may be provided by a circuit that performs a predetermined function without depending on a program.
 以上、車両に搭載され、コンビネーションメータ及びHUD等を組み合わせた表示装置に本開示を適用した例を説明した。しかし本開示は、車両用に限らず、各種民生用機器、各種輸送機器等に用いられる表示装置全般に適用可能である。 As described above, the example in which the present disclosure is applied to a display device mounted on a vehicle and combined with a combination meter, a HUD, and the like has been described. However, the present disclosure is applicable not only to vehicles but also to display devices that are used in various consumer devices, various transport devices, and the like.
 尚、HUDに表示される情報の情報量は、コンビネーションメータに表示される情報の情報量に比べて、少なくてもよい。 Note that the amount of information displayed on the HUD may be smaller than the amount of information displayed on the combination meter.
 本開示の第二実施形態によれば、互いに離れて位置する二つの表示領域を連係させた表示の変更を視認者に把握され易く示すことが可能な表示装置が提供される。 According to the second embodiment of the present disclosure, there is provided a display device capable of showing a change in display in which two display areas located apart from each other are linked so that a viewer can easily understand.
 本開示の第二の態様によれば、互いに離れて位置する第一表示領域及び第二表示領域を含む複数の表示領域のそれぞれに情報を表示する表示装置が提供される。表示装置は、第一表示領域及び第二表示領域のうちの一方である操作表示領域の表示を操作する操作要求に基づいて、第一表示領域及び第二表示領域のうちの他方である連係表示領域の表示を変更する制御を行う表示制御部と、第一表示領域及び第二表示領域の間にて発光する発光部と、を備え、表示制御部は、連係表示領域の表示の変更を伴う操作要求に基づいて、発光部を発光させる。 According to the second aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided a display device that displays information in each of a plurality of display areas including a first display area and a second display area that are located apart from each other. The display device is based on an operation request for operating the display of the operation display area that is one of the first display area and the second display area, and the linkage display that is the other of the first display area and the second display area. A display control unit that performs control to change display of the region, and a light emitting unit that emits light between the first display region and the second display region, and the display control unit accompanies a change in display of the linked display region Based on the operation request, the light emitting unit emits light.
 この開示によれば、第一表示領域及び第二表示領域のうちの一方である操作表示領域の表示を操作する操作要求に基づいて、他方の連係表示領域の表示が変更される場合に、この操作要求に基づいて、二つの表示領域の間に位置する発光部が発光する。以上のように、連係表示領域の表示変更に関連させて発光部を発光させれば、操作表示領域から連係表示領域へと、あたかも操作要求が伝わったかのようなイメージを、表示装置は、視認者に思い起こさせ得る。その結果、視認者の注意は、違和感なく連係表示領域にも向き得る。したがって、視認者は、互いに離れて位置する二つの表示領域を連係させた表示の変更を、適確に把握できるようになる。 According to this disclosure, when the display of the other linked display area is changed based on an operation request for operating the display of the operation display area that is one of the first display area and the second display area, Based on the operation request, the light emitting unit located between the two display areas emits light. As described above, if the light emitting unit is caused to emit light in association with the display change of the linkage display area, the display device displays the image as if the operation request was transmitted from the operation display area to the linkage display area. Can remind you. As a result, the viewer's attention can be directed to the linked display area without a sense of incongruity. Accordingly, the viewer can accurately grasp the change in display in which two display areas located apart from each other are linked.
 つまり、本開示の第二の態様によれば、互いに離れて位置する第一表示領域及びを含む複数の表示領域のそれぞれに情報を表示する表示装置であって、前記第一表示領域及び前記第二表示領域のうちの一方である操作表示領域の表示を操作する操作要求に基づいて、前記第一表示領域及び前記第二表示領域のうちの他方である連係表示領域の表示を変更する制御を行う表示制御部と、前記第一表示領域及び前記第二表示領域の間にて発光する発光部と、を備え、前記表示制御部は、前記連係表示領域の表示の変更を伴う前記操作要求に基づいて、前記発光部を発光させる表示装置が提供される。 That is, according to the second aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided a display device that displays information on each of a plurality of display areas including a first display area that is located apart from each other, and the first display area and the first display area Control to change the display of the linked display area, which is the other of the first display area and the second display area, based on an operation request for operating the display of the operation display area which is one of the two display areas. A display control unit to perform, and a light emitting unit that emits light between the first display region and the second display region, and the display control unit responds to the operation request accompanied by a change in display of the linkage display region. Based on this, a display device for emitting light from the light emitting unit is provided.
 加えて、上記表示装置は、前記第一表示領域を形成する表示部を備え、当該表示部を収容する空間を区画するフード部を備える車両に搭載される表示装置であって、前記発光部は、前記フード部に位置してもよい。 In addition, the display device includes a display unit that forms the first display region, and is a display device that is mounted on a vehicle including a hood unit that divides a space for housing the display unit. The hood portion may be located.
 加えて、上記表示装置は、前記フード部の上方向に投影部が形成される車両に搭載される表示装置であって、前記投影部のうちで前記フード部の前記上方向に規定される前記第二表示領域に向けて光を投影することにより、当該第二表示領域を通して虚像を視認可能に表示する投影部、を備え、前記発光部は、前記フード部のうちで前記第一表示領域及び前記第二表示領域の間となる範囲に位置してもよい。 In addition, the display device is a display device mounted on a vehicle in which a projection unit is formed in an upper direction of the hood unit, and the display unit is defined in the upper direction of the hood unit among the projection units. A projection unit configured to project a light toward the second display region so that a virtual image is visible through the second display region, and the light emitting unit includes the first display region and the hood unit. You may locate in the range between said 2nd display area.
 加えて、上記表示装置において、前記発光部は、前記投影部に向けて光を射出することにより、当該投影部のうちで前記第二表示領域よりも前記上方向に位置する反射表示領域に、当該発光部の反射像を形成してもよい。 In addition, in the display device, the light emitting unit emits light toward the projecting unit, so that the reflective display region positioned above the second display region in the projecting unit, You may form the reflected image of the said light emission part.
 加えて、上記表示装置において、前記表示制御部は、前記操作要求に基づき、前記発光部に発光表示させた発光領域を、前記第一表示領域及び前記第二表示領域の間において移動させてもよい。 In addition, in the display device, the display control unit may move a light emitting region that is light-emitting displayed on the light emitting unit between the first display region and the second display region based on the operation request. Good.
 加えて、上記表示装置において、前記発光領域は、前記操作表示領域から前記連係表示領域に向かって移動してもよい。 In addition, in the display device, the light emitting area may move from the operation display area toward the linkage display area.
 加えて、上記表示装置において、前記発光部は、前記操作表示領域から前記連係表示領域に向かって線状に延伸する線状発光体を有してもよい。 In addition, in the display device, the light emitting unit may include a linear light emitter that extends linearly from the operation display area toward the linked display area.
 加えて、上記表示装置において、前記発光部は、二つの前記線状発光体を有し、二つの前記線状発光体は、当該線状発光体の延伸方向と交差する幅方向において並び、視認者からの見かけ上にて、各前記線状発光体につき前記第一表示領域に近接する各一方の端部間の間隔は、前記第二表示領域の前記幅方向の長さよりも、前記第二表示領域の前記幅方向の長さに近く、視認者からの見かけ上にて、各前記線状発光体につき前記第二表示領域に近接する各他方の端部間の間隔は、前記第一表示領域の前記幅方向の長さよりも、前記第二表示領域の前記幅方向の長さに近くてもよい。 In addition, in the display device, the light emitting unit includes the two linear light emitters, and the two linear light emitters are arranged in a width direction intersecting with an extending direction of the linear light emitter and visually recognized. From the viewpoint of a person, the distance between each one end adjacent to the first display area for each linear light emitter is greater than the length in the width direction of the second display area. The distance between the other ends close to the second display area for each of the linear light emitters is close to the length in the width direction of the display area and viewed from the viewer. It may be closer to the width direction of the second display area than the length of the area in the width direction.
 加えて、上記表示装置において、前記発光部は、前記表示制御部によって前記操作要求が取得されたときから、当該操作要求に基づく前記連係表示領域の表示変更が開始されるまでの期間に発光してもよい。 In addition, in the display device, the light emitting unit emits light during a period from when the operation request is acquired by the display control unit to when the display change of the linked display area based on the operation request is started. May be.
 加えて、上記表示装置において、前記発光部には、光を射出する射出面と、前記射出面を被覆し、当該射出面から射出された光を通過させる多数の貫通孔を形成する被覆層と、が形成されてもよい。
(第三実施形態)
 図20に示す本開示の第三実施形態による表示装置3100は、車両に搭載されており、コンビネーションメータ3010、ヘッドアップディスプレイ(以下「HUD」)3060、及び発光部3080等を組み合わせることによって構成されている。図20及び図21に示すように、表示装置3100は、例えば走行速度等、車両に係わる種々の情報を複数の表示領域のそれぞれに表示する。
In addition, in the display device, the light emitting unit includes an emission surface that emits light, and a coating layer that covers the emission surface and forms a large number of through holes that allow light emitted from the emission surface to pass therethrough. , May be formed.
(Third embodiment)
A display device 3100 according to the third embodiment of the present disclosure shown in FIG. 20 is mounted on a vehicle, and is configured by combining a combination meter 3010, a head-up display (hereinafter “HUD”) 3060, a light emitting unit 3080, and the like. ing. As shown in FIGS. 20 and 21, the display device 3100 displays various information related to the vehicle such as the traveling speed in each of the plurality of display areas.
 コンビネーションメータ3010は、複数の表示領域が形成された正面側を運転席に向けた姿勢にて、インスツルメントパネル3120に形成された空間3122内に収容されている。インスツルメントパネル3120は、車両において、ウィンドシールド3110の下方向DDに設置されている。インスツルメントパネル3120には、上方向UDに突き出したフード部3121が形成されている。空間3122は、フード部3121によって区画されており、運転席の前方向に形成されている。コンビネーションメータ3010は、フード部3121の下方向DDに位置し、マルチ表示領域3011、二つの指針表示領域3015、及び複数のインジケータ3018を形成している。 The combination meter 3010 is accommodated in a space 3122 formed in the instrument panel 3120 in a posture in which the front side on which a plurality of display areas are formed faces the driver's seat. The instrument panel 3120 is installed in the downward direction DD of the windshield 3110 in the vehicle. The instrument panel 3120 is formed with a hood portion 3121 protruding in the upward direction UD. The space 3122 is partitioned by the hood portion 3121 and is formed in the front direction of the driver's seat. The combination meter 3010 is located in the downward direction DD of the hood portion 3121 and forms a multi display area 3011, two pointer display areas 3015, and a plurality of indicators 3018.
 マルチ表示領域3011は、コンビネーションメータ3010の中央に配置されている。マルチ表示領域3011は、表示画面3012に映し出される種々の画像によって情報を表示する。二つの指針表示領域3015は、マルチ表示領域3011の幅方向WDにおける両側に配置されている。各指針表示領域3015は、回転する指針3016によって情報を表示する。複数のインジケータ3018は、コンビネーションメータ3010の正面側において、マルチ表示領域3011及び指針表示領域3015を除く領域に主に形成されている。各インジケータ3018は、文字及び記号等のアイコンを発光表示させることにより、車両に関する種々の警告を視認者に対し行う。 The multi display area 3011 is arranged at the center of the combination meter 3010. The multi display area 3011 displays information by various images displayed on the display screen 3012. The two pointer display areas 3015 are arranged on both sides of the multi display area 3011 in the width direction WD. Each pointer display area 3015 displays information by a rotating pointer 3016. The plurality of indicators 3018 are mainly formed in an area excluding the multi display area 3011 and the pointer display area 3015 on the front side of the combination meter 3010. Each indicator 3018 emits and displays icons such as characters and symbols to give various warnings related to the vehicle to the viewer.
 HUD3060は、凹面鏡等によって構成される光学系3064、虚像3035として表示される表示像の光を射出するプロジェクタ3061、並びに光学系3064及びプロジェクタ3061を収容する筐体3065を備えている。HUD3060は、コンビネーションメータ3010よりも車両の前方向に配置され、インスツルメントパネル3120内に収容されている。 The HUD 3060 includes an optical system 3064 configured by a concave mirror or the like, a projector 3061 that emits light of a display image displayed as a virtual image 3035, and a housing 3065 that houses the optical system 3064 and the projector 3061. The HUD 3060 is arranged in front of the vehicle with respect to the combination meter 3010 and is accommodated in the instrument panel 3120.
 HUD3060は、プロジェクタ3061から射出された表示像の光を光学系3064によって反射させ、ウィンドシールド3110内に規定された虚像表示領域3111に向けて投影する。虚像表示領域3111は、車両の前景を透過するウィンドシールド3110のうちで、フード部3121の上方向UDに規定されている。故に、虚像表示領域3111と、マルチ表示領域3011及び指針表示領域3015等とは、互いに離れて位置することとなる。運転席に着座する視認者は、虚像表示領域3111によって車室内側に反射された光を知覚することにより、虚像表示領域3111を通して、車両の前景に重ねられた虚像3035を視認可能となる。 The HUD 3060 reflects the light of the display image emitted from the projector 3061 by the optical system 3064 and projects it toward the virtual image display area 3111 defined in the windshield 3110. The virtual image display area 3111 is defined in the upward direction UD of the hood portion 3121 in the windshield 3110 that transmits the foreground of the vehicle. Therefore, the virtual image display area 3111, the multi display area 3011, the pointer display area 3015, and the like are located away from each other. A viewer seated in the driver's seat can perceive the virtual image 3035 superimposed on the foreground of the vehicle through the virtual image display region 3111 by perceiving the light reflected toward the vehicle interior side by the virtual image display region 3111.
 HUD3060は、図21及び図22に示す枠表示器3066をさらに有している。枠表示器3066は、筐体3065に形成された開口3065aの周囲に設けられている。開口3065aは、矩形状に形成されており、無色透明の防塵カバー3070によって塞がれている。光学系3064からウィンドシールド3110に向かう表示像の光は、防塵カバー3070を透過することにより、開口3065aを通過する。 The HUD 3060 further includes a frame indicator 3066 shown in FIGS. 21 and 22. The frame indicator 3066 is provided around an opening 3065 a formed in the housing 3065. The opening 3065a is formed in a rectangular shape and is closed by a colorless and transparent dustproof cover 3070. The light of the display image directed from the optical system 3064 toward the windshield 3110 passes through the opening 3065a by passing through the dust cover 3070.
 枠表示器3066は、複数(四つ)の導光部3067及び枠表示光源3069等によって構成されている。導光部3067は、例えばアクリル樹脂及びポリカーボネート樹脂等の無色透明の透光性材料によって形成されている。導光部3067は、開口3065aの四隅を囲むように配置されている。導光部3067は、開口3065aの外周部分から上方向UDに向けて立設されている。導光部3067は、開口3065aの隅部に沿ってL字状に延びている。導光部3067は、防塵カバー3070とは別体で形成されており、筐体3065に保持されている。導光部3067の側面は、遮光性の塗料等によって被覆されている。導光部3067の頂面は、ウィンドシールド3110と対向する射出面3067aを形成している。四つのL字状の射出面3067aによって、枠状の第二表示像3034が形成される(図24も参照)。運転席に着座した運転者(視認者)によって視認される「視認者の見かけ上」において、第二表示像3034は、プロジェクタ3061によって投影される第一表示像3033の虚像3035(図20参照)を囲む枠状の表示を映し出す。 The frame display unit 3066 includes a plurality of (four) light guide units 3067, a frame display light source 3069, and the like. The light guide unit 3067 is made of a colorless and transparent translucent material such as acrylic resin and polycarbonate resin. The light guide unit 3067 is disposed so as to surround the four corners of the opening 3065a. The light guide portion 3067 is erected from the outer peripheral portion of the opening 3065a in the upward direction UD. The light guide 3067 extends in an L shape along the corner of the opening 3065a. The light guide 3067 is formed separately from the dust cover 3070 and is held by the housing 3065. The side surface of the light guide unit 3067 is covered with a light-shielding paint or the like. The top surface of the light guide portion 3067 forms an emission surface 3067 a that faces the windshield 3110. A frame-shaped second display image 3034 is formed by the four L-shaped exit surfaces 3067a (see also FIG. 24). In “appearance of the viewer” visually recognized by the driver (viewer) seated in the driver's seat, the second display image 3034 is a virtual image 3035 of the first display image 3033 projected by the projector 3061 (see FIG. 20). A frame-shaped display surrounding the image is displayed.
 枠表示光源3069は、導光部3067と並ぶ配置にて、筐体3065に保持されている。枠表示光源3069は、L字状に延伸する導光部3067の両端に向けて光を放出することにより、当該導光部3067に光を入射させる。枠表示光源3069によって放射され、導光部3067に入射した光は、射出面3067aからウィンドシールド3110に向けて、上方向UDに射出される。 The frame display light source 3069 is held by the housing 3065 so as to be aligned with the light guide unit 3067. The frame display light source 3069 causes light to enter the light guide unit 3067 by emitting light toward both ends of the light guide unit 3067 extending in an L shape. Light emitted from the frame display light source 3069 and incident on the light guide unit 3067 is emitted in the upward direction UD from the emission surface 3067a toward the windshield 3110.
 以上のHUD3060において、プロジェクタ3061によって表示され、光学系3064を通過してウィンドシールド3110に投影される表示像が、第一表示像3033である。また、プロジェクタ3061とは別の構成とされた枠表示器3066によって表示され、光学系3064を通過することなくウィンドシールド3110に投影される表示像が、第二表示像3034である。車両に係わる車両情報は、第一表示像3033によって主に表示される。この第一表示像3033の虚像3035は、視認者の視点移動を軽減するために、光学系3064によってウィンドシールド3110から結像位置までの距離を拡大されている。一方で、光学系3064を通過しない第二表示像3034の虚像3035は、第一表示像3033の虚像3035からずれた位置であって、第一表示像3033の虚像3035よりもウィンドシールド3110に近い位置に結像される。 In the above HUD 3060, a display image displayed by the projector 3061, projected through the optical system 3064 and projected onto the windshield 3110 is a first display image 3033. A display image displayed on a frame display 3066 having a configuration different from that of the projector 3061 and projected on the windshield 3110 without passing through the optical system 3064 is a second display image 3034. Vehicle information related to the vehicle is mainly displayed by a first display image 3033. In the virtual image 3035 of the first display image 3033, the distance from the windshield 3110 to the imaging position is enlarged by the optical system 3064 in order to reduce the viewpoint movement of the viewer. On the other hand, the virtual image 3035 of the second display image 3034 that does not pass through the optical system 3064 is shifted from the virtual image 3035 of the first display image 3033 and is closer to the windshield 3110 than the virtual image 3035 of the first display image 3033. The image is formed at the position.
 図20及び図21に示す発光部3080は、二つの線状発光ユニット3081を有している。各線状発光ユニット3081は、車両の前後方向に沿って棒状に延伸する長手形状に形成されている。二つの線状発光ユニット3081は、それぞれの延伸方向と交差(直交)する車両の幅方向WDにおいて互いに間隔を開けた配置で、フード部3121に取り付けられている。線状発光ユニット3081は、ウィンドシールド3110及び運転席に向けて、発光面3081aから光を放出する。こうして上方向UDに向けて射出された光の一部は、ウィンドシールド3110のうちで虚像表示領域3111よりも上方向UDの領域(以下、「反射表示領域」)3112にて、運転席側に反射される。そのため、二つの線状発光ユニット3081の反射像3036が、反射表示領域3112に表示される(図24のB欄及び図25のB欄等も参照)。 The light emitting unit 3080 shown in FIGS. 20 and 21 has two linear light emitting units 3081. Each linear light emitting unit 3081 is formed in a longitudinal shape extending in a rod shape along the longitudinal direction of the vehicle. The two linear light emitting units 3081 are attached to the hood portion 3121 so as to be spaced apart from each other in the vehicle width direction WD intersecting (orthogonal) with each extending direction. The linear light emitting unit 3081 emits light from the light emitting surface 3081a toward the windshield 3110 and the driver's seat. A part of the light emitted in the upward direction UD in this manner is placed on the driver's seat side in a region 3112 of the windshield 3110 that is higher in the upward direction UD than the virtual image display region 3111 (hereinafter, “reflection display region”). Reflected. Therefore, the reflected images 3036 of the two linear light emitting units 3081 are displayed in the reflective display area 3112 (see also column B in FIG. 24, column B in FIG. 25, and the like).
 次に、図23に示す表示装置3100の電気的構成を、コンビネーションメータ3010、HUD3060、及び発光部3080のそれぞれについて、順に説明する。 Next, the electrical configuration of the display device 3100 shown in FIG. 23 will be described in order for each of the combination meter 3010, the HUD 3060, and the light emitting unit 3080.
 コンビネーションメータ3010は、液晶表示器3013及びバックライト3014、二つのステッパーモータ3017、複数のインジケータ光源3019、並びに制御部3020を有している。 The combination meter 3010 includes a liquid crystal display 3013 and a backlight 3014, two stepper motors 3017, a plurality of indicator light sources 3019, and a control unit 3020.
 液晶表示器3013は、例えば薄膜トランジスタを用いたThin Film Transistor(TFT)方式の表示器である。液晶表示器3013は、表示画面3012に沿って二次元に配列された複数の画素を有している。液晶表示器3013は、制御部3020に接続されており、制御部3020から出力される制御信号に基づいて各画素を駆動する。液晶表示器3013の表示画面3012には、マルチ表示領域3011にカラー表示される種々の画像が形成される。バックライト3014は、複数の発光ダイオード(以下、LED)等の光源によって、表示画面3012の画像を透過照明する。バックライト3014は、制御部3020と接続されており、制御部3020から出力される制御信号によって照明の輝度を制御される。 The liquid crystal display 3013 is a thin-film-transistor (TFT) type display using thin film transistors, for example. The liquid crystal display 3013 has a plurality of pixels arranged two-dimensionally along the display screen 3012. The liquid crystal display 3013 is connected to the control unit 3020 and drives each pixel based on a control signal output from the control unit 3020. On the display screen 3012 of the liquid crystal display 3013, various images that are displayed in color in the multi-display area 3011 are formed. The backlight 3014 transmits and illuminates the image on the display screen 3012 with a light source such as a plurality of light emitting diodes (hereinafter referred to as LEDs). The backlight 3014 is connected to the control unit 3020, and the luminance of the illumination is controlled by a control signal output from the control unit 3020.
 ステッパーモータ3017は、指針3016を駆動する電動機である。ステッパーモータ3017は、制御部3020と接続されており、制御部3020から出力される制御信号に基づいて指針3016を回転させることにより、指針表示領域3015の指針表示を形成する。インジケータ光源3019は、例えばLED等である。各インジケータ光源30319は、それぞれ制御部3020と接続されており、制御部3020から出力される制御信号に基づいて、各インジケータ3018を発光表示させるための光を放出する。 The stepper motor 3017 is an electric motor that drives the pointer 3016. The stepper motor 3017 is connected to the control unit 3020, and forms a pointer display in the pointer display area 3015 by rotating the pointer 3016 based on a control signal output from the control unit 3020. The indicator light source 3019 is, for example, an LED. Each indicator light source 30319 is connected to the control unit 3020, and emits light for causing each indicator 3018 to emit light based on a control signal output from the control unit 3020.
 制御部3020は、プログラムによって作動するマイクロコンピュータ、車内Local Area Network(LAN)3140との間で通信を行うインターフェース、並びに液晶表示器3013、ステッパーモータ3017、及び各光源等を駆動する駆動回路等によって構成されている。車内LAN3140には、車両に搭載された複数の車載機器3150に加えて、ステアリングスイッチ3130等が接続されている。制御部3020は、車内LAN3140に出力された車両の情報を取得し、取得した情報に基づく制御信号を液晶表示器3013、ステッパーモータ3017、及び各光源等に出力する。 The control unit 3020 includes a microcomputer that operates according to a program, an interface that communicates with the in-vehicle Local Area Network (LAN) 3140, a liquid crystal display 3013, a stepper motor 3017, a drive circuit that drives each light source, and the like. It is configured. In addition to a plurality of in-vehicle devices 3150 mounted on the vehicle, a steering switch 3130 and the like are connected to the in-vehicle LAN 3140. The control unit 3020 acquires vehicle information output to the in-vehicle LAN 3140 and outputs a control signal based on the acquired information to the liquid crystal display 3013, the stepper motor 3017, and each light source.
 HUD3060のプロジェクタ3061は、液晶表示器3062及び投影光源3063を有している。液晶表示器3062は、例えばTFT方式の表示器である。液晶表示器3062は、制御部3020に接続されており、制御部3020から出力される制御信号に基づいて各画素を駆動する。液晶表示器3062には、虚像表示領域3111(図24及び図25参照)にカラー表示される種々の画像が形成される。投影光源3063は、例えば高輝度なLEDを複数有している。投影光源3063は、制御部3020と接続されており、制御部3020から出力される制御信号に基づき、虚像3035(図21参照)として結像される第一表示像3033(図21参照)の光を、液晶表示器3062に向けて放出する。 The projector 3061 of the HUD 3060 has a liquid crystal display 3062 and a projection light source 3063. The liquid crystal display 3062 is, for example, a TFT display. The liquid crystal display 3062 is connected to the control unit 3020 and drives each pixel based on a control signal output from the control unit 3020. Various images displayed in color in the virtual image display area 3111 (see FIGS. 24 and 25) are formed on the liquid crystal display 3062. The projection light source 3063 has a plurality of high-brightness LEDs, for example. The projection light source 3063 is connected to the control unit 3020, and the light of the first display image 3033 (see FIG. 21) formed as a virtual image 3035 (see FIG. 21) based on a control signal output from the control unit 3020. Are emitted toward the liquid crystal display 3062.
 HUD3060の枠表示器3066は、複数の枠表示光源3069を有している。枠表示光源3069は、例えばLED等であって、青色等の有彩色の光を放出する。各枠表示光源3069は、それぞれ制御部3020と接続されており、制御部3020から出力される制御信号に基づいて発光する。各枠表示光源3069の発光タイミングは、互いに同期している。 The frame indicator 3066 of the HUD 3060 has a plurality of frame display light sources 3069. The frame display light source 3069 is, for example, an LED or the like, and emits chromatic light such as blue. Each frame display light source 3069 is connected to the control unit 3020 and emits light based on a control signal output from the control unit 3020. The light emission timings of the frame display light sources 3069 are synchronized with each other.
 発光部3080の線状発光ユニット3081は、点光源としての複数の連係線光源3089を有している。連係線光源3089は、例えばLED等であって、青色等の有彩色の光を放出する。本実施形態では、連係線光源3089の発光色は、枠表示光源3069の発光色と合わせられている。各連係線光源3089は、それぞれ制御部3020と接続されており、制御部3020から出力される制御信号に基づいて、個別に発光する。 The linear light emitting unit 3081 of the light emitting unit 3080 has a plurality of linked line light sources 3089 as point light sources. The link line light source 3089 is, for example, an LED or the like, and emits chromatic light such as blue. In the present embodiment, the emission color of the link line light source 3089 is matched with the emission color of the frame display light source 3069. Each link line light source 3089 is connected to the control unit 3020 and emits light individually based on a control signal output from the control unit 3020.
 ここで、表示装置3100(図20参照)の表示を操作するために用いられるステアリングスイッチ3130について、図13及び図14に基づいて説明する。尚、車両の室内に設けられて、表示の操作が入力される構成は、ステアリングスイッチ3130に限定されず、例えばセンターコンソールに設けられるジョイスティック及びタッチパネル等であってもよい。 Here, the steering switch 3130 used for operating the display of the display device 3100 (see FIG. 20) will be described with reference to FIGS. The configuration in which the display operation is input in the vehicle interior is not limited to the steering switch 3130, and may be, for example, a joystick and a touch panel provided in the center console.
 ステアリングスイッチ3130は、ステアリングホイール3130aにおいて、リム部分を握る手指の届き易い範囲、例えばスポーク部分等に配置されている。ステアリングスイッチ3130は、全体として円形状に形成されており、決定キー3132及び四つの方向キー3131u,3131d,3131l,3131rを有している。 Steering switch 3130 is arranged in the steering wheel 3130a in a range where fingers that grip the rim portion can be easily reached, such as a spoke portion. The steering switch 3130 is formed in a circular shape as a whole, and includes an enter key 3132 and four direction keys 3131u, 3131d, 3131l, and 3131r.
 決定キー3132は、円形状に形成され、ステアリングスイッチ3130の中央に配置されている。各方向キー3131u~3131rは、ステアリングスイッチ3130において決定キー3132の外周側の領域を周方向に四等分したうちの一つである。各方向キー3131u~3131rには、上下左右の各方向が割り当てられている。ステアリングスイッチ3130を操作する操作者(視認者)は、方向キー3131u~3131rの押圧操作によって複数の項目の中から所望の項目を選択でき、決定キー3132の押圧操作によって当該選択を確定できる。こうした操作に基づきステアリングスイッチ3130から出力される操作要求は、図22に示す車内LAN3140を通じて制御部3020に取得される。 The decision key 3132 is formed in a circular shape and is arranged at the center of the steering switch 3130. Each of the direction keys 3131u to 3131r is one of the steering switch 3130 and the region on the outer peripheral side of the enter key 3132 is divided into four equal parts in the circumferential direction. Each direction key 3131u to 3131r is assigned with each direction of up, down, left and right. An operator (viewer) who operates the steering switch 3130 can select a desired item from among a plurality of items by pressing the direction keys 3131u to 3131r, and can confirm the selection by pressing the enter key 3132. An operation request output from the steering switch 3130 based on such an operation is acquired by the control unit 3020 through the in-vehicle LAN 3140 shown in FIG.
 次に、各表示領域3011,3111(図20参照)の表示レイアウトを変更する操作の詳細を説明する。以下の説明では、方向キー3131u~3131rへの入力に基づいてステアリングスイッチ3130から出力される操作要求を、「変更操作要求」とする。また、決定キー3132への入力に基づいてステアリングスイッチ3130から出力される操作要求を、「決定操作要求」とする。制御部3020は、変更操作要求に基づいて、二つの表示領域3011,3111の表示レイアウトが連係して変更されるよう、各液晶表示器3013,3062を制御する。このように、二つの表示領域3011,3111の表示が連係する操作モードの一つであるHUDカスタマイズモードについて、図24に基づき、図22を参照しつつ説明する。 Next, details of an operation for changing the display layout of each of the display areas 3011 and 3111 (see FIG. 20) will be described. In the following description, an operation request output from the steering switch 3130 based on input to the direction keys 3131u to 3131r is referred to as a “change operation request”. The operation request output from the steering switch 3130 based on the input to the determination key 3132 is referred to as a “decision operation request”. Based on the change operation request, the control unit 3020 controls the liquid crystal displays 3013 and 3062 so that the display layouts of the two display areas 3011 and 3111 are changed in cooperation. In this way, the HUD customization mode, which is one of the operation modes in which the display of the two display areas 3011 and 3111 is linked, will be described based on FIG. 24 with reference to FIG.
 HUDカスタマイズモードでは、マルチ表示領域3011に表示された設定メニュー3031を操作することにより、虚像表示領域3111に表示される情報の変更が可能である。設定メニュー3031には、虚像表示領域3111に表示可能な項目が、表示の上下方向に沿って並んでいる。設定メニュー3031には、具体的に、「Shift」、「Speed」、「Fuel」、及び「TBT(ターン・バイ・ターン)」等の項目が表示されている。「Shift」の項目が操作されることにより、虚像表示領域3111におけるシフトインジケータ3035aの表示のオン及びオフが切り替えられる。また、「Speed」の項目が操作されることにより、シフトインジケータ3035aの表示のオン及びオフが切り替えられる。 In the HUD customization mode, information displayed in the virtual image display area 3111 can be changed by operating the setting menu 3031 displayed in the multi display area 3011. In the setting menu 3031, items that can be displayed in the virtual image display area 3111 are arranged in the vertical direction of the display. The setting menu 3031 specifically displays items such as “Shift”, “Speed”, “Fuel”, and “TBT (turn-by-turn)”. By operating the item “Shift”, the display of the shift indicator 3035a in the virtual image display area 3111 is switched on and off. Further, by operating the item “Speed”, the display of the shift indicator 3035a is switched on and off.
 図24のA欄~図24のC欄には、シフトインジケータ3035aを表示している虚像表示領域3111に、デジタルスピードメータ3035bを追加する場合の表示レイアウトの変更過程が示されている。視認者は、上下の方向キー3131u,3131dの操作により、図24のA欄の設定メニュー3031に表示された複数の項目の中から「Speed」の項目を選択する。そして視認者は、決定キー3132の押圧操作によって「Speed」選択を確定させる。すると、二つの線状発光ユニット3081には、発光スポット3038が表示される。加えて反射表示領域3112には、発光スポット3038の反射像3036が表示される。 24. A column in FIG. 24 to C column in FIG. 24 show the process of changing the display layout when the digital speedometer 3035b is added to the virtual image display area 3111 displaying the shift indicator 3035a. The viewer selects the item “Speed” from among a plurality of items displayed on the setting menu 3031 in the column A of FIG. 24 by operating the up and down direction keys 3131u and 3131d. Then, the viewer confirms the “Speed” selection by pressing the enter key 3132. Then, the light emitting spot 3038 is displayed on the two linear light emitting units 3081. In addition, a reflection image 3036 of the light emission spot 3038 is displayed in the reflection display area 3112.
 図24のA欄及び図24のB欄に示すように、各発光スポット3038は、視認者の見かけ上において、マルチ表示領域3011から虚像表示領域3111へ移動する。加えて各反射像3036は、視認者の見かけ上において、虚像表示領域3111へ近づくように、下方向DDに向かって移動する。これら発光スポット3038及び反射像3036の動きは、線状に発光表示される連係線として視認者に知覚される。そして、各発光スポット3038は、虚像表示領域3111に近い発光面3081aの端部へ到達することによって消失する。 As shown in the A column of FIG. 24 and the B column of FIG. 24, each light emission spot 3038 moves from the multi-display region 3011 to the virtual image display region 3111 in the appearance of the viewer. In addition, each reflected image 3036 moves in the downward direction DD so as to approach the virtual image display region 3111 in the appearance of the viewer. The movement of the light emission spot 3038 and the reflected image 3036 is perceived by the viewer as a linkage line that is displayed in a light emission manner. Each light emitting spot 3038 disappears by reaching the end of the light emitting surface 3081a close to the virtual image display region 3111.
 シフトインジケータ3035aは、発光スポット3038の移動に合わせるようにして、虚像表示領域3111の中央から左外縁へ向けて移動する。これにより、デジタルスピードメータ3035b(図24のC欄参照)を表示する領域が、虚像表示領域3111に確保される。そして、図24のC欄に示すように、虚像表示領域3111のうちで、シフトインジケータ3035aと隣接する位置に、デジタルスピードメータ3035bが表示される。 The shift indicator 3035a moves from the center of the virtual image display area 3111 toward the left outer edge so as to match the movement of the light emission spot 3038. Thereby, an area for displaying the digital speedometer 3035b (see column C in FIG. 24) is secured in the virtual image display area 3111. Then, as shown in column C of FIG. 24, a digital speedometer 3035b is displayed at a position adjacent to the shift indicator 3035a in the virtual image display area 3111.
 デジタルスピードメータ3035bの表示により、視認者の入力操作を反映した表示レイアウトが確定すると、第二表示像3034(図21参照)の虚像3035である確定通知枠3035eが表示される。確定通知枠3035eは、視認者からの見かけ上において、第一表示像3033(図21参照)の虚像3035であるシフトインジケータ3035a及びデジタルスピードメータ3035bの外周側に結像される。確定通知枠3035eは、例えば1秒程度点灯された後、消灯される。尚、確定通知枠3035eの点灯時間は、適宜変更可能である。 When the display layout reflecting the viewer's input operation is confirmed by the display of the digital speedometer 3035b, a confirmation notification frame 3035e which is a virtual image 3035 of the second display image 3034 (see FIG. 21) is displayed. The confirmation notification frame 3035e is formed on the outer peripheral side of the shift indicator 3035a and the digital speedometer 3035b, which are virtual images 3035 of the first display image 3033 (see FIG. 21), as viewed from the viewer. The confirmation notification frame 3035e is turned off after being turned on for about 1 second, for example. Note that the lighting time of the confirmation notification frame 3035e can be changed as appropriate.
 次に、各表示領域3011,3111の表示が連係する操作モードの別の一つである表示移動モードについて、図25に基づき、図22を参照しつつ説明する。表示移動モードでは、マルチ表示領域3011に表示されていた表示像を、虚像表示領域3111へと移動させることができる。その具体例として、図25のA欄~図25のC欄には、マルチ表示領域3011に表示された加速度メータを、虚像表示領域3111に移動させる場合の表示が示されている。加速度メータは、加減速及び操舵によって車両に生じる加速度の大きさを、円盤状の画像の中に表示される球状スポットの偏心量によって可視化している。便宜的に以下の説明では、マルチ表示領域3011に表示される画像を「加速度メータ3031a」とし、虚像表示領域3111に表示される虚像を「加速度メータ3035f」とする。 Next, a display movement mode, which is another operation mode in which the displays of the display areas 3011 and 3111 are linked, will be described with reference to FIG. 22 based on FIG. In the display movement mode, the display image displayed in the multi display area 3011 can be moved to the virtual image display area 3111. As a specific example, the display in the case where the accelerometer displayed in the multi display area 3011 is moved to the virtual image display area 3111 is shown in the A column in FIG. 25 to the C column in FIG. The accelerometer visualizes the magnitude of acceleration generated in the vehicle by acceleration / deceleration and steering by the amount of eccentricity of a spherical spot displayed in a disk-shaped image. For convenience, in the following description, an image displayed in the multi display area 3011 is referred to as “accelerometer 3031a”, and a virtual image displayed in the virtual image display area 3111 is referred to as “accelerometer 3035f”.
 視認者は、上下の方向キー3131u,3131d及び決定キー3132の押圧操作により、図25のA欄に示す加速度メータ3031aの虚像表示領域3111への移動を確定させる。すると、発光スポット3038及びその反射像3036が表示される。発光スポット3038及びその反射像3036は、図25のA欄及び図25のB欄に示すように、虚像表示領域3111へ向かって移動する。 The viewer confirms the movement of the accelerometer 3031a shown in the column A of FIG. 25 to the virtual image display area 3111 by pressing the up / down direction keys 3131u and 3131d and the enter key 3132. Then, the light emission spot 3038 and its reflection image 3036 are displayed. The light emission spot 3038 and its reflection image 3036 move toward the virtual image display region 3111 as shown in the column A of FIG. 25 and the column B of FIG.
 マルチ表示領域3011では、各表示がトーンダウンされると共に、加速度メータ3031aが、発光スポット3038の移動に合わせるようにして上方向UDに移動する。加速度メータ3031aは、上方向UDからマルチ表示領域3011の範囲外へと消えていく。一方、虚像表示領域3111では、シフトインジケータ3035a及びデジタルスピードメータ3035bが、中央から左右の外縁へ向けて移動する。加えて、加速度メータ3031aがマルチ表示領域3011の範囲外へ移動するのに合わせて、加速度メータ3035fが下方向DDから虚像表示領域3111へ挿入される。 In the multi-display area 3011, each display is toned down, and the accelerometer 3031a moves upward UD so as to match the movement of the light emission spot 3038. The accelerometer 3031a disappears from the upward direction UD to the outside of the range of the multi display area 3011. On the other hand, in the virtual image display area 3111, the shift indicator 3035a and the digital speedometer 3035b move from the center toward the left and right outer edges. In addition, the accelerometer 3035f is inserted into the virtual image display area 3111 from the downward direction DD as the accelerometer 3031a moves out of the range of the multi display area 3011.
 加速度メータ3035fは、図25のC欄に示すように、虚像表示領域3111の中央まで移動し、シフトインジケータ3035a及びデジタルスピードメータ3035bの間に位置する。こうして、加速度メータ3035fの移動が完了すると、この加速度メータ3035f、シフトインジケータ3035a、及びデジタルスピードメータ3035bの外周側に、確定通知枠3035eが一時的に表示される。 Accelerometer 3035f moves to the center of virtual image display area 3111 and is positioned between shift indicator 3035a and digital speedometer 3035b, as shown in column C of FIG. When the movement of the accelerometer 3035f is thus completed, a confirmation notification frame 3035e is temporarily displayed on the outer peripheral side of the accelerometer 3035f, the shift indicator 3035a, and the digital speedometer 3035b.
 以上説明した表示装置3100の表示変化を実現するために、制御部3020にて実施される処理を、図26に基づき、図22を参照しつつて説明する。図26に示す処理は、ステアリングスイッチ3130等の操作により、HUDカスタマイズモード及び表示移動モード等の操作モードが起動したことに基づいて、制御部3020によって開始される。この処理は、視認者がこれらの操作モードを終了させるまで、制御部3020によって繰り返し実施される。 The processing performed by the control unit 3020 in order to realize the display change of the display device 3100 described above will be described based on FIG. 26 with reference to FIG. The processing shown in FIG. 26 is started by the control unit 3020 based on the operation mode such as the HUD customization mode and the display movement mode being activated by the operation of the steering switch 3130 or the like. This process is repeatedly performed by the control unit 3020 until the viewer ends these operation modes.
 S3101では、車内LAN3140に出力された操作要求の取得処理を行い、S3102に進む。S3102では、S3101にて取得した操作要求の中に、決定操作要求が有ったか否かを判定する。S3102にて、決定操作要求を取得していなかったという否定判定をした場合には、S3101に戻る。一方で、S3102にて、決定操作要求を取得していたという肯定判定をした場合には、S3103に進む。 In S3101, an operation request output process is performed on the in-vehicle LAN 3140, and the process proceeds to S3102. In S3102, it is determined whether or not there is a decision operation request among the operation requests acquired in S3101. If it is determined in S3102 that a determination operation request has not been acquired, the process returns to S3101. On the other hand, if it is determined in S3102 that the determination operation request has been acquired, the process proceeds to S3103.
 決定操作要求を取得した場合のS3103では、S3101にて取得した決定操作要求に基づいて、発光部3080を発光させる発光処理を開始する。このS3103の処理により、発光スポット3038が、マルチ表示領域3011及び虚像表示領域3111のうちの一方側から他方側へと流れる(図24のA欄及び図25のA欄等参照)。 In S3103 when the determination operation request is acquired, a light emission process for causing the light emitting unit 3080 to emit light is started based on the determination operation request acquired in S3101. By the processing in S3103, the light emission spot 3038 flows from one side to the other side of the multi display area 3011 and the virtual image display area 3111 (see the column A in FIG. 24, the column A in FIG. 25, and the like).
 S3104では、S3101の取得処理にて、決定操作要求と共に取得した変更操作要求に基づき、第一表示像3033の表示態様が変更されるよう液晶表示器3062を制御する変更処理を開始し、S3105に進む。このS3104の処理により、デジタルスピードメータ3035b及び加速度メータ3035f等が虚像表示領域3111に追加される(図24のC欄及び図25のC欄等参照)。 In S3104, based on the change operation request acquired together with the determination operation request in the acquisition process of S3101, a change process for controlling the liquid crystal display 3062 is started so that the display mode of the first display image 3033 is changed. move on. Through the processing in S3104, a digital speedometer 3035b, an acceleration meter 3035f, and the like are added to the virtual image display area 3111 (see column C in FIG. 24, column C in FIG. 25, and the like).
 S3105では、S3104にて開始した第一表示像3033の変更処理が完了したか否かを判定する。S3105にて否定判定をした場合には、S3105の判定を繰り返すことにより、変更処理の完了を待つ。そして、変更処理の完了により、S3105にて肯定判定をしたことを条件として、S3106に進む。 In S3105, it is determined whether or not the changing process of the first display image 3033 started in S3104 has been completed. If a negative determination is made in S3105, the determination in S3105 is repeated to wait for the completion of the change process. Then, upon completion of the change process, the process proceeds to S3106 on condition that an affirmative determination is made in S3105.
 S3106では、確定通知枠3035eの点灯処理を実施し、S3101に戻る。このS3106の処理により、虚像表示領域3111には、第一表示像3033の変更の確定及び完了を通知する表示変化として、第一表示像3033の虚像3035の周囲に確定通知枠3035eが一時的に虚像表示される(図24のC欄及び図25のC欄等参照)。 In S3106, the lighting process of the confirmation notification frame 3035e is performed, and the process returns to S3101. By the processing of S3106, a confirmation notification frame 3035e is temporarily displayed around the virtual image 3035 of the first display image 3033 in the virtual image display area 3111 as a display change for notifying the confirmation and completion of the change of the first display image 3033. A virtual image is displayed (see column C in FIG. 24, column C in FIG. 25, etc.).
 ここまで説明した本実施形態では、虚像表示領域3111の表示レイアウトを変更する操作がステアリングスイッチ3130に入力されると、制御部3020は、当該入力に基づく操作要求を取得し、対応した表示レイアウトへと虚像表示領域3111の表示態様を変更する。そして制御部3020は、取得した操作要求に対応した表示レイアウトへの変更確定を通知するための表示変化として、確定通知枠3035eを一時的に点灯させる。こうした確定通知枠3035eによる特定の表示変化が表示レイアウトの変更とは別に実施されることにより、視認者は、虚像表示領域3111の表示レイアウトについて、入力操作を反映した表示態様に変更されたことを、容易に把握できるようになる。 In the present embodiment described so far, when an operation for changing the display layout of the virtual image display area 3111 is input to the steering switch 3130, the control unit 3020 acquires an operation request based on the input, and moves to the corresponding display layout. The display mode of the virtual image display area 3111 is changed. Then, the control unit 3020 temporarily lights the confirmation notification frame 3035e as a display change for notifying the confirmation of the change to the display layout corresponding to the acquired operation request. The specific display change by the confirmation notification frame 3035e is performed separately from the display layout change, so that the viewer changes the display layout of the virtual image display area 3111 to the display mode reflecting the input operation. , You will be able to grasp easily.
 加えて本実施形態では、視認者への変更確定の通知は、第一表示像3033及び第二表示像3034のうちで、第二表示像3034の表示変化によって行われる。このように、表示レイアウトが変更される第一表示像3033とは別に、変更確定を通知するための第二表示像3034が表示されることにより、表示レイアウトの変更確定は、視認者にいっそう分かり易く通知され得る。 In addition, in this embodiment, notification of change confirmation to the viewer is performed by the display change of the second display image 3034 among the first display image 3033 and the second display image 3034. In this way, by displaying the second display image 3034 for notifying the confirmation of the change separately from the first display image 3033 whose display layout is changed, the confirmation of the change of the display layout can be further understood by the viewer. It can be easily notified.
 また本実施形態では、第一表示像3033の虚像3035と、第二表示像3034の虚像3035とが、車両の前後方向において、ずれた位置に結像されている。故に、これらの虚像3035を組み合わせた虚像表示領域3111の表示には、立体感が付与される。このように立体感のある虚像表示は、視認者の目を惹く作用を強く発揮し得る。その結果、虚像表示領域3111における確定通知枠3035eの表示変化は、視認者によっていっそう把握され易くなる。 In this embodiment, the virtual image 3035 of the first display image 3033 and the virtual image 3035 of the second display image 3034 are formed at positions shifted in the front-rear direction of the vehicle. Therefore, a stereoscopic effect is imparted to the display of the virtual image display area 3111 in which these virtual images 3035 are combined. In this way, the three-dimensional virtual image display can strongly exert an action that attracts the eyes of the viewer. As a result, the display change of the confirmation notification frame 3035e in the virtual image display area 3111 is more easily grasped by the viewer.
 さらに本実施形態において確定通知に用いられる確定通知枠3035eは、光学系3064を通過することなく、ウィンドシールド3110に直接的に投影される第二表示像3034の虚像3035である。故に、確定通知枠3035eの表示を追加するために、光学系3064を大型化することも、デジタルスピードメータ3035b等の表示サイズを縮小することも、共に回避され得る。よって、車両情報を視認者に提示するHUD3060の高い情報提供機能を維持しつつ、レイアウト変更の確定を視認者に通知する機能が追加可能となる。 Furthermore, the confirmation notification frame 3035e used for the confirmation notification in the present embodiment is a virtual image 3035 of the second display image 3034 that is projected directly onto the windshield 3110 without passing through the optical system 3064. Therefore, both the enlargement of the optical system 3064 and the reduction of the display size of the digital speedometer 3035b and the like can be avoided in order to add the display of the confirmation notification frame 3035e. Therefore, it is possible to add a function of notifying the viewer of the confirmation of the layout change while maintaining the high information providing function of the HUD 3060 that presents the vehicle information to the viewer.
 加えて本実施形態では、枠表示器3066が開口3065aの周囲に設けられることで、第一表示像3033の光と第二表示像3034の光との間に、大きな光路差が生じ得る。故に、デジタルスピードメータ3035b等と確定通知枠3035eとの間の距離は、いっそう確保され易くなる。以上により、立体感を強調された虚像表示が視認者の目をさらに惹くようになるため、確定通知を行う表示変化は、視認者にさらに把握され易くなる。 In addition, in the present embodiment, since the frame display 3066 is provided around the opening 3065a, a large optical path difference may be generated between the light of the first display image 3033 and the light of the second display image 3034. Therefore, the distance between the digital speedometer 3035b and the like and the confirmation notification frame 3035e is more easily secured. As described above, the virtual image display in which the stereoscopic effect is emphasized further attracts the viewer's eyes, so that the display change for performing the notification of confirmation is further easily grasped by the viewer.
 また本実施形態では、確定通知枠3035eがデジタルスピードメータ3035b等を囲む枠状であるため、視認者は、デジタルスピードメータ3035b等を注視していたとしても、確定通知枠3035eによる確定通知を見逃し難い。故に、確定通知を行う表示変化として、枠状の確定通知枠3035eを点灯させる上述の表示変化は、好適なのである。 In this embodiment, since the confirmation notification frame 3035e has a frame shape surrounding the digital speedometer 3035b and the like, even if the viewer is watching the digital speedometer 3035b and the like, the confirmation notification frame 3035e misses the confirmation notification. hard. Therefore, the above-described display change in which the frame-shaped confirmation notification frame 3035e is turned on is suitable as the display change for performing the confirmation notification.
 さらに本実施形態では、確定通知枠3035eの点灯による確定通知は、操作要求に基づく表示レイアウトの変更が完了した後に実施される。故に、確定通知枠3035eの点灯は、第一表示像3033のレイアウト変更が完了したことを、視認者に明確に通知し得る。 Furthermore, in this embodiment, the confirmation notification by turning on the confirmation notification frame 3035e is performed after the change of the display layout based on the operation request is completed. Therefore, the lighting of the confirmation notification frame 3035e can clearly notify the viewer that the layout change of the first display image 3033 has been completed.
 そして本実施形態のように、虚像表示領域3111に投影される第一表示像3033と連係して、マルチ表示領域3011の表示が変更される表示装置3100では、視認者の注意は、マルチ表示領域3011にも向けられ得るため、虚像表示領域3111から外され易くなる。その結果、表示レイアウトの変更過程は、いっそう知覚しづらくなる。故に、二つの表示領域3011,3111が連係する表示装置3100では、確定通知枠3035eの点灯によって表示レイアウトの変更確定を通知する構成が、視認者のユーザビリティ向上に特に有効となる。 As in the present embodiment, in the display device 3100 in which the display of the multi-display area 3011 is changed in association with the first display image 3033 projected on the virtual image display area 3111, the viewer's attention is the multi-display area. 3011 can also be directed to the virtual image display area 3111. As a result, the process of changing the display layout becomes more difficult to perceive. Therefore, in the display device 3100 in which the two display areas 3011 and 3111 are linked, the configuration in which the display layout change confirmation is notified by turning on the confirmation notification frame 3035e is particularly effective for improving the usability of the viewer.
 尚、本実施形態において、液晶表示器3013が「表示部」に相当し、制御部3020が「表示制御部」に相当する。また、HUD3060が「投影部」に相当し、プロジェクタ3061が「第一投影器」に相当し、枠表示器3066が「第二投影器」に相当する。そして、表示装置3100が「車両用表示装置」に相当し、ウィンドシールド3110が「投影部」に相当し、ステアリングスイッチ3130が「入力部」に相当する。 In this embodiment, the liquid crystal display 3013 corresponds to a “display unit”, and the control unit 3020 corresponds to a “display control unit”. The HUD 3060 corresponds to a “projector”, the projector 3061 corresponds to a “first projector”, and the frame display 3066 corresponds to a “second projector”. The display device 3100 corresponds to a “vehicle display device”, the windshield 3110 corresponds to a “projection unit”, and the steering switch 3130 corresponds to an “input unit”.
 (第三実施形態における他の実施形態)
 以上、本開示による第三実施形態について説明したが、本開示は、上記実施形態に限定して解釈されるものではなく、本開示の要旨を逸脱しない範囲内において種々の実施形態及び組み合わせに適用することができる。
(Other embodiments in the third embodiment)
The third embodiment according to the present disclosure has been described above. However, the present disclosure is not construed as being limited to the above embodiment, and can be applied to various embodiments and combinations without departing from the gist of the present disclosure. can do.
 上記実施形態の変形例1では、変更操作要求に基づく表示レイアウトの変更が確定した場合に、虚像表示領域に表示中の全ての虚像が一時的(例えば1秒以下)に消される。こうした表示変化によっても、表示レイアウトの変更確定は、通知可能である。以上の変形例1によれば、上述の確定通知枠3035eのような表示を新たに追加することなく、レイアウト変更の確定を通知することが可能となる。 In the first modification of the above embodiment, when the change of the display layout based on the change operation request is confirmed, all virtual images displayed in the virtual image display area are temporarily deleted (for example, 1 second or less). The display layout change confirmation can be notified even by such a display change. According to the first modification described above, it is possible to notify the confirmation of the layout change without newly adding a display such as the above-described confirmation notification frame 3035e.
 加えて、変形例1にて一時的に消灯される表示は、虚像表示領域に表示中の全てでなくてもよい。例えば、法規によって表示を義務付けられているデジタルスピードメータを除く他の虚像が、一時的に消されてもよい。さらに、虚像の背景を一時的に特定色で発光させる表示変化により、レイアウト変更の確定が視認者に通知されてもよい。 In addition, the display temporarily turned off in the first modification may not be all that is being displayed in the virtual image display area. For example, virtual images other than digital speedometers that are required to be displayed by laws and regulations may be temporarily deleted. Furthermore, confirmation of layout change may be notified to the viewer by a display change that causes the background of the virtual image to emit light in a specific color temporarily.
 上記実施形態のHUD3060は、プロジェクタ3061とは別に枠表示器3066を有することで、第一表示像3033の虚像3035から離れた位置に、第二表示像3034の虚像3035を結像させていた。しかし、確定通知を行うための第二表示像は、主に車両情報を表示する第一表示像と同一のプロジェクタによって投影することも可能である。 The HUD 3060 according to the above embodiment has the frame display 3066 separately from the projector 3061, thereby forming the virtual image 3035 of the second display image 3034 at a position away from the virtual image 3035 of the first display image 3033. However, the second display image for performing the confirmation notification can be projected by the same projector as the first display image that mainly displays vehicle information.
 加えて、枠表示器の形成位置は、筐体の開口周囲に限定されない。例えば、枠表示器がプロジェクタと一体的に構成されることで、第一表示像及び第二表示像の各光が共に光学系を通過してもよい。また枠表示器は、プロジェクタとは別体の投影器として、筐体内に配置されていてもよい。さらに、第一表示像を投影するHUDと、第二表示像を投影するHUDとが、別々に設けられていてもよい。そして、上述したようなHUDの構成に応じて、第一表示像及び第二表示像の各虚像間の距離は、適宜変更されてよい。 In addition, the formation position of the frame display is not limited to the periphery of the opening of the housing. For example, when the frame display is configured integrally with the projector, each light of the first display image and the second display image may pass through the optical system. The frame indicator may be arranged in the housing as a projector separate from the projector. Furthermore, the HUD that projects the first display image and the HUD that projects the second display image may be provided separately. And according to the structure of HUD as mentioned above, the distance between each virtual image of a 1st display image and a 2nd display image may be changed suitably.
 上記実施形態において、虚像表示領域3111の四隅に配置されたL字状の表示像によって他の表示像を囲む途切れた枠状とされた確定通知枠の形状及び表示色は、適宜変更可能である。例えば確定通知枠は、第一表示像の虚像を全周に亘って囲む連続した枠状とすることができる。さらに、第二表示像の虚像は、枠状でなくてもよい。例えば、確定通知枠に替えて、車両の幅方向WDに帯状に延伸する確定通知バーが、第一表示像の虚像の上方向又は下方向に表示されてもよい。又は、レイアウト変更の確定を通知する文字が、虚像表示領域に表示されてもよい。 In the above-described embodiment, the shape and display color of the confirmation notification frame that is a discontinuous frame shape surrounding other display images by L-shaped display images arranged at the four corners of the virtual image display region 3111 can be changed as appropriate. . For example, the confirmation notification frame may have a continuous frame shape surrounding the virtual image of the first display image over the entire circumference. Furthermore, the virtual image of the second display image may not be a frame shape. For example, instead of the confirmation notification frame, a confirmation notification bar that extends in a strip shape in the width direction WD of the vehicle may be displayed above or below the virtual image of the first display image. Or the character which notifies the confirmation of layout change may be displayed on a virtual image display area.
 上記実施形態において、確定通知枠3035eの点灯は、レイアウト変更の完了後に開始されていた。しかし、確定通知枠の点灯は、レイアウト変更が完了する前に開始され、完了後まで継続されてもよい。又は、レイアウト変更の継続中において、確定通知枠が継続して点灯されていてもよい。この場合、視認者は、確定通知枠が消える表示変化により、レイアウト変更の完了を確実に把握できる。 In the above embodiment, the confirmation notification frame 3035e is turned on after the layout change is completed. However, the lighting of the confirmation notification frame may be started before the layout change is completed and may continue until after the completion. Alternatively, the confirmation notification frame may be continuously lit while the layout change is continued. In this case, the viewer can surely grasp the completion of the layout change by the display change in which the confirmation notification frame disappears.
 上記実施形態では、虚像表示領域3111の表示レイアウトが変更される際、確定通知枠3035eの点灯は、発光スポット3038の移動と組み合わされていた。しかし、発光スポットを表示する発光部は、省略可能である。 In the above embodiment, when the display layout of the virtual image display area 3111 is changed, the lighting of the confirmation notification frame 3035e is combined with the movement of the light emission spot 3038. However, the light emitting unit for displaying the light emitting spot can be omitted.
 上記実施形態における表示移動モードの説明では、加速度メータ3031aを移動させる場合を示したが、表示移動モードにおいて移動される表示は、加速度メータに限定されない。シフトインジケータ、スピードメータ、及び燃料計等の情報表示が、移動可能である。また、情報表示を移動は、マルチ表示領域から虚像表示領域への移動に限定されない。虚像表示領域からマルチ表示領域への情報表示の移動も、可能である。この場合、発光スポットの移動方向は、情報表示の移動方向に対応し、虚像表示領域からマルチ表示領域へ向かう下方向DDとなる。 In the description of the display movement mode in the above embodiment, the case where the accelerometer 3031a is moved is shown, but the display moved in the display movement mode is not limited to the accelerometer. Information displays such as shift indicators, speedometers, and fuel gauges are movable. Further, the movement of the information display is not limited to the movement from the multi display area to the virtual image display area. It is also possible to move the information display from the virtual image display area to the multi display area. In this case, the movement direction of the light emission spot corresponds to the movement direction of the information display, and is a downward direction DD from the virtual image display area to the multi display area.
 上記実施形態では、各光源として発光ダイオードが採用されていたが、光源として採用可能な構成は、発光ダイオードに限定されない。例えば、蛍光管及び有機ELのパネル等が、光源として採用可能である。 In the above embodiment, a light emitting diode is employed as each light source. However, the configuration that can be employed as the light source is not limited to the light emitting diode. For example, a fluorescent tube and an organic EL panel can be used as the light source.
 上記実施形態では、各表示像が投影される投影部として、車両のウィンドシールドが用いられていたが、投影部は、ウィンドシールドに限定されない。例えば、透光性樹脂により板状に形成され、インスツルメントパネル上面又はウィンドシールドの車室内側に取り付けられたコンバイナが、投影部に相当する構成として設置されていてもよい。 In the above embodiment, the vehicle windshield is used as the projection unit on which each display image is projected. However, the projection unit is not limited to the windshield. For example, a combiner that is formed in a plate shape with a translucent resin and attached to the upper surface of the instrument panel or the vehicle interior side of the windshield may be installed as a configuration corresponding to the projection unit.
 上記実施形態のプロジェクタは、TFT方式の液晶表示器と投影光源を組み合わせた構成であった。しかし、表示像を投影するための構成は、適宜変更可能である。例えば、TFT方式以外の液晶表示器が採用可能である。さらに、DLP(Digital Light Processing:登録商標)プロジェクタやCRTプロジェクタ等により、表示像が投影されてもよい。さらに、MEMS(Micro Electro Mechanical Systems)を用いたレーザスキャナが、表示像を投影する構成として、「投影部」に含まれていてもよい。 The projector of the above embodiment has a configuration in which a TFT liquid crystal display and a projection light source are combined. However, the configuration for projecting the display image can be changed as appropriate. For example, a liquid crystal display other than the TFT method can be used. Further, a display image may be projected by a DLP (Digital Light Processing: registered trademark) projector, a CRT projector, or the like. Furthermore, a laser scanner using MEMS (Micro Electro Mechanical Systems) may be included in the “projection unit” as a configuration for projecting a display image.
 上記実施形態において、プログラムを実行した制御部3020により提供されていた「表示制御部」の機能は、上述の構成と異なるハードウェア及びソフトウェア、或いはこれらの組み合わせによって提供されてよい。例えば、コンビネーションメータ及びHUDにそれぞれ設けられた制御部の連係によって「表示制御部」の機能が提供されてよい。さらに、プログラムによらないで所定の機能を果たす回路により、各表示領域の表示等を制御する上述の機能が提供されてよい。 In the above embodiment, the function of the “display control unit” provided by the control unit 3020 that executes the program may be provided by hardware and software different from the above-described configuration, or a combination thereof. For example, the function of the “display control unit” may be provided by linking a control unit provided in each of the combination meter and the HUD. Furthermore, the above-described function for controlling the display of each display area may be provided by a circuit that performs a predetermined function without depending on a program.
 以上、車両に搭載され、コンビネーションメータ及びHUD等を組み合わせた車両用の表示装置に本開示を適用した例を説明した。しかし本開示は、HUDのみによって構成される車両用の表示装置にも適用可能である。 As described above, the example in which the present disclosure is applied to a display device for a vehicle mounted on a vehicle and combined with a combination meter, a HUD and the like has been described. However, the present disclosure can also be applied to a display device for a vehicle that includes only a HUD.
 尚、HUDに表示される情報の情報量は、コンビネーションメータに表示される情報の情報量に比べて、少なくてもよい。 Note that the amount of information displayed on the HUD may be smaller than the amount of information displayed on the combination meter.
 本開示の第三実施形態によれば、虚像表示される表示像のレイアウト変更の確定が視認者に把握容易な車両用表示装置が提供される。 According to the third embodiment of the present disclosure, it is possible to provide a vehicle display device that allows a viewer to easily confirm the layout change of a display image displayed as a virtual image.
 本開示の第三の態様によれば、車両に搭載され、車両の室内に設けられた入力部への入力に基づく操作要求を取得する車両用表示装置が提供される。車両用表示装置は、車両の前景を透過する投影部に表示像を投影することにより、当該表示像の虚像を室内から視認可能にする投影部と、表示像の表示レイアウトを変更する操作要求に基づいて、表示像の表示態様が変更されるよう投影部を制御する表示制御部と、を備え、表示制御部は、操作要求に基づく表示レイアウトの変更確定を通知する表示変化を、表示像に生じさせる。 According to the third aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided a vehicle display device that is mounted on a vehicle and acquires an operation request based on an input to an input unit provided in a vehicle interior. The vehicular display device projects a display image onto a projection unit that transmits the foreground of the vehicle, thereby making it possible to visually recognize a virtual image of the display image from the room and an operation request for changing the display layout of the display image. A display control unit that controls the projection unit so that the display mode of the display image is changed, and the display control unit displays a display change that notifies the display layout change confirmation based on the operation request in the display image. Cause it to occur.
 上記車両用表示装置によれば、表示像の表示レイアウトを変更する操作が車両の室内に設けられた入力部に入力されると、当該入力による操作要求を取得した表示制御部は、この操作要求に基づいた表示レイアウトへの変更確定を通知する表示変化を、表示像に生じさせる。こうした特定の表示変化が表示レイアウトの変更とは別に実施されることにより、視認者は、虚像表示された表示像について、入力部に入力した操作を反映した表示レイアウトに変更されたことを、容易に把握できるようになる。 According to the vehicle display device, when an operation for changing the display layout of the display image is input to the input unit provided in the vehicle interior, the display control unit that has acquired the operation request based on the input receives the operation request. A display change for notifying the confirmation of the change to the display layout based on is generated in the display image. By performing these specific display changes separately from the display layout change, the viewer can easily change the display image displayed in the virtual image to a display layout that reflects the operation input to the input unit. You will be able to grasp.
 つまり、本開示の第三の態様によれば、車両に搭載され、前記車両の室内に設けられた入力部への入力に基づく操作要求を取得する車両用表示装置であって、前記車両の前景を透過する投影部に表示像を投影することにより、当該表示像の虚像を前記室内から視認可能にする投影部と、前記表示像の表示レイアウトを変更する前記操作要求に基づいて、前記表示像の表示態様が変更されるよう前記投影部を制御する表示制御部と、を備え、前記表示制御部は、前記操作要求に基づく表示レイアウトの変更確定を通知する表示変化を、前記表示像に生じさせる車両用表示装置が提供される。 That is, according to the third aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided a vehicle display device that is mounted on a vehicle and obtains an operation request based on an input to an input unit provided in the interior of the vehicle. And projecting the display image onto a projection unit that transmits the display image, so that the virtual image of the display image can be viewed from the room, and the display image based on the operation request for changing the display layout of the display image. A display control unit that controls the projection unit so that the display mode is changed, and the display control unit generates a display change in the display image for notifying a change in display layout based on the operation request. A vehicle display device is provided.
 加えて、上記車両用表示装置において、前記投影部は、第一表示像及び第二表示像を前記投影部に投影し、前記表示制御部は、前記操作要求に基づいて前記第一表示像の表示レイアウトを変更し、当該第一表示像の変更確定を通知する表示変化を、前記第二表示像に生じさせてもよい。 In addition, in the vehicle display device, the projection unit projects a first display image and a second display image onto the projection unit, and the display control unit is configured to display the first display image based on the operation request. The display layout may be changed, and a display change that notifies the change confirmation of the first display image may be caused in the second display image.
 加えて、上記車両用表示装置において、前記第二表示像の虚像は、前記第一表示像の虚像からずれた位置に結像されてもよい。 In addition, in the vehicle display device, the virtual image of the second display image may be formed at a position shifted from the virtual image of the first display image.
 加えて、上記車両用表示装置において、前記投影部は、前記第一表示像の光を射出する第一投影器と、前記第一投影器からの光を前記投影部に向けて投影する光学系と、前記光学系及び前記投影部の間に位置し、前記第二表示像の光を前記投影部に向けて投影する第二投影器と、を有してもよい。 In addition, in the above vehicle display device, the projection unit emits the light of the first display image, and the optical system projects the light from the first projector toward the projection unit. And a second projector that is positioned between the optical system and the projection unit and projects the light of the second display image toward the projection unit.
 加えて、上記車両用表示装置において、前記投影部は、前記光学系を収容し、前記光学系から前記投影部に向かう前記第一表示像の光を通過させる開口を形成する筐体、をさらに有し、前記第二投影器は、前記開口の周囲に設けられてもよい。 In addition, in the vehicle display device, the projection unit further includes a housing that houses the optical system and forms an opening through which the light of the first display image traveling from the optical system toward the projection unit is passed. And the second projector may be provided around the opening.
 加えて、上記車両用表示装置において、前記第二表示像の虚像は、視認者からの見かけ上において前記第一表示像の虚像を囲む枠状であってもよい。 In addition, in the vehicle display device, the virtual image of the second display image may have a frame shape surrounding the virtual image of the first display image in view of a viewer.
 加えて、上記車両用表示装置において、前記表示制御部は、前記操作要求に基づく表示レイアウトの変更が完了した後に、当該変更の確定を通知する前記表示像の表示変化を生じさせてもよい。 In addition, in the vehicle display device, the display control unit may cause a display change of the display image for notifying the confirmation of the change after the change of the display layout based on the operation request is completed.
 加えて、上記車両用表示装置において、前記表示制御部は、表示中の前記表示像の虚像を一時的に消す表示変化を生じさせることにより、表示レイアウトの変更確定を通知してもよい。 In addition, in the vehicular display device, the display control unit may notify the change confirmation of the display layout by causing a display change that temporarily erases the virtual image of the display image being displayed.
 加えて、上記車両用表示装置は、前記室内に配置され、前記表示制御部によって表示を制御される表示部、をさらに備え、前記表示制御部は、前記操作要求に基づいて、前記表示像の表示レイアウトを前記表示部による表示と連係させつつ変更してもよい。
(第四実施形態)
 図1に示す本開示の第四実施形態による表示装置4100は、車両に搭載されており、コンビネーションメータ4010及びヘッドアップディスプレイ(以下「HUD」)4060等を組み合わせることによって構成されている。図1及び図2に示すように、表示装置4100は、例えば走行速度等、車両に係わる種々の情報を複数の表示領域のそれぞれに表示する。
In addition, the vehicular display device further includes a display unit disposed in the room and controlled in display by the display control unit, wherein the display control unit is configured to display the display image based on the operation request. The display layout may be changed while being linked with the display by the display unit.
(Fourth embodiment)
A display device 4100 according to the fourth embodiment of the present disclosure shown in FIG. 1 is mounted on a vehicle, and is configured by combining a combination meter 4010, a head-up display (hereinafter “HUD”) 4060, and the like. As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the display device 4100 displays various information related to the vehicle such as the traveling speed in each of the plurality of display areas.
 コンビネーションメータ4010は、複数の表示領域が形成された正面側を運転席に向けた姿勢にて、インスツルメントパネル4120に形成された空間4122内に収容されている。インスツルメントパネル4120は、車両において、ウィンドシールド4110の下方向DDに設置されている。インスツルメントパネル4120には、上方向UDに突き出したフード部4121が形成されている。空間4122は、フード部4121によって区画されており、運転席の前方向に形成されている。コンビネーションメータ4010は、フード部4121の下方向DDに位置し、マルチ表示領域4011、二つの指針表示領域4015、及び複数のインジケータ4018を形成している。 The combination meter 4010 is housed in a space 4122 formed in the instrument panel 4120 with the front side on which a plurality of display areas are formed facing the driver's seat. The instrument panel 4120 is installed in the downward direction DD of the windshield 4110 in the vehicle. The instrument panel 4120 is formed with a hood portion 4121 protruding in the upward direction UD. The space 4122 is partitioned by the hood portion 4121 and is formed in the front direction of the driver's seat. The combination meter 4010 is positioned in the downward direction DD of the hood portion 4121 and forms a multi display area 4011, two pointer display areas 4015, and a plurality of indicators 4018.
 マルチ表示領域4011は、コンビネーションメータ4010の中央に配置されている。マルチ表示領域4011は、表示画面4012に映し出される種々の画像4032によって情報を表示する。二つの指針表示領域4015は、マルチ表示領域4011の幅方向WDにおける両側に配置されている。各指針表示領域4015は、回転する指針4016によって情報を表示する。複数のインジケータ4018は、コンビネーションメータ4010の正面側において、マルチ表示領域4011及び指針表示領域4015を除く領域に主に形成されている。各インジケータ4018は、文字及び記号等のアイコンを発光表示させることにより、車両に関する種々の警告を視認者に対し行う。 The multi display area 4011 is arranged at the center of the combination meter 4010. The multi display area 4011 displays information by various images 4032 displayed on the display screen 4012. The two pointer display areas 4015 are arranged on both sides of the multi display area 4011 in the width direction WD. Each pointer display area 4015 displays information by a rotating pointer 4016. The plurality of indicators 4018 are mainly formed in an area excluding the multi display area 4011 and the pointer display area 4015 on the front side of the combination meter 4010. Each indicator 4018 performs various warnings related to the vehicle to the viewer by causing icons such as characters and symbols to emit light.
 HUD4060は、凹面鏡等によって構成される光学系4064、虚像4035として表示される表示像の光を射出するプロジェクタ4061、並びに光学系4064及びプロジェクタ4061を収容する筐体4065を備えている。HUD4060は、コンビネーションメータ4010よりも車両の前方向に配置され、インスツルメントパネル4120内に収容されている。 The HUD 4060 includes an optical system 4064 configured by a concave mirror or the like, a projector 4061 that emits light of a display image displayed as a virtual image 4035, and a housing 4065 that houses the optical system 4064 and the projector 4061. The HUD 4060 is arranged in front of the vehicle with respect to the combination meter 4010 and is accommodated in the instrument panel 4120.
 HUD4060は、プロジェクタ4061から射出された表示像の光を光学系4064によって反射させ、ウィンドシールド4110内に規定された虚像表示領域4111に向けて投影する。虚像表示領域4111は、車両の前景を透過するウィンドシールド4110のうちで、フード部4121の上方向UDに規定されている。運転席に着座する運転者(視認者)の見かけ上において、虚像表示領域4111及びマルチ表示領域4011は、幅方向WDの中央位置を揃えられている。また、虚像表示領域4111と、マルチ表示領域4011及び指針表示領域4015等とは、互いに離れて位置している。運転席に着座する視認者は、虚像表示領域4111によって車室内側に反射された光を知覚することにより、虚像表示領域4111を通して、車両の前景に重ねられた虚像4035を視認可能となる。 The HUD 4060 reflects the light of the display image emitted from the projector 4061 by the optical system 4064 and projects it toward the virtual image display area 4111 defined in the windshield 4110. The virtual image display area 4111 is defined in the upward direction UD of the hood portion 4121 in the windshield 4110 that transmits the foreground of the vehicle. The virtual image display area 4111 and the multi-display area 4011 are aligned at the center position in the width direction WD on the appearance of the driver (viewer) sitting in the driver's seat. Further, the virtual image display area 4111, the multi display area 4011, the pointer display area 4015, and the like are located apart from each other. A viewer seated in the driver's seat can perceive the virtual image 4035 superimposed on the foreground of the vehicle through the virtual image display region 4111 by perceiving the light reflected toward the vehicle interior side by the virtual image display region 4111.
 次に、図27に示す表示装置4100の電気的構成を、コンビネーションメータ4010及びHUD4060のそれぞれについて、順に説明する。 Next, the electrical configuration of the display device 4100 shown in FIG. 27 will be described in order for each of the combination meter 4010 and the HUD 4060.
 コンビネーションメータ4010は、液晶表示器4013及びバックライト4014、二つのステッパーモータ4017、複数のインジケータ光源4019、並びに制御部4020を有している。 The combination meter 4010 includes a liquid crystal display 4013 and a backlight 4014, two stepper motors 4017, a plurality of indicator light sources 4019, and a control unit 4020.
 液晶表示器4013は、例えば薄膜トランジスタを用いたThin Film Transistor(TFT)方式の表示器である。液晶表示器4013は、表示画面4012に沿って二次元に配列された複数の画素を有している。液晶表示器4013は、制御部4020に接続されており、制御部4020から出力される制御信号に基づいて各画素を駆動する。液晶表示器4013の表示画面4012には、マルチ表示領域4011にカラー表示される種々の画像が形成される。バックライト4014は、複数の発光ダイオード(以下、LED)等の光源によって、表示画面4012の画像を透過照明する。バックライト4014は、制御部4020と接続されており、制御部4020から出力される制御信号によって照明の輝度を制御される。 The liquid crystal display 4013 is a thin-film-transistor (TFT) type display using thin film transistors, for example. The liquid crystal display 4013 has a plurality of pixels arranged two-dimensionally along the display screen 4012. The liquid crystal display 4013 is connected to the control unit 4020 and drives each pixel based on a control signal output from the control unit 4020. On the display screen 4012 of the liquid crystal display 4013, various images displayed in color in the multi display area 4011 are formed. The backlight 4014 transmits and illuminates the image on the display screen 4012 with a light source such as a plurality of light emitting diodes (hereinafter referred to as LEDs). The backlight 4014 is connected to the control unit 4020, and the luminance of the illumination is controlled by a control signal output from the control unit 4020.
 ステッパーモータ4017は、指針4016を駆動する電動機である。ステッパーモータ4017は、制御部4020と接続されており、制御部4020から出力される制御信号に基づいて指針4016を回転させることにより、指針表示領域4015の指針表示を形成する。インジケータ光源4019は、例えばLED等である。各インジケータ光源4019は、それぞれ制御部4020と接続されており、制御部4020から出力される制御信号に基づいて、各インジケータ4018を発光表示させるための光を放出する。 The stepper motor 4017 is an electric motor that drives the pointer 4016. The stepper motor 4017 is connected to the control unit 4020, and forms a pointer display in the pointer display area 4015 by rotating the pointer 4016 based on a control signal output from the control unit 4020. The indicator light source 4019 is, for example, an LED. Each indicator light source 4019 is connected to the control unit 4020, and emits light for causing each indicator 4018 to emit light based on a control signal output from the control unit 4020.
 制御部4020は、プログラムによって作動するマイクロコンピュータ、車内Local Area Network(LAN)4140との間で通信を行うインターフェース、並びに液晶表示器4013、ステッパーモータ4017、及び各光源等を駆動する駆動回路等によって構成されている。車内LAN4140には、車両に搭載された複数の車載機器4150に加えて、ステアリングスイッチ4130等が接続されている。制御部4020は、車内LAN4140に出力された車両の情報を取得し、取得した情報に基づく制御信号を液晶表示器4013、ステッパーモータ4017、及び各光源等に出力する。 The control unit 4020 includes a microcomputer that operates according to a program, an interface that communicates with an in-vehicle Local Area Network (LAN) 4140, a liquid crystal display 4013, a stepper motor 4017, a drive circuit that drives each light source, and the like. It is configured. In addition to a plurality of in-vehicle devices 4150 mounted on the vehicle, a steering switch 4130 and the like are connected to the in-vehicle LAN 4140. The control unit 4020 acquires vehicle information output to the in-vehicle LAN 4140, and outputs a control signal based on the acquired information to the liquid crystal display 4013, the stepper motor 4017, each light source, and the like.
 HUD4060のプロジェクタ4061は、液晶表示器4062及び投影光源4063を有している。液晶表示器4062は、例えばTFT方式の表示器である。液晶表示器4062は、制御部4020に接続されており、制御部4020から出力される制御信号に基づいて各画素を駆動する。液晶表示器4062には、虚像表示領域4111(図1参照)にカラー表示される種々の画像が形成される。投影光源4063は、例えば高輝度なLEDを複数有している。投影光源4063は、制御部4020と接続されており、制御部4020から出力される制御信号に基づき、虚像4035(図1参照)として結像される光を、液晶表示器4062に向けて放出する。 The projector 4061 of the HUD 4060 has a liquid crystal display 4062 and a projection light source 4063. The liquid crystal display 4062 is, for example, a TFT display. The liquid crystal display 4062 is connected to the control unit 4020 and drives each pixel based on a control signal output from the control unit 4020. Various images displayed in color in the virtual image display region 4111 (see FIG. 1) are formed on the liquid crystal display 4062. The projection light source 4063 has, for example, a plurality of high-brightness LEDs. The projection light source 4063 is connected to the control unit 4020, and emits light formed as a virtual image 4035 (see FIG. 1) toward the liquid crystal display 4062 based on a control signal output from the control unit 4020. .
 ここで、表示装置4100の表示を操作するために用いられるステアリングスイッチ4130について、図13及び図14に基づいて説明する。尚、車両の室内に設けられて、表示の操作が入力される構成は、ステアリングスイッチ4130に限定されず、例えばセンターコンソールに設けられるジョイスティック及びタッチパネル等であってもよい。 Here, the steering switch 4130 used for operating the display of the display device 4100 will be described with reference to FIGS. The configuration in which the display operation is input in the vehicle interior is not limited to the steering switch 4130, and may be, for example, a joystick and a touch panel provided in the center console.
 ステアリングスイッチ4130は、ステアリングホイール4130aにおいて、リム部分を握る手指の届き易い範囲、例えばスポーク部分等に配置されている。ステアリングスイッチ4130は、全体として円形状に形成されており、決定キー4132及び四つの方向キー4131u,4131d,4131l,4131rを有している。 Steering switch 4130 is arranged in a range where a finger that grips the rim part can be easily reached in steering wheel 4130a, for example, a spoke part. The steering switch 4130 is formed in a circular shape as a whole, and includes an enter key 4132 and four direction keys 4131u, 4131d, 4131l, 4131r.
 決定キー4132は、円形状に形成され、ステアリングスイッチ4130の中央に配置されている。各方向キー4131u~4131rは、ステアリングスイッチ4130において決定キー4132の外周側の領域を周方向に四等分したうちの一つである。各方向キー4131u~4131rには、上下左右の各方向が割り当てられている。ステアリングスイッチ4130を操作する操作者(視認者)は、方向キー4131u~4131rの押圧操作によって複数の項目の中から所望の項目を選択でき、決定キー4132の押圧操作によって当該選択を確定できる。こうした操作に基づきステアリングスイッチ4130から出力される操作要求は、図27に示す車内LAN4140を通じて制御部4020に取得される。 The determination key 4132 is formed in a circular shape and is arranged at the center of the steering switch 4130. Each of the direction keys 4131u to 4131r is one of the steering switch 4130 and the region on the outer peripheral side of the enter key 4132 is divided into four equal parts in the circumferential direction. Each direction key 4131u to 4131r is assigned with each direction of up, down, left and right. An operator (viewer) who operates the steering switch 4130 can select a desired item from among a plurality of items by pressing the direction keys 4131u to 4131r, and can confirm the selection by pressing the enter key 4132. An operation request output from the steering switch 4130 based on such an operation is acquired by the control unit 4020 through the in-vehicle LAN 4140 shown in FIG.
 次に、図28に基づいて、マルチ表示領域4011及び虚像表示領域4111の各表示の構成を説明する。 Next, the display configuration of the multi display area 4011 and the virtual image display area 4111 will be described with reference to FIG.
 マルチ表示領域4011に描画される画像4032には、燃費グラフ4032a、車両モデル4042、及び柱状画像4037aが含まれている。燃費グラフ4032aは、幅方向WDに沿って帯状に延伸する複数の棒要素4032bを有している。各棒要素4032bの長さは、所定時間毎の車両の燃費に対応している。複数の棒要素4032bは、マルチ表示領域4011の上縁から下方向DDに向かって並べられており、時間の経過に伴って下方向DDに移動する。そのため、新しい燃費情報を示す棒要素4032bほど、上方向UDに位置している。こうした棒グラフ状の表示により、燃費グラフ4032aは、所定時間毎の燃費の推移を示している。 The image 4032 drawn in the multi-display area 4011 includes a fuel consumption graph 4032a, a vehicle model 4042, and a columnar image 4037a. The fuel consumption graph 4032a has a plurality of bar elements 4032b extending in a band shape along the width direction WD. The length of each bar element 4032b corresponds to the fuel consumption of the vehicle every predetermined time. The plurality of bar elements 4032b are arranged in the downward direction DD from the upper edge of the multi display area 4011, and move in the downward direction DD as time passes. Therefore, the bar element 4032b indicating new fuel efficiency information is positioned in the upward direction UD. With such a bar graph-like display, the fuel consumption graph 4032a shows a change in fuel consumption per predetermined time.
 車両モデル4042は、表示装置4100(図1参照)を搭載する車両の外観形状を模って作成されている。マルチ表示領域4011には、車両モデル4042を後方から俯瞰視した画像が表示される。車両モデル4042の前後方向は、実際の車両の前後方向に沿っている。車両モデル4042は、燃費グラフ4032a及び柱状画像4037aに重畳されている。車両モデル4042は、マルチ表示領域4011の中央に配置されている。 The vehicle model 4042 is created by imitating the appearance of a vehicle on which the display device 4100 (see FIG. 1) is mounted. In the multi display area 4011, an image obtained by bird's-eye view of the vehicle model 4042 is displayed. The front-rear direction of the vehicle model 4042 is along the front-rear direction of the actual vehicle. The vehicle model 4042 is superimposed on the fuel consumption graph 4032a and the columnar image 4037a. The vehicle model 4042 is arranged at the center of the multi display area 4011.
 柱状画像4037aは、マルチ表示領域4011において、燃費グラフ4032a及び車両モデル4042の背景となる画像である。柱状画像4037aは、上下方向に沿って帯状に延伸する路面画像部4037wを有している。路面画像部4037wは、車両モデル4042の走行する車道を模した画像部である。路面画像部4037wの幅方向WDの両側には、一対の境界線4037rが形成されている。二つの境界線4037rの中間に、車両モデル4042は位置している。 The columnar image 4037a is an image serving as a background of the fuel consumption graph 4032a and the vehicle model 4042 in the multi-display area 4011. The columnar image 4037a has a road surface image portion 4037w extending in a strip shape along the vertical direction. The road surface image portion 4037w is an image portion that imitates a roadway on which the vehicle model 4042 travels. A pair of boundary lines 4037r is formed on both sides of the road surface image portion 4037w in the width direction WD. The vehicle model 4042 is located between the two boundary lines 4037r.
 虚像表示領域4111に映し出される虚像4035には、シフトインジケータ4035a、デジタルスピードメータ4035b、柱状虚像4037b、及び項目表示4037tが含まれている。シフトインジケータ4035aは、車両に設けられたシフトレバーの現在の位置を示している。デジタルスピードメータ4035bは、車両の現在の走行速度を示している。デジタルスピードメータ4035bは、幅方向WDにおいてシフトインジケータ4035aと並べられている。 The virtual image 4035 displayed in the virtual image display area 4111 includes a shift indicator 4035a, a digital speedometer 4035b, a columnar virtual image 4037b, and an item display 4037t. The shift indicator 4035a indicates the current position of the shift lever provided in the vehicle. The digital speedometer 4035b indicates the current traveling speed of the vehicle. The digital speedometer 4035b is arranged with the shift indicator 4035a in the width direction WD.
 柱状虚像4037bは、台形形状の表示像であって、シフトインジケータ4035a及びデジタルスピードメータ4035bの下方向DDに配置されている。柱状虚像4037b及び柱状画像4037aの幅方向WDにおける各中央位置は、視認者からの見かけ上にて、互いに揃えられている。項目表示4037tは、マルチ表示領域4011に表示されている項目を、文字によって示している。「Fuel」及び「ECO Bar」等の複数の文字が、項目表示4037tとして、柱状虚像4037bの上方向UDの輪郭に沿って配置されている。 The columnar virtual image 4037b is a trapezoidal display image, and is arranged in the downward direction DD of the shift indicator 4035a and the digital speedometer 4035b. The respective center positions in the width direction WD of the columnar virtual image 4037b and the columnar image 4037a are aligned with each other in terms of appearance from the viewer. The item display 4037t indicates the items displayed in the multi display area 4011 by characters. A plurality of characters such as “Fuel” and “ECO Bar” are arranged as the item display 4037t along the outline of the columnar virtual image 4037b in the upward direction UD.
 以上説明した二つの表示領域4011,4111の各表示は、図29に示すように、仮想空間に配置された三次元モデル及び二次元画像をレンダリングすることにより作成されている。こうしたレンダリング処理は、制御部4020(図27参照)によって行われる。制御部4020は、三次元モデルを動かしつつ順にレンダリングを行うことによって複数フレームの画像を生成し、後述する表示切り替えの際のアニメーションを出力することができる。 Each display of the two display areas 4011 and 4111 described above is created by rendering a three-dimensional model and a two-dimensional image arranged in a virtual space, as shown in FIG. Such rendering processing is performed by the control unit 4020 (see FIG. 27). The control unit 4020 can generate an image of a plurality of frames by sequentially performing rendering while moving the three-dimensional model, and can output an animation at the time of display switching described later.
 仮想空間には、柱状モデル4041、並びに上述した車両モデル4042、燃費グラフ4032a、及び項目表示4037t等が配置されている。柱状モデル4041は、正八角形の頂面4041a及び底面4041bを有する八角柱形状に規定され、矩形形状の側面4041cを複数形成している。柱状モデル4041の側面4041cの数は、マルチ表示領域4011(図28参照)に表示可能な項目の数に対応している。柱状モデル4041は、中心軸を仮想の回転軸RAとして、燃費グラフ4032a及び項目表示4037tと共に回転可能である。 In the virtual space, the columnar model 4041, the above-described vehicle model 4042, the fuel consumption graph 4032a, the item display 4037t, and the like are arranged. The columnar model 4041 is defined as an octagonal prism shape having a regular octagonal top surface 4041a and a bottom surface 4041b, and forms a plurality of rectangular side surfaces 4041c. The number of side surfaces 4041c of the columnar model 4041 corresponds to the number of items that can be displayed in the multi display area 4011 (see FIG. 28). The columnar model 4041 can rotate together with the fuel consumption graph 4032a and the item display 4037t with the central axis as a virtual rotation axis RA.
 車両モデル4042は、柱状モデル4041に形成された一つの側面4041cに置かれている。車両モデル4042は、頂面4041aよりも底面4041bに近い位置に配置されている。燃費グラフ4032a及び項目表示4037tは、共に平面状に規定された画像として、仮想空間に配置されている。燃費グラフ4032aは、車両モデル4042の置かれた側面4041cに配置されている。項目表示4037tは、頂面4041aの外縁に沿って、周方向に等間隔で並んでいる。項目表示4037tの数は、側面4041cの数に対応している。 The vehicle model 4042 is placed on one side surface 4041c formed in the columnar model 4041. The vehicle model 4042 is disposed at a position closer to the bottom surface 4041b than to the top surface 4041a. The fuel consumption graph 4032a and the item display 4037t are both arranged in a virtual space as an image defined in a planar shape. The fuel consumption graph 4032a is arranged on the side surface 4041c on which the vehicle model 4042 is placed. The item display 4037t is lined up at equal intervals in the circumferential direction along the outer edge of the top surface 4041a. The number of item displays 4037t corresponds to the number of side surfaces 4041c.
 図28及び図29に示すように、マルチ表示領域4011に表示される画像4032は、車両モデル4042の後方且つ上方に規定された仮想視点VP1から、各モデル4041,4042及び燃費グラフ4032a等をレンダリングすることで生成される。車両モデル4042と仮想視点VP1との位置関係は、マルチ表示領域4011と運転席に着座する視認者の視点位置との位置関係に対応している。これにより、車両を後方から俯瞰視しているような画像4032が描画される。描画された画像4032では、柱状モデル41において中央から底面4041b寄りの部分が柱状画像4037aとなる。また、車両モデル4042の置かれた側面4041cが、路面画像部4037wとなる。 As shown in FIGS. 28 and 29, the image 4032 displayed in the multi-display area 4011 renders the models 4041, 4042, the fuel consumption graph 4032a, and the like from the virtual viewpoint VP1 defined behind and above the vehicle model 4042. To be generated. The positional relationship between the vehicle model 4042 and the virtual viewpoint VP1 corresponds to the positional relationship between the multi-display area 4011 and the viewpoint position of the viewer seated in the driver's seat. As a result, an image 4032 as if the vehicle is viewed from above is drawn. In the drawn image 4032, a portion near the bottom surface 4041 b from the center in the columnar model 41 becomes a columnar image 4037 a. Further, the side surface 4041c on which the vehicle model 4042 is placed serves as a road surface image portion 4037w.
 虚像表示領域4111に投影される虚像4035の元画像は、車両モデル4042の前方に規定された仮想視点VP2から、柱状モデル4041及び項目表示4037t等をレンダリングすることによって生成される。仮想視点VP2に設定された俯角は、仮想視点VP1に設定された俯角よりも小さくされている。描画された元画像では、柱状モデル4041の頂面4041a側の部分が柱状虚像4037bとなる。 The original image of the virtual image 4035 projected on the virtual image display area 4111 is generated by rendering the columnar model 4041, the item display 4037t, and the like from the virtual viewpoint VP2 defined in front of the vehicle model 4042. The depression angle set for the virtual viewpoint VP2 is smaller than the depression angle set for the virtual viewpoint VP1. In the drawn original image, the portion on the top surface 4041a side of the columnar model 4041 is a columnar virtual image 4037b.
 以上説明した柱状画像4037a及び柱状虚像4037bにより、二つの表示領域4011,4111にまたがる表示として、柱状モデル4041が描き出される。加えて、柱状モデル4041等を回転させた場合の柱状画像4037a及び柱状虚像4037bの各変化は、互いに連動する。そのため、柱状画像4037a及び柱状虚像4037bの各変化により、柱状モデル4041の動きが表情上にて再現される。このように回転表示される柱状モデル4041において、仮想の回転軸RAの軸線方向は、車両の前後方向に沿っている。 The columnar model 4041 is drawn as a display extending over the two display areas 4011 and 4111 by the columnar image 4037a and the columnar virtual image 4037b described above. In addition, changes in the columnar image 4037a and the columnar virtual image 4037b when the columnar model 4041 and the like are rotated are linked to each other. Therefore, the movement of the columnar model 4041 is reproduced on the facial expression due to each change in the columnar image 4037a and the columnar virtual image 4037b. In the columnar model 4041 rotated and displayed in this way, the axis direction of the virtual rotation axis RA is along the front-rear direction of the vehicle.
 このように柱状モデル4041を動かすアニメーションは、例えばマルチ表示領域4011に表示される表示項目を変更する場合に用いられる。具体的に図30のA欄~図30のC欄には、マルチ表示領域4011に表示されている燃費グラフ4032aを、エコゲージ4032cに切り替える場合の表示が示されている。エコゲージ4032cは、車両に搭載された走行用機関の消費燃料量を、車両モデル4042まわりに部分円環状に延びるバー状の画像部によって可視化している。以下、図30に基づき、図27を参照しつつ、燃費グラフ4032aをエコゲージ4032cに切り替える表示切り替えの詳細を説明する。 The animation for moving the columnar model 4041 in this way is used when, for example, the display items displayed in the multi display area 4011 are changed. Specifically, columns A to C in FIG. 30 show displays when the fuel consumption graph 4032a displayed in the multi-display area 4011 is switched to the eco gauge 4032c. The eco gauge 4032c visualizes the amount of fuel consumed by the traveling engine mounted on the vehicle by a bar-shaped image portion extending around the vehicle model 4042 in a partial annular shape. Hereinafter, details of display switching for switching the fuel consumption graph 4032a to the eco gauge 4032c will be described with reference to FIG. 27 based on FIG.
 視認者は、方向キー4131l,4131rに左右方向への移動操作を入力することにより、図30のA欄に示す燃費グラフ4032aから、他の表示項目への切り替えを指示する。すると、柱状モデル4041が周方向に回転して見えるよう、柱状画像4037a及び柱状虚像4037bが変化する。左方向の方向キー4131lに操作が入力された場合の図30のA欄及び図30のB欄では、柱状モデル4041は、反時計回りに回転する。このように、柱状モデル4041の移動方向は、操作の入力された特定方向(左方向)に対応する。 The viewer gives an instruction to switch to another display item from the fuel consumption graph 4032a shown in the column A of FIG. 30 by inputting a moving operation in the left-right direction to the direction keys 4131l and 4131r. Then, the columnar image 4037a and the columnar virtual image 4037b change so that the columnar model 4041 appears to rotate in the circumferential direction. In the column A in FIG. 30 and the column B in FIG. 30 when an operation is input to the left direction key 4131l, the columnar model 4041 rotates counterclockwise. Thus, the moving direction of the columnar model 4041 corresponds to the specific direction (left direction) in which the operation is input.
 具体的に、虚像表示領域4111では、柱状モデル4041の反時計回りの回転が、柱状虚像4037bの変化によって映し出される。柱状虚像4037bに映された柱状モデル4041の回転に同期するように、「Fuel」及び「ECO Bar」等の項目表示4037tが、左方向へと移動する。 Specifically, in the virtual image display area 4111, the counterclockwise rotation of the columnar model 4041 is projected by a change in the columnar virtual image 4037b. The item display 4037t such as “Fuel” and “ECO Bar” moves to the left so as to synchronize with the rotation of the columnar model 4041 displayed in the columnar virtual image 4037b.
 マルチ表示領域4011では、柱状モデル4041の反時計回りの回転が、柱状画像4037aの変化によって描画される。柱状画像4037aに描画された柱状モデル4041の回転に同期するように、路面画像部4037wであった側面4041c及び燃費グラフ4032aが、マルチ表示領域4011の中央から左縁へと移動する。加えて、路面画像部4037wの右側の側面4041c及びエコゲージ4032cが、マルチ表示領域4011の右縁から中央へと移動する。一方で、車両モデル4042は、柱状モデル4041等と共に移動することなく、マルチ表示領域4011の中央に規定された表示位置を維持する。 In the multi-display area 4011, the counterclockwise rotation of the columnar model 4041 is drawn by a change in the columnar image 4037a. The side surface 4041c and the fuel consumption graph 4032a, which are the road surface image portion 4037w, move from the center of the multi display area 4011 to the left edge so as to synchronize with the rotation of the columnar model 4041 drawn on the columnar image 4037a. In addition, the right side surface 4041c and the eco gauge 4032c of the road surface image portion 4037w move from the right edge of the multi display area 4011 to the center. On the other hand, the vehicle model 4042 maintains the display position defined in the center of the multi display area 4011 without moving together with the columnar model 4041 and the like.
 柱状モデル4041の回転変位が完了した状態を示す図30のC欄では、「ECO Bar」の項目表示4037tが、虚像表示領域4111の幅方向WDの中央に位置する。また、マルチ表示領域4011の幅方向WDの中央まで到達した側面4041cが、新たな路面画像部4037wとなる。以上により、車両モデル4042は、二本の境界線4037rの中央に再び位置する。さらに、車両モデル4042の外周を囲むように、エコゲージ4032cが配置される。 In the column C of FIG. 30 showing a state where the rotational displacement of the columnar model 4041 is completed, the item display 4037t of “ECO Bar” is located in the center of the virtual image display area 4111 in the width direction WD. Further, the side surface 4041c that reaches the center of the multi-display region 4011 in the width direction WD becomes a new road surface image portion 4037w. Thus, the vehicle model 4042 is positioned again at the center of the two boundary lines 4037r. Further, an eco gauge 4032c is arranged so as to surround the outer periphery of the vehicle model 4042.
 以上の表示変化を実現するために、制御部4020にて実施される処理を、図31に基づき、図27及び図28を参照しつつて説明する。図31に示す処理は、ステアリングスイッチ4130等の操作により、マルチ表示領域4011の表示項目が切り替え可能とされたことに基づき、制御部4020によって開始される。この処理は、例えば決定キー4132の押圧操作により、表示項目の切り替えが確定されるまで、制御部4020によって繰り返し実施される。 The processing performed by the control unit 4020 to realize the above display change will be described based on FIG. 31 and with reference to FIG. 27 and FIG. The processing shown in FIG. 31 is started by the control unit 4020 based on the fact that the display items in the multi-display area 4011 can be switched by operating the steering switch 4130 or the like. This process is repeatedly performed by the control unit 4020 until, for example, the switching of display items is confirmed by pressing the enter key 4132.
 S4101では、車内LAN4140に出力された操作要求の取得処理を行い、S4102に進む。S4102では、左右の方向キー4131l,4131rの操作が有ったか否かを判定する。S4101にて取得した操作要求の中に、方向キー4131l,4131rの操作に基づく操作要求がない場合には、S4104に進む。一方で、方向キー4131l,4131rの操作に基づく操作要求を取得していた場合には、S4103に進む。 In S4101, an operation request output process is performed on the in-vehicle LAN 4140, and the process proceeds to S4102. In S4102, it is determined whether or not the left and right direction keys 4131l and 4131r have been operated. If there is no operation request based on the operation of the direction keys 4131l and 4131r in the operation request acquired in S4101, the process proceeds to S4104. On the other hand, if an operation request based on the operation of the direction keys 4131l and 4131r has been acquired, the process proceeds to S4103.
 S4103では、三次元モデルの回転処理を実施し、S4104に進む。その結果、柱状モデル4041(図29参照)等が回転することで、各表示領域4011,4111に表示された柱状画像4037a及び柱状虚像4037bが連動して変化する。これにより、柱状モデル4041を回転させるアニメーションが表示される。 In S4103, a rotation process of the three-dimensional model is performed, and the process proceeds to S4104. As a result, by rotating the columnar model 4041 (see FIG. 29) or the like, the columnar image 4037a and the columnar virtual image 4037b displayed in the display areas 4011 and 4111 change in conjunction with each other. Thereby, an animation for rotating the columnar model 4041 is displayed.
 S4104では、決定キー4132の操作が有ったか否かを判定する。S4101にて取得した操作要求の中に、決定キー4132の操作に基づく操作要求がない場合には、S4101に戻る。一方で、決定キー4132の操作に基づく操作要求を取得していた場合には、表示切り替えのための処理を終了する。 In S4104, it is determined whether or not the enter key 4132 has been operated. If there is no operation request based on the operation of the enter key 4132 in the operation request acquired in S4101, the process returns to S4101. On the other hand, if an operation request based on the operation of the enter key 4132 has been acquired, the processing for display switching is terminated.
 ここまで説明した本実施形態では、視認者がステアリングスイッチ4130へ操作を入力すると、二つの表示領域4011,4111にまたがって表示される柱状モデル4041が、動いて見える。そのため、視認者が二つの表示領域4011,4111のうちで一方のみを注視していた場合でも、この視認者は、柱状画像4037a及び柱状虚像4037bのいずれかの変化を視認できる。また、視認者が二つの表示領域4011,4111の両方を見ていた場合でも、この視認者は、柱状画像4037a及び柱状虚像4037bの各変化を、柱状モデル4041による一つの動きとして、違和感なく視認できる。したがって、表示装置4100は、複数の表示領域を備えていても、ステアリングスイッチ4130への入力操作が受け付けられたことを、視認者に分かり易く通知できる。 In the present embodiment described so far, when the viewer inputs an operation to the steering switch 4130, the columnar model 4041 displayed across the two display areas 4011 and 4111 appears to move. Therefore, even when the viewer is gazing at only one of the two display areas 4011 and 4111, the viewer can visually recognize any change in the columnar image 4037a and the columnar virtual image 4037b. Further, even when the viewer looks at both of the two display areas 4011 and 4111, the viewer can visually recognize each change in the columnar image 4037 a and the columnar virtual image 4037 b as one movement by the columnar model 4041. it can. Therefore, even if the display device 4100 includes a plurality of display areas, the viewer can easily be notified that the input operation to the steering switch 4130 has been accepted.
 加えて本実施形態における柱状モデル4041は、立体形状に見えるよう表示されているため、視認者の目を惹き易い。加えて、柱状モデル4041を回転させる表示では、各表示領域4011,4111の奥側へ向かうような動きが、柱状画像4037a及び柱状虚像4037bの各変化によって表現される。その結果、柱状モデル4041の奥行き感が強調されるため、視認者の目は、柱状モデル4041にいっそう惹かれ易くなる。したがって、柱状モデル4041を回転させる表示の採用により、入力操作を受け付けたことの通知は、視認者にいっそう伝わり易くなる。 In addition, since the columnar model 4041 in the present embodiment is displayed so as to look like a three-dimensional shape, it is easy to attract the eyes of the viewer. In addition, in the display in which the columnar model 4041 is rotated, the movement toward the far side of the display areas 4011 and 4111 is expressed by changes in the columnar image 4037a and the columnar virtual image 4037b. As a result, the sense of depth of the columnar model 4041 is emphasized, so that the eyes of the viewer are more attracted to the columnar model 4041. Therefore, by adopting a display that rotates the columnar model 4041, the notification that the input operation has been accepted is more easily transmitted to the viewer.
 また本実施形態によれば、仮想回転軸RAの軸線方向が車両の前後方向に沿っているため、柱状画像4037a及び柱状虚像4037bは、車両の幅方向WD、即ち、表示の水平方向に移動するような変化を示す。こうした水平方向の動きは、鉛直方向の動きよりも視認者に知覚され易い。故に、仮想回転軸RAの軸線方向を車両の前後方向に沿わせた上述の表示は、通知の確実性を高めることができる。 Further, according to the present embodiment, since the axial direction of the virtual rotation axis RA is along the front-rear direction of the vehicle, the columnar image 4037a and the columnar virtual image 4037b move in the vehicle width direction WD, that is, the display horizontal direction. Such changes are shown. Such horizontal movement is more easily perceived by the viewer than vertical movement. Therefore, the above-described display in which the axial direction of the virtual rotation axis RA is along the front-rear direction of the vehicle can improve the reliability of notification.
 さらに本実施形態では、表示を切り替える際のアニメーションにおいて、上下方向に延伸した一対の境界線4037rが、表示の水平方向に移動する。こうした境界線4037rの移動は、視認者にとって知覚容易である。故に、境界線4037rを用いて水平方向の動きを強調させれば、通知の確実性はいっそう向上する。 Furthermore, in the present embodiment, in the animation when switching the display, the pair of boundary lines 4037r extending in the vertical direction moves in the horizontal direction of the display. Such movement of the boundary line 4037r is easily perceivable by the viewer. Therefore, if the horizontal movement is emphasized using the boundary line 4037r, the certainty of notification is further improved.
 加えて本実施形態にて、路面画像部4037wの中央に配置される車両モデル4042は、表示項目が切り替えられた場合でも、マルチ表示領域4011における表示位置を維持している。故に、車両モデル4042と柱状画像4037aとを対比することにより、視認者は、柱状モデル4041の動きを知覚し易くなる。さらに、柱状モデル4041の回転変位が開始された後、車両モデル4042が再び路面画像部4037wの中央に位置したことにより、視認者は、回転変位の終了を把握することができる。以上によれば、柱状モデル4041による通知は、さらに分かり易いものとなる。 In addition, in this embodiment, the vehicle model 4042 arranged in the center of the road surface image portion 4037w maintains the display position in the multi-display area 4011 even when the display item is switched. Therefore, by comparing the vehicle model 4042 and the columnar image 4037a, the viewer can easily perceive the movement of the columnar model 4041. Furthermore, after the rotational displacement of the columnar model 4041 is started, the viewer can grasp the end of the rotational displacement because the vehicle model 4042 is again positioned at the center of the road surface image portion 4037w. Based on the above, the notification by the columnar model 4041 becomes easier to understand.
 また本実施形態のように、車両の外観形状を模った車両モデル4042を用いることで、柱状モデル4041の側面4041cは、路面画像部4037wとして、車両が走行する道路に見立てられ得る。このように、車両モデル4042と柱状モデル4041とを組み合わせた表示は、道路を走行中の車両を想起させるような態様となるため、車搭される表示装置4100の表示として、特に好適となる。 Further, as in the present embodiment, by using the vehicle model 4042 simulating the appearance of the vehicle, the side surface 4041c of the columnar model 4041 can be regarded as a road on which the vehicle travels as the road surface image portion 4037w. In this way, the display combining the vehicle model 4042 and the columnar model 4041 is an aspect that recalls a vehicle traveling on a road, and thus is particularly suitable as a display of the display device 4100 mounted on the vehicle.
 そして本実施形態では、各方向キー4131l,4131rに割り当てられた方向と、柱状モデル4041の移動方向とが対応している。故に視認者は、自ら入力した入力操作と、当該入力操作に基づく柱状モデル4041の動きとを関連付け易くなる。以上により、視認者は、柱状モデル4041の動きから、入力操作が受け付けられたことを容易に把握できるようになる。 In this embodiment, the direction assigned to each of the direction keys 4131l and 4131r corresponds to the moving direction of the columnar model 4041. Therefore, the viewer can easily associate the input operation input by himself / herself with the movement of the columnar model 4041 based on the input operation. As described above, the viewer can easily grasp that the input operation has been accepted from the movement of the columnar model 4041.
 尚、本実施形態において、マルチ表示領域4011が「第一表示領域」に相当し、液晶表示器4013が「表示部」に相当し、制御部4020が「表示制御部」に相当する。また、柱状モデル4041が「連係表示体」に相当し、車両モデル4042が「固定表示体」に相当し、柱状画像4037aが「連係画像」に相当する。さらに、柱状虚像4037bが「連係虚像」に相当し、HUD4060が「投影部」に相当し、ウィンドシールド4110が「投影部」に相当する。そして、虚像表示領域4111が「第二表示領域」に相当し、ステアリングスイッチ4130が「入力部」に相当し、表示装置4100が「車両用表示装置」に相当する。 In the present embodiment, the multi display area 4011 corresponds to the “first display area”, the liquid crystal display 4013 corresponds to the “display section”, and the control section 4020 corresponds to the “display control section”. Further, the columnar model 4041 corresponds to a “link display”, the vehicle model 4042 corresponds to a “fixed display”, and the column image 4037a corresponds to a “link image”. Further, the columnar virtual image 4037b corresponds to a “linked virtual image”, the HUD 4060 corresponds to a “projection unit”, and the windshield 4110 corresponds to a “projection unit”. The virtual image display area 4111 corresponds to a “second display area”, the steering switch 4130 corresponds to an “input unit”, and the display device 4100 corresponds to a “vehicle display device”.
 (第四実施形態における他の実施形態)
 以上、本開示による第四実施形態について説明したが、本開示は、上記実施形態に限定して解釈されるものではなく、本開示の要旨を逸脱しない範囲内において種々の実施形態及び組み合わせに適用することができる。
(Other embodiments in the fourth embodiment)
The fourth embodiment according to the present disclosure has been described above. However, the present disclosure is not construed as being limited to the above-described embodiment, and can be applied to various embodiments and combinations without departing from the scope of the present disclosure. can do.
 上記実施形態では、三次元モデルのリアルタイムレンダリングにより、表示項目を切り替える際のアニメーションが生成されていた。しかし、アニメーションに必要な表示部品のイメージデータを制御部のストレージに収容可能であれば、上述のレンダリング処理に替えて、複数の表示部品を組み合わせた画像を連続表示することにより、表示項目を切り替えるアニメーションが再生されてもよい。 In the above embodiment, an animation for switching display items is generated by real-time rendering of a three-dimensional model. However, if the display part image data required for the animation can be stored in the storage of the control unit, the display item is switched by continuously displaying an image obtained by combining a plurality of display parts instead of the above-described rendering processing. An animation may be played.
 上記実施形態では、燃費グラフ4032aをエコゲージ4032cに切り替える場合を説明したが、切り替え可能な表示項目は、これらの計器画像に限定されない。例えば、車両に作用する加速度を可視化した加速度メータや、過給圧を示すブーストメータ等が、他の計器画像として切り替え可能である。また、下方向の方向キー4131dの操作に基づいて、虚像表示領域4111に表示されたデジタルスピードメータ4035bが、マルチ表示領域4011に移動可能であってもよい。この場合、柱状モデル4041が回転軸RAの軸線方向に沿って車両モデル4042の後方向へ移動して見えるように、柱状画像4037a及び柱状虚像4037bが変化する。 In the above embodiment, the case where the fuel consumption graph 4032a is switched to the eco gauge 4032c has been described, but display items that can be switched are not limited to these instrument images. For example, an accelerometer that visualizes acceleration acting on the vehicle, a boost meter that indicates supercharging pressure, and the like can be switched as other instrument images. Further, the digital speedometer 4035b displayed in the virtual image display area 4111 may be movable to the multi display area 4011 based on the operation of the down direction key 4131d. In this case, the columnar image 4037a and the columnar virtual image 4037b change so that the columnar model 4041 appears to move backward in the vehicle model 4042 along the axial direction of the rotation axis RA.
 上記実施形態では、周方向に回転する柱状モデル4041が「連係表示体」に相当していた。しかし、「連係表示体」の形態及び動きは、適宜変更可能である。例えば上記実施形態の変形例1では、格子状に描かれた背景画像が、「連係表示体」として「連係画像」及び「連係虚像」により表示される。そして、これらの「連係画像」及び「連係虚像」が、方向キー4131u~4131rの操作に対応して、上下左右にグリッド線を移動させる変化をする。別の変形例2では、球状に規定された球体モデルが「連係表示体」として「連係画像」及び「連係虚像」によって表示される。この球体モデルは、視認者の操作に対応した方向に回転する。さらに別の変形例では、複数の柱状モデル等が「連係表示体」として「連係画像」及び「連係虚像」によって表示される。 In the above embodiment, the columnar model 4041 rotating in the circumferential direction corresponds to the “linkage display body”. However, the form and movement of the “link display” can be changed as appropriate. For example, in the first modification of the above-described embodiment, the background image drawn in a lattice shape is displayed as “linked display” as “linked image” and “linked virtual image”. These “linked image” and “linked virtual image” change to move the grid line up, down, left, and right in response to the operation of the direction keys 4131u to 4131r. In another modified example 2, a spherical model defined in a spherical shape is displayed as a “link display” as “link image” and “link virtual image”. This spherical model rotates in a direction corresponding to the operation of the viewer. In still another modified example, a plurality of columnar models and the like are displayed as “linkage display bodies” as “linkage images” and “linkage virtual images”.
 以上のように、「連係表示体」の動きは、回転変位に限定されず、平行移動や、回転変位及び平行移動の組み合わせであってもよい。さらに、「連係表示体」は、拡大又は縮小されるような動きをしてもよい。 As described above, the movement of the “linkage display body” is not limited to rotational displacement, and may be parallel movement or a combination of rotational displacement and parallel movement. Furthermore, the “linkage display” may move so as to be enlarged or reduced.
 また、多角柱形状の柱状モデルを採用する形態では、回転軸RAの軸線方向は、車両の前後方向に対して傾斜した姿勢であってもよい。加えて、マルチ表示領域4011に表示可能な表示項目の数に応じて、柱状モデルの側面の数が増減可能であってもよい。さらに、「連係表示体」の動く方向は、方向キーに割り当てられた方向と一致しない場合があってもよい。 Further, in the form employing the polygonal columnar columnar model, the axis direction of the rotation axis RA may be inclined with respect to the front-rear direction of the vehicle. In addition, the number of side surfaces of the columnar model may be increased or decreased according to the number of display items that can be displayed in the multi-display area 4011. Furthermore, the direction in which the “link display” moves may not match the direction assigned to the direction key.
 上記実施形態では、移動しない画像として車両モデル4042が表示されていたが、こうした「固定表示体」の形状及び配置は、適宜変更可能である。例えば、デジタルスピードメータのような計器画像が、「固定表示体」として、マルチ表示領域4011の下縁近傍に表示されてもよい。また「固定表示体」の表示は、省略されていてもよい。 In the above embodiment, the vehicle model 4042 is displayed as an image that does not move, but the shape and arrangement of such a “fixed display” can be changed as appropriate. For example, an instrument image such as a digital speedometer may be displayed near the lower edge of the multi display area 4011 as a “fixed display”. The display of “fixed display body” may be omitted.
 上記実施形態では、表示像が投影される「投影部」として、車両のウィンドシールドが用いられていたが、「投影部」は、ウィンドシールドに限定されない。例えば、透光性樹脂により板状に形成され、インスツルメントパネル上面又はウィンドシールドの車室内側に取り付けられたコンバイナが、「投影部」に相当する構成として設置されていてもよい。 In the above embodiment, the vehicle windshield is used as the “projection unit” on which the display image is projected. However, the “projection unit” is not limited to the windshield. For example, a combiner that is formed in a plate shape with a translucent resin and attached to the upper surface of the instrument panel or the vehicle interior side of the windshield may be installed as a configuration corresponding to the “projection unit”.
 上記実施形態のプロジェクタは、TFT方式の液晶表示器と投影光源を組み合わせた構成であった。しかし、表示像を投影するための構成は、適宜変更可能である。例えば、TFT方式以外の液晶表示器が採用可能である。さらに、DLP(Digital Light Processing:登録商標)プロジェクタやCRTプロジェクタ等により、表示像が投影されてもよい。さらに、MEMS(Micro Electro Mechanical Systems)を用いたレーザスキャナが、表示像を投影する構成として、「投影部」に含まれていてもよい。 The projector of the above embodiment has a configuration in which a TFT liquid crystal display and a projection light source are combined. However, the configuration for projecting the display image can be changed as appropriate. For example, a liquid crystal display other than the TFT method can be used. Further, a display image may be projected by a DLP (Digital Light Processing: registered trademark) projector, a CRT projector, or the like. Furthermore, a laser scanner using MEMS (Micro Electro Mechanical Systems) may be included in the “projection unit” as a configuration for projecting a display image.
 上記実施形態において、プログラムを実行した制御部4020により提供されていた「表示制御部」の機能は、上述の構成と異なるハードウェア及びソフトウェア、或いはこれらの組み合わせによって提供されてよい。例えば、コンビネーションメータ及びHUDにそれぞれ設けられた制御部の連係によって「表示制御部」の機能が提供されてよい。さらに、プログラムによらないで所定の機能を果たす回路により、各表示領域の表示等を制御する上述の機能が提供されてよい。 In the above embodiment, the function of the “display control unit” provided by the control unit 4020 that executes the program may be provided by hardware and software different from the above-described configuration, or a combination thereof. For example, the function of the “display control unit” may be provided by linking a control unit provided in each of the combination meter and the HUD. Furthermore, the above-described function for controlling the display of each display area may be provided by a circuit that performs a predetermined function without depending on a program.
 尚、HUDに表示される情報の情報量は、コンビネーションメータに表示される情報の情報量に比べて、少なくてもよい。 Note that the amount of information displayed on the HUD may be smaller than the amount of information displayed on the combination meter.
 本開示の第四実施形態によれば、離れて位置する複数の表示領域を備えていても、入力部への入力操作が受け付けられたことを視認者に分かり易く通知可能な車両用表示装置が提供される。 According to the fourth embodiment of the present disclosure, there is provided a vehicular display device that can easily notify a viewer that an input operation to the input unit has been accepted even though the display area is provided with a plurality of distant display regions. Provided.
 本開示の第四の態様によれば、車両に搭載され、車両の室内に設けられた入力部への操作に基づく操作要求によって複数の表示領域の表示を変更する車両用表示装置が提供される。車両用表示装置は、室内に配置された第一表示領域に画像を表示する表示部と、車両の前景を透過する投影部に規定された第二表示領域に表示像を投影することにより、当該表示像の虚像を室内から視認可能にする投影部と、操作要求を取得し、取得した当該操作要求に基づいて第一表示領域の画像及び第二表示領域の虚像が変更されるよう、表示部及び投影部を制御する表示制御部と、を備え、表示制御部は、第一表示領域に描画される連係画像と第二表示領域に映し出される連係虚像とによって二つの表示領域にまたがる連係表示体を表示させ、操作要求に基づき、連係表示体が動いて見えるよう、連係画像及び連係虚像の各変化を連動させる。 According to the fourth aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided a vehicular display device that is mounted on a vehicle and changes the display of a plurality of display areas in response to an operation request based on an operation to an input unit provided in a vehicle interior. . The vehicle display device projects a display image on a second display region defined by a display unit that displays an image in a first display region arranged indoors and a projection unit that transmits the foreground of the vehicle. A projection unit that allows a virtual image of a display image to be visually recognized from the room, and a display unit that acquires an operation request and changes the image of the first display region and the virtual image of the second display region based on the acquired operation request. And a display control unit that controls the projection unit, and the display control unit is a linked display body that spans two display areas by a linked image drawn in the first display area and a linked virtual image projected in the second display area. Is displayed, and each change of the linked image and the linked virtual image is linked so that the linked display body appears to move based on the operation request.
 上記車両用表示装置によれば、視認者が表示領域の表示を変更する操作を入力部へ入力すると、第一表示領域に描画される連係画像と第二表示領域に映し出される連係虚像とが連動して変化する。こうした各表示領域における表示態様の変化により、連係画像及び連係虚像によって表示される連係表示体であって、二つの表示領域にまたがる表示とされた連係表示体が、動いて見えるようになる。 According to the vehicle display device, when the viewer inputs an operation to change the display area display to the input unit, the linked image drawn in the first display area and the linked virtual image projected in the second display area are linked. And change. By such a change in the display mode in each display area, the linked display body displayed by the linked image and the linked virtual image, which is displayed across the two display areas, appears to move.
 以上の表示により、第一表示領域及び第二表示領域のうちで視認者が一方のみを注視していた場合でも、この視認者は、連係画像及び連係虚像のいずれかの変化を視認することができる。また、視認者が二つの表示領域の両方を見ていた場合でも、この視認者は、連係画像及び連係虚像の各変化を、連係表示体による一つの動きとして違和感なく視認できる。したがって、離れて位置する複数の表示領域を備える形態であっても、入力部への入力操作が受け付けられたことを、車両用表示装置は、視認者に分かり易く通知できる。 With the above display, even when the viewer is gazing at only one of the first display area and the second display area, the viewer can visually recognize a change in either the linked image or the linked virtual image. it can. Further, even when the viewer looks at both of the two display areas, the viewer can visually recognize each change of the linked image and the linked virtual image as a single movement by the linked display body. Therefore, even if it is a form provided with the several display area located away, the display apparatus for vehicles can notify a viewer easily that the input operation to an input part was received.
 つまり、本開示の第四の態様によれば、車両に搭載され、前記車両の室内に設けられた入力部への操作に基づく操作要求によって複数の表示領域の表示を変更する車両用表示装置であって、前記室内に配置された第一表示領域に画像を表示する表示部と、前記車両の前景を透過する投影部に規定された第二表示領域に表示像を投影することにより、当該表示像の虚像を前記室内から視認可能にする投影部と、前記操作要求を取得し、取得した当該操作要求に基づいて前記第一表示領域の画像及び前記第二表示領域の虚像が変更されるよう、前記表示部及び前記投影部を制御する表示制御部と、を備え、前記表示制御部は、前記第一表示領域に描画される連係画像と前記第二表示領域に映し出される連係虚像とによって二つの前記表示領域にまたがる連係表示体を表示させ、前記操作要求に基づき、前記連係表示体が動いて見えるよう、前記連係画像及び前記連係虚像の各変化を連動させる車両用表示装置が提供される。 That is, according to the fourth aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided a vehicle display device that is mounted on a vehicle and changes the display of a plurality of display areas in response to an operation request based on an operation to an input unit provided in the vehicle interior. A display unit configured to display an image on a first display region disposed in the room and a display image projected onto a second display region defined by a projection unit that transmits the foreground of the vehicle. A projection unit that makes a virtual image of an image visible from inside the room, the operation request is acquired, and the image of the first display area and the virtual image of the second display area are changed based on the acquired operation request. A display control unit that controls the display unit and the projection unit, and the display control unit is configured to display two images by a linked image drawn in the first display area and a linked virtual image projected in the second display area. In the two display areas And want to display the associated display element, based on the operation request, to appear to move said linkage display body, the association image and the vehicle display device that links the changes in the association virtual image is provided.
 加えて、上記車両用表示装置において、前記表示制御部は、立体形状に規定された前記連係表示体が回転して見えるよう、前記連係画像及び前記連係虚像を変化させてもよい。 In addition, in the vehicle display device, the display control unit may change the linked image and the linked virtual image so that the linked display body defined in a three-dimensional shape appears to rotate.
 加えて、上記車両用表示装置において、前記連係表示体における仮想の回転軸の軸線方向は、前記車両の前後方向に沿っていてもよい。 In addition, in the vehicular display device, the axis direction of the virtual rotation axis in the linkage display body may be along the front-rear direction of the vehicle.
 加えて、上記車両用表示装置において、前記連係表示体は、複数の側面を形成する仮想の多角柱形状に規定され、前記操作要求に基づいて周方向に回転してもよい。 In addition, in the vehicle display device, the linkage display body may be defined in a virtual polygonal column shape that forms a plurality of side surfaces, and may rotate in the circumferential direction based on the operation request.
 加えて、上記車両用表示装置において、前記表示制御部は、周方向において前記連係表示体の前記側面の中央に重畳され、前記操作要求を取得した場合でも表示位置を維持する固定表示体を、前記第一表示領域及び前記第二表示領域の少なくとも一方に表示させてもよい。 In addition, in the display device for a vehicle, the display control unit is superimposed on a center of the side surface of the linkage display body in a circumferential direction, and a fixed display body that maintains a display position even when the operation request is acquired, You may display on at least one of said 1st display area and said 2nd display area.
 加えて、上記車両用表示装置において、前記表示制御部は、前記車両の外観形状を模った前記固定表示体を表示させてもよい。 In addition, in the vehicle display device, the display control unit may display the fixed display body imitating the appearance of the vehicle.
 加えて、上記車両用表示装置は、特定方向への移動操作が入力される方向キーを有する前記入力部への入力に基づいて表示を変更する車両用表示装置であって、前記表示制御部は、前記方向キーへの入力に基づく前記操作要求を取得した場合に、前記特定方向に対応した移動方向に前記連係表示体が動いて見えるよう、前記連係画像及び前記連係虚像を変化させてもよい。
(第五実施形態)
 図20に示す本開示の第五実施形態による表示装置5100は、車両に搭載されており、コンビネーションメータ5010、ヘッドアップディスプレイ(以下「HUD」)5060、及び発光部5080等を組み合わせることによって構成されている。図20及び図32に示すように、表示装置5100は、例えば走行速度等、車両に係わる種々の情報を複数の表示領域のそれぞれに表示する。
In addition, the vehicular display device is a vehicular display device that changes a display based on an input to the input unit having a direction key to which a movement operation in a specific direction is input, and the display control unit When the operation request based on the input to the direction key is acquired, the linkage image and the linkage virtual image may be changed so that the linkage display body appears to move in a movement direction corresponding to the specific direction. .
(Fifth embodiment)
A display device 5100 according to the fifth embodiment of the present disclosure shown in FIG. 20 is mounted on a vehicle, and is configured by combining a combination meter 5010, a head-up display (hereinafter “HUD”) 5060, a light emitting unit 5080, and the like. ing. As shown in FIGS. 20 and 32, the display device 5100 displays various information related to the vehicle such as the traveling speed in each of the plurality of display areas.
 コンビネーションメータ5010は、複数の表示領域が形成された正面側を運転席に向けた姿勢にて、インスツルメントパネル5120に形成された空間5122内に収容されている。インスツルメントパネル5120は、車両において、ウィンドシールド5110の下方向DDに設置されている。インスツルメントパネル5120には、上方向UDに突き出したフード部5121が形成されている。空間5122は、フード部5121によって区画されており、運転席の前方向に形成されている。コンビネーションメータ5010は、フード部5121の下方向DDに位置し、マルチ表示領域5011、二つの指針表示領域5015、及び複数のインジケータ5018を形成している。 The combination meter 5010 is housed in a space 5122 formed in the instrument panel 5120 in a posture in which the front side on which a plurality of display areas are formed faces the driver's seat. The instrument panel 5120 is installed in the downward direction DD of the windshield 5110 in the vehicle. The instrument panel 5120 is formed with a hood portion 5121 protruding in the upward direction UD. The space 5122 is partitioned by the hood portion 5121 and is formed in the front direction of the driver's seat. The combination meter 5010 is positioned in the downward direction DD of the hood portion 5121, and forms a multi display area 5011, two pointer display areas 5015, and a plurality of indicators 5018.
 マルチ表示領域5011は、コンビネーションメータ5010の中央に配置されている。マルチ表示領域5011は、表示画面5012に映し出される種々の画像5032によって情報を表示する。二つの指針表示領域5015は、マルチ表示領域5011の側方に位置し、マルチ表示領域5011の幅方向WDにおける両側に配置されている。各指針表示領域5015は、変位(回転)する指針5016によって情報を表示する。複数のインジケータ5018は、コンビネーションメータ5010の正面側において、マルチ表示領域5011及び指針表示領域5015を除く領域に主に形成されている。各インジケータ5018は、文字及び記号等のアイコンを発光表示させることにより、車両に関する種々の警告を視認者に対し行う。 The multi display area 5011 is arranged at the center of the combination meter 5010. The multi display area 5011 displays information using various images 5032 displayed on the display screen 5012. The two pointer display areas 5015 are located on the sides of the multi display area 5011 and are arranged on both sides of the multi display area 5011 in the width direction WD. Each pointer display area 5015 displays information by a pointer 5016 that is displaced (rotated). The plurality of indicators 5018 are mainly formed in an area excluding the multi display area 5011 and the pointer display area 5015 on the front side of the combination meter 5010. Each indicator 5018 performs various warnings related to the vehicle to the viewer by causing icons such as characters and symbols to emit light.
 HUD5060は、凹面鏡等によって構成される光学系5064、虚像5035として表示される表示像の光を射出するプロジェクタ5061、並びに光学系5064及びプロジェクタ5061を収容する筐体5065を備えている。HUD5060は、コンビネーションメータ5010よりも車両の前方向に配置され、インスツルメントパネル5120内に収容されている。 The HUD 5060 includes an optical system 5064 configured by a concave mirror or the like, a projector 5061 that emits light of a display image displayed as a virtual image 5035, and a housing 5065 that houses the optical system 5064 and the projector 5061. The HUD 5060 is disposed in front of the vehicle with respect to the combination meter 5010 and is accommodated in the instrument panel 5120.
 HUD5060は、プロジェクタ5061から射出された表示像の光を光学系5064によって反射させ、ウィンドシールド5110内に規定された虚像表示領域5111に向けて投影する。虚像表示領域5111は、車両の前景を透過するウィンドシールド5110のうちで、フード部5121の上方向UDに規定されている。運転席に着座する運転者(視認者)の見かけ上において、虚像表示領域5111は、下方向DDに位置するマルチ表示領域5011と、幅方向WDの中央位置を揃えられている。運転席に着座する視認者は、虚像表示領域5111によって車室内側に反射された光を知覚することにより、虚像表示領域5111を通して、車両の前景に重ねられた虚像5035を視認可能となる。 The HUD 5060 reflects the display image light emitted from the projector 5061 by the optical system 5064 and projects it toward the virtual image display area 5111 defined in the windshield 5110. The virtual image display area 5111 is defined in the upward direction UD of the hood portion 5121 in the windshield 5110 that transmits the foreground of the vehicle. In terms of the appearance of the driver (viewer) sitting in the driver's seat, the virtual image display area 5111 is aligned with the multi-display area 5011 positioned in the downward direction DD and the center position in the width direction WD. The viewer sitting in the driver's seat can perceive the virtual image 5035 superimposed on the foreground of the vehicle through the virtual image display area 5111 by perceiving the light reflected toward the vehicle interior by the virtual image display area 5111.
 HUD5060は、枠表示器5066をさらに有している。枠表示器5066は、筐体5065に形成された開口5065aの周囲に設けられている。開口5065aは、矩形状に形成されており、無色透明の防塵カバー5070によって塞がれている。光学系5064からウィンドシールド5110に向かう表示像の光は、防塵カバー5070を透過することにより、開口5065aを通過する。 The HUD 5060 further includes a frame display 5066. The frame indicator 5066 is provided around an opening 5065 a formed in the housing 5065. The opening 5065a is formed in a rectangular shape and is closed by a colorless and transparent dustproof cover 5070. The light of the display image directed from the optical system 5064 toward the windshield 5110 passes through the opening 5065a by passing through the dust cover 5070.
 枠表示器5066は、複数(四つ)の導光部5067及び枠表示光源5069(図33参照)等によって構成されている。導光部5067は、開口5065aの四隅を囲むように配置されている。導光部5067の頂面には、ウィンドシールド5110と対向する射出面5067aが形成されている。枠表示光源5069は、導光部5067に光を入射させる。枠表示光源5069によって放射され、導光部5067に入射した光は、射出面5067aからウィンドシールド5110に向けて、上方向UDに射出される。以上により、虚像表示領域5111には、枠状の確定通知枠5035e(図34参照)が虚像5035として映し出される。確定通知枠5035eは、プロジェクタ5061によって映し出される他の虚像5035(後述するシフトインジケータ5035a等)よりもウィンドシールド5110に近い位置に結像される。 The frame display unit 5066 includes a plurality (four) of light guides 5067, a frame display light source 5069 (see FIG. 33), and the like. The light guide unit 5067 is disposed so as to surround the four corners of the opening 5065a. An emission surface 5067 a facing the windshield 5110 is formed on the top surface of the light guide unit 5067. The frame display light source 5069 causes light to enter the light guide portion 5067. The light emitted from the frame display light source 5069 and incident on the light guide unit 5067 is emitted upward from the emission surface 5067a toward the windshield 5110. As described above, the frame-shaped confirmation notification frame 5035e (see FIG. 34) is displayed as the virtual image 5035 in the virtual image display region 5111. The confirmation notification frame 5035e is formed at a position closer to the windshield 5110 than other virtual images 5035 (such as a shift indicator 5035a described later) displayed by the projector 5061.
 発光部5080は、二つの線状発光ユニット5081を有している。各線状発光ユニット5081は、車両の前後方向に沿って棒状に延伸する長手形状に形成されている。二つの線状発光ユニット5081は、車両の幅方向WDにおいて互いに間隔を開けた配置にて、フード部5121に取り付けられている。線状発光ユニット5081は、ウィンドシールド5110及び運転席に向けて、発光面5081aから光を放出する。こうして上方向UDに向けて射出された光の一部は、ウィンドシールド5110のうちで虚像表示領域5111よりも上方向UDの領域(以下「反射表示領域」)5112にて、運転席側に反射される。そのため、二つの線状発光ユニット5081の反射像5036が、反射表示領域5112に表示される(図34も参照)。 The light emitting unit 5080 has two linear light emitting units 5081. Each linear light emitting unit 5081 is formed in a longitudinal shape extending in a rod shape along the longitudinal direction of the vehicle. The two linear light emitting units 5081 are attached to the hood portion 5121 so as to be spaced apart from each other in the vehicle width direction WD. The linear light emitting unit 5081 emits light from the light emitting surface 5081a toward the windshield 5110 and the driver's seat. A part of the light emitted in the upward direction UD is reflected on the driver's seat side in a region 5112 above the virtual image display region 5111 (hereinafter referred to as “reflection display region”) 5112 of the windshield 5110. Is done. Therefore, the reflection images 5036 of the two linear light emitting units 5081 are displayed in the reflection display area 5112 (see also FIG. 34).
 次に、図33に示す表示装置5100の電気的構成を、コンビネーションメータ5010、HUD5060、及び発光部5080のそれぞれについて、順に説明する。 Next, the electrical configuration of the display device 5100 illustrated in FIG. 33 will be described in order for each of the combination meter 5010, the HUD 5060, and the light emitting unit 5080.
 コンビネーションメータ5010は、液晶表示器5013及びバックライト5014、二つのステッパーモータ5017、複数の指針光源5016a及び文字板光源5016b、複数のインジケータ光源5019、並びに制御部5020を有している。 The combination meter 5010 includes a liquid crystal display 5013 and a backlight 5014, two stepper motors 5017, a plurality of pointer light sources 5016a and a dial light source 5016b, a plurality of indicator light sources 5019, and a control unit 5020.
 液晶表示器5013は、例えば薄膜トランジスタを用いたThin Film Transistor(TFT)方式の表示器である。液晶表示器5013は、表示画面5012に沿って二次元に配列された複数の画素を有している。液晶表示器5013は、制御部5020に接続されており、制御部5020から出力される制御信号に基づいて各画素を駆動する。液晶表示器5013の表示画面5012には、マルチ表示領域5011にカラー表示される種々の画像が形成される。バックライト5014は、複数の発光ダイオード(以下「LED」)等の光源によって、表示画面5012の画像を透過照明する。バックライト5014は、制御部5020と接続されており、制御部5020から出力される制御信号によって照明の輝度を制御される。 The liquid crystal display 5013 is a thin-film-transistor (TFT) type display using thin film transistors, for example. The liquid crystal display 5013 has a plurality of pixels arranged two-dimensionally along the display screen 5012. The liquid crystal display 5013 is connected to the control unit 5020 and drives each pixel based on a control signal output from the control unit 5020. Various images that are displayed in color in the multi-display area 5011 are formed on the display screen 5012 of the liquid crystal display 5013. The backlight 5014 transmits and illuminates the image on the display screen 5012 with a light source such as a plurality of light emitting diodes (hereinafter referred to as “LEDs”). The backlight 5014 is connected to the control unit 5020, and the luminance of the illumination is controlled by a control signal output from the control unit 5020.
 ステッパーモータ5017は、指針5016を駆動する電動機である。ステッパーモータ5017は、制御部5020と接続されており、制御部5020から出力される制御信号に基づいて指針5016を回転させる。指針光源5016a及び文字板光源5016bは、例えばLED等の発光素子であって、それぞれ制御部5020と接続されている。指針光源5016aは、制御部5020から出力される制御信号に基づいて、各指針5016を発光表示させるための光を放出する。文字板光源5016bは、制御部5020から出力される制御信号に基づいて、文字板に形成された目盛及び数値等を発光表示させるための光を放出する。 The stepper motor 5017 is an electric motor that drives the pointer 5016. The stepper motor 5017 is connected to the control unit 5020, and rotates the pointer 5016 based on a control signal output from the control unit 5020. The pointer light source 5016a and the dial light source 5016b are light emitting elements such as LEDs, and are connected to the control unit 5020, respectively. The pointer light source 5016a emits light for causing each pointer 5016 to emit light based on a control signal output from the control unit 5020. The dial light source 5016b emits light for emitting and displaying the scales and numerical values formed on the dial based on the control signal output from the control unit 5020.
 インジケータ光源5019は、例えばLED等である。各インジケータ光源5019は、それぞれ制御部5020と接続されており、制御部5020から出力される制御信号に基づいて、各インジケータ5018を発光表示させるための光を放出する。 The indicator light source 5019 is, for example, an LED. Each indicator light source 5019 is connected to the control unit 5020, and emits light for causing each indicator 5018 to emit light based on a control signal output from the control unit 5020.
 制御部5020は、プログラムによって作動するマイクロコンピュータ、車内Local Area Network(LAN)5140との間で通信を行うインターフェース、並びに液晶表示器5013、ステッパーモータ5017、及び各光源等を駆動する駆動回路等によって構成されている。車内LAN5140には、車両に搭載された複数の車載機器5150に加えて、ステアリングスイッチ5130等が接続されている。制御部5020は、車内LAN5140に出力された車両の情報を取得し、取得した情報に基づく制御信号を液晶表示器5013、ステッパーモータ5017、及び各光源等に出力する。 The control unit 5020 includes a microcomputer that operates according to a program, an interface that communicates with an in-vehicle Local Area Network (LAN) 5140, a liquid crystal display 5013, a stepper motor 5017, a drive circuit that drives each light source, and the like. It is configured. A steering switch 5130 and the like are connected to the in-vehicle LAN 5140 in addition to a plurality of in-vehicle devices 5150 mounted on the vehicle. The control unit 5020 acquires vehicle information output to the in-vehicle LAN 5140, and outputs a control signal based on the acquired information to the liquid crystal display 5013, the stepper motor 5017, and each light source.
 HUD5060のプロジェクタ5061は、液晶表示器5062及び投影光源5063を有している。液晶表示器5062は、例えばTFT方式の表示器である。液晶表示器5062は、制御部5020に接続されており、制御部5020から出力される制御信号に基づいて各画素を駆動する。液晶表示器5062には、虚像表示領域5111(図32参照)にカラー表示される種々の画像が形成される。投影光源5063は、例えば高輝度なLEDを複数有している。投影光源5063は、制御部5020と接続されており、制御部5020から出力される制御信号に基づき、虚像5035(図32参照)として結像される光を、液晶表示器5062に向けて放出する。 The projector 5061 of the HUD 5060 has a liquid crystal display 5062 and a projection light source 5063. The liquid crystal display 5062 is, for example, a TFT display. The liquid crystal display 5062 is connected to the control unit 5020, and drives each pixel based on a control signal output from the control unit 5020. Various images displayed in color in the virtual image display area 5111 (see FIG. 32) are formed on the liquid crystal display 5062. The projection light source 5063 has, for example, a plurality of high-brightness LEDs. The projection light source 5063 is connected to the control unit 5020, and emits light formed as a virtual image 5035 (see FIG. 32) toward the liquid crystal display 5062 based on a control signal output from the control unit 5020. .
 HUD5060の枠表示器5066は、複数の枠表示光源5069を有している。枠表示光源5069は、例えばLED等であって、青色等の有彩色の光を放出する。各枠表示光源5069は、それぞれ制御部5020と接続されており、制御部5020から出力される制御信号に基づいて発光する。各枠表示光源5069の発光タイミングは、互いに同期している。 The frame indicator 5066 of the HUD 5060 has a plurality of frame display light sources 5069. The frame display light source 5069 is, for example, an LED or the like, and emits chromatic light such as blue. Each frame display light source 5069 is connected to the control unit 5020 and emits light based on a control signal output from the control unit 5020. The light emission timings of the frame display light sources 5069 are synchronized with each other.
 発光部5080の線状発光ユニット5081は、点光源としての複数の連係線光源5089を有している。連係線光源5089は、例えばLED等であって、青色等の有彩色の光を放出する。本実施形態では、連係線光源5089の発光色は、枠表示光源5069の発光色と合わせられている。各連係線光源5089は、それぞれ制御部5020と接続されており、制御部5020から出力される制御信号に基づいて、個別に発光する。 The linear light emitting unit 5081 of the light emitting unit 5080 has a plurality of linked line light sources 5089 as point light sources. The link line light source 5089 is, for example, an LED or the like, and emits chromatic light such as blue. In the present embodiment, the emission color of the link line light source 5089 is matched with the emission color of the frame display light source 5069. Each link line light source 5089 is connected to the control unit 5020 and emits light individually based on a control signal output from the control unit 5020.
 次に、マルチ表示領域5011、虚像表示領域5111、及び指針表示領域5015に形成される各表示の構成を、図34を用いてさらに詳しく説明する。尚、表示装置5100(図33参照)は、表示モードを複数のうちで切り替えることができる。こうした表示モードの切り替え操作は、車両のステアリングに設けられたステアリングスイッチ5130(図33参照)への入力によって行われる。以下に説明では、代表的な一つの表示モードでの各表示構成が示されている。 Next, the configuration of each display formed in the multi display area 5011, the virtual image display area 5111, and the pointer display area 5015 will be described in more detail with reference to FIG. Note that the display device 5100 (see FIG. 33) can switch the display mode among a plurality of modes. Such a display mode switching operation is performed by an input to a steering switch 5130 (see FIG. 33) provided in the steering of the vehicle. In the following description, each display configuration in one typical display mode is shown.
 マルチ表示領域5011に描画される画像5032には、エコゲージ5032c、車両モデル5042、背景画像5032f、エコウォレット5032g、燃料計5032h、及びオドメータ5032iが含まれている。このように、マルチ表示領域5011には、虚像表示領域5111よりも詳細な車両情報が表示される。加えて、多数の車両情報を表示するため、マルチ表示領域5011の面積は、虚像表示領域5111の面積よりも広くされている。 The image 5032 drawn in the multi-display area 5011 includes an eco gauge 5032c, a vehicle model 5042, a background image 5032f, an eco wallet 5032g, a fuel meter 5032h, and an odometer 5032i. In this way, vehicle information that is more detailed than the virtual image display area 5111 is displayed in the multi display area 5011. In addition, in order to display a lot of vehicle information, the area of the multi display area 5011 is made larger than the area of the virtual image display area 5111.
 エコゲージ5032cは、車載機器5150(図33参照)から出力された車両情報、具体的には、燃費効率の程度をアナログ表示する。燃費効率は、車両に搭載された走行用機関の消費燃料量、並びに車両の速度及び加速度等に基づいて、制御部5020(図33参照)又はいずれかの車載機器5150によって算出される。エコゲージ5032cは、車両モデル5042まわりに部分円環状に延びるバー状の画像部によって、エコ運転の実施状況を可視化している。燃費効率が良くなるほど、エコゲージ5032cは、車両モデル5042の左後方へ向けて反時計回りに延伸する。 The eco gauge 5032c displays the vehicle information output from the in-vehicle device 5150 (see FIG. 33), specifically, the analog level of the fuel efficiency. The fuel efficiency is calculated by the control unit 5020 (see FIG. 33) or any one of the in-vehicle devices 5150 based on the amount of fuel consumed by the traveling engine mounted on the vehicle, the speed and acceleration of the vehicle, and the like. The eco gauge 5032c visualizes the implementation status of eco driving by a bar-shaped image portion extending around the vehicle model 5042 in a partial annular shape. As the fuel efficiency increases, the eco gauge 5032c extends counterclockwise toward the left rear of the vehicle model 5042.
 車両モデル5042は、表示装置5100(図20参照)を搭載する車両の外観形状を模って作成されている。マルチ表示領域5011には、車両モデル5042を後方から俯瞰視した画像が表示される。車両モデル5042の前後方向は、実際の車両の前後方向に沿うように規定されている。車両モデル5042は、マルチ表示領域5011の中央に配置され、背景画像5032fに重畳されている。 The vehicle model 5042 is created by imitating the appearance of a vehicle on which the display device 5100 (see FIG. 20) is mounted. In the multi display area 5011, an image obtained by bird's-eye view of the vehicle model 5042 is displayed. The front-rear direction of the vehicle model 5042 is defined along the front-rear direction of the actual vehicle. The vehicle model 5042 is arranged at the center of the multi display area 5011 and is superimposed on the background image 5032f.
 背景画像5032fは、マルチ表示領域5011において、エコゲージ5032c及び車両モデル5042の背景となる画像である。背景画像5032fは、上下方向に沿って帯状に延伸する路面画像部5032wを有している。路面画像部5032wは、車両モデル5042の走行する車道を模した画像部である。路面画像部5032wの幅方向WDの両側には、一対の境界線5032rが形成されており、車両モデル5042は、これら二つの境界線5032rの中間に配置されている。 The background image 5032f is an image serving as a background of the eco gauge 5032c and the vehicle model 5042 in the multi display area 5011. The background image 5032f has a road surface image portion 5032w extending in a strip shape along the vertical direction. The road surface image portion 5032w is an image portion simulating a roadway on which the vehicle model 5042 travels. A pair of boundary lines 5032r is formed on both sides of the road surface image portion 5032w in the width direction WD, and the vehicle model 5042 is disposed between the two boundary lines 5032r.
 エコウォレット5032gは、エコ運転の実施によって節約された燃料費用を金額によって示している。燃料計5032hは、燃料タンク内の燃料残量を示している。オドメータ5032iは、車両の走行距離の累積値を示している。 Eco wallet 5032g shows the fuel cost saved by the implementation of eco driving in monetary amounts. The fuel meter 5032h indicates the remaining amount of fuel in the fuel tank. The odometer 5032i indicates a cumulative value of the travel distance of the vehicle.
 虚像表示領域5111に映し出される虚像5035には、シフトインジケータ5035a、デジタルスピードメータ5035b、項目表示5035t、及び確定通知枠5035eが含まれている。シフトインジケータ5035aは、車両に設けられたシフトレバーの現在の位置を示している。デジタルスピードメータ5035bは、車両の現在の走行速度を示している。デジタルスピードメータ5035bは、幅方向WDにおいてシフトインジケータ5035aと並べられている。 The virtual image 5035 displayed in the virtual image display area 5111 includes a shift indicator 5035a, a digital speedometer 5035b, an item display 5035t, and a confirmation notification frame 5035e. The shift indicator 5035a indicates the current position of the shift lever provided in the vehicle. The digital speedometer 5035b indicates the current traveling speed of the vehicle. The digital speedometer 5035b is arranged with the shift indicator 5035a in the width direction WD.
 項目表示5035tは、マルチ表示領域5011に表示されている項目を、文字によって示している。エコ表示モードでは、エコゲージ5032cに表示される車両情報、即ち燃費効率の見出しとなる項目名として、「ECO Bar」という文字を表示する。項目表示5035tは、虚像表示領域5111において、デジタルスピードメータ5035bの下方向DDに配置されている。項目表示5035tとして表示される文字は、マルチ表示領域5011に表示される車両情報の変更に伴って、切り替えられる。 The item display 5035t indicates the items displayed in the multi display area 5011 by characters. In the eco display mode, the characters “ECO Bar” are displayed as the vehicle information displayed on the eco gauge 5032c, that is, the item name serving as the headline of fuel efficiency. The item display 5035t is arranged in the downward direction DD of the digital speedometer 5035b in the virtual image display area 5111. The characters displayed as the item display 5035t are switched in accordance with the change of the vehicle information displayed in the multi display area 5011.
 確定通知枠5035eは、視認者からの見かけ上において、シフトインジケータ5035a及びデジタルスピードメータ5035b等の外周側に結像される。確定通知枠5035eは、虚像表示領域5111の四隅に配置されたL字状の表示像によって他の表示像を囲む途切れた枠状とされている。確定通知枠5035eは、例えば決定キー5132(図33参照)に押圧操作が入力された場合に1秒程度点灯する。尚、確定通知枠5035eの点灯時間は、適宜変更可能である。 The confirmation notification frame 5035e is imaged on the outer peripheral side of the shift indicator 5035a, the digital speedometer 5035b, and the like when viewed from the viewer. The confirmation notification frame 5035e has a discontinuous frame shape surrounding other display images by L-shaped display images arranged at the four corners of the virtual image display area 5111. The confirmation notification frame 5035e is lit for about 1 second, for example, when a pressing operation is input to the enter key 5132 (see FIG. 33). Note that the lighting time of the confirmation notification frame 5035e can be changed as appropriate.
 二つの指針表示領域5015のうち、マルチ表示領域5011の左側に位置する一方には、シフトインジケータ5039a及びアナログスピードメータ5039bが形成されている。また、マルチ表示領域5011の右側に位置する指針表示領域5015には、タコメータ5039cが形成されている。 Of the two pointer display areas 5015, one on the left side of the multi display area 5011 is provided with a shift indicator 5039a and an analog speedometer 5039b. A tachometer 5039c is formed in the pointer display area 5015 located on the right side of the multi display area 5011.
 シフトインジケータ5039aは、虚像表示領域5111のシフトインジケータ5035aと同様に、シフトレバーの現在の位置を示している。アナログスピードメータ5039bは、左側の指針表示領域5015に配置された指針5016と、この指針5016の回転軌道に沿って配列された目盛及び数値等とによって形成されている。アナログスピードメータ5039bは、指針5016の回転変位により、車両の走行速度を示している。タコメータ5039cは、右側の指針表示領域5015に配置された指針5016と、この指針5016の回転軌道に沿って配列された目盛及び数値等とによって形成されている。タコメータ5039cは、指針5016の回転変位により、走行用機関の出力軸の回転速度を示している。 The shift indicator 5039a indicates the current position of the shift lever, similarly to the shift indicator 5035a in the virtual image display area 5111. The analog speedometer 5039b is formed by a pointer 5016 disposed in the pointer display region 5015 on the left side, and scales and numerical values arranged along the rotation trajectory of the pointer 5016. The analog speedometer 5039b indicates the traveling speed of the vehicle by the rotational displacement of the pointer 5016. The tachometer 5039c is formed by a pointer 5016 disposed in the pointer display region 5015 on the right side, and scales and numerical values arranged along the rotation trajectory of the pointer 5016. The tachometer 5039c indicates the rotational speed of the output shaft of the traveling engine due to the rotational displacement of the pointer 5016.
 以上の表示装置5100では、虚像表示領域5111に虚像5035によって情報が表示されている場合に、指針表示領域5015による情報の表示が中断される。図35のA欄~図35のC欄には、虚像表示領域5111の表示をオン状態とする視認者の操作に連動して、指針表示領域5015の表示がオフ状態とされる場合の表示の変更過程が示されている。以下、その変更過程の詳細を、順に説明する。 In the display device 5100 described above, when information is displayed by the virtual image 5035 in the virtual image display area 5111, the display of information by the pointer display area 5015 is interrupted. 35. A column in FIG. 35 to a column C in FIG. 35 are displayed when the display of the pointer display region 5015 is turned off in conjunction with the operation of the viewer who turns on the display of the virtual image display region 5111. The change process is shown. Hereinafter, the details of the changing process will be described in order.
 視認者がステアリングスイッチ5130(図33参照)の操作によって虚像表示領域5111の表示をオン状態にすると、図35のA欄に示すように、二つの線状発光ユニット5081に、発光スポット5038が表示される。加えて反射表示領域5112には、発光スポット5038の反射像5036が表示される。 When the viewer turns on the display of the virtual image display area 5111 by operating the steering switch 5130 (see FIG. 33), a light emission spot 5038 is displayed on the two linear light emitting units 5081 as shown in the column A of FIG. Is done. In addition, a reflection image 5036 of the light emission spot 5038 is displayed in the reflection display area 5112.
 図35のA欄及び図35のB欄に示すように、各発光スポット5038は、視認者の見かけ上において、虚像表示領域5111へ向かって上方向UDに移動する。一方で、各反射像5036は、虚像表示領域5111へ向かって、下方向DDに移動する。発光スポット5038及び反射像5036の動きは、線状に発光表示される連係線として視認者に知覚される。各発光スポット5038は、虚像表示領域5111に近い発光面5081aの端部へ到達することによって消失する。 35. As shown in the A column of FIG. 35 and the B column of FIG. 35, each light emission spot 5038 moves in the upward direction UD toward the virtual image display region 5111 in the appearance of the viewer. On the other hand, each reflected image 5036 moves in the downward direction DD toward the virtual image display area 5111. The movement of the light emission spot 5038 and the reflected image 5036 is perceived by the viewer as a linkage line that is displayed in a light-emitting manner. Each light emitting spot 5038 disappears by reaching the end of the light emitting surface 5081a close to the virtual image display area 5111.
 各線状発光ユニット5081の発光が終了すると、図35のB欄に示すように、虚像表示領域5111にシフトインジケータ5035a、デジタルスピードメータ5035b、及び項目表示5035tが表示される。視認者の操作を反映した表示が虚像表示領域5111に完成すると、確定通知枠5035eが一時的に点灯表示される。 When the light emission of each linear light emitting unit 5081 is completed, a shift indicator 5035a, a digital speedometer 5035b, and an item display 5035t are displayed in the virtual image display area 5111 as shown in the B column of FIG. When the display reflecting the operation of the viewer is completed in the virtual image display area 5111, the confirmation notification frame 5035e is temporarily turned on.
 シフトレバーの位置情報(以下「シフト位置情報」)及び車両の走行速度情報(以下「車速情報」)が虚像表示領域5111からも把握可能となると、図35のC欄に示すように、指針表示領域5015による情報の表示が中断される。このとき、まず指針光源5016a(図33参照)及び文字板光源5016b(図33参照)の発光が中止されることにより、各指針5016並びに目盛及び数値が消灯される。次に、予め設定された零位置P0への各指針5016の帰零が開始される。以上により、車両情報の表示が、上下に並ぶマルチ表示領域5011及び虚像表示領域5111に集約される。 When the shift lever position information (hereinafter referred to as “shift position information”) and the vehicle traveling speed information (hereinafter referred to as “vehicle speed information”) can be grasped from the virtual image display area 5111, as shown in the column C of FIG. The display of information in the area 5015 is interrupted. At this time, first, light emission of the pointer light source 5016a (see FIG. 33) and the dial light source 5016b (see FIG. 33) is stopped, thereby turning off the pointers 5016, scales and numerical values. Next, the return of each pointer 5016 to a preset zero position P0 is started. As described above, the display of the vehicle information is integrated into the multi-display area 5011 and the virtual image display area 5111 arranged vertically.
 以上説明した表示レイアウトの変更を実現するために、制御部5020にて実施される変更処理を、図36に基づき、図33を参照しつつて説明する。図36に示す変更処理は、虚像表示領域5111の表示をオン状態にする操作がステアリングスイッチ5130等に入力されたことに基づいて、制御部5020により開始される。 In order to realize the display layout change described above, a change process performed by the control unit 5020 will be described based on FIG. 36 with reference to FIG. The change process illustrated in FIG. 36 is started by the control unit 5020 based on an operation that turns on the display of the virtual image display area 5111 in the steering switch 5130 or the like.
 S5101では、発光部5080を発光させる発光処理を開始し、S5102に進む。このS5101の処理により、発光スポット5038及びその反射像5036が表示され、虚像表示領域5111へ向かって流れる(図35のA欄及び図35のB欄参照)。 In S5101, a light emission process for causing the light emitting unit 5080 to emit light is started, and the process proceeds to S5102. Through the processing of S5101, the light emission spot 5038 and its reflection image 5036 are displayed and flow toward the virtual image display area 5111 (see column A in FIG. 35 and column B in FIG. 35).
 S5102では、虚像表示領域5111に虚像5035が表示されるよう、プロジェクタ5061を起動させる起動処理を開始し、S5103に進む。このS5102の処理により、虚像表示領域5111に、シフトインジケータ5035a等が表示される(図35のB欄参照)。 In S5102, an activation process for activating the projector 5061 is started so that the virtual image 5035 is displayed in the virtual image display area 5111, and the process proceeds to S5103. Through the processing of S5102, the shift indicator 5035a and the like are displayed in the virtual image display area 5111 (see column B in FIG. 35).
 S5103では、S5102にて開始した起動処理が完了したか否かを判定する。S5103にて否定判定をした場合には、S5103の判定を繰り返すことにより、起動処理の完了を待つ。そして、起動処理が完了し、S5103にて肯定判定がなされると、S5104に進む。 In S5103, it is determined whether the activation process started in S5102 is completed. If a negative determination is made in S5103, the determination in S5103 is repeated to wait for the completion of the activation process. When the activation process is completed and an affirmative determination is made in S5103, the process proceeds to S5104.
 S5104では、確定通知枠5035eの点灯処理を実施し、S5105に進む。S5104の処理により、虚像表示領域5111に確定通知枠5035eが一時的に表示され、虚像表示領域5111の表示レイアウトの確定が視認者に通知される(図35のB欄参照)。 In S5104, the lighting process of the confirmation notification frame 5035e is performed, and the process proceeds to S5105. By the processing of S5104, the confirmation notification frame 5035e is temporarily displayed in the virtual image display area 5111, and the viewer is notified of confirmation of the display layout of the virtual image display area 5111 (see column B in FIG. 35).
 S5105では、指針光源5016a及び文字板光源5016bを消灯させ、S5106に進む。S5105によって、二つの指針表示領域5015による情報の表示は、視認者から視認できなくなる。そしてS5106では、各指針5016がそれぞれの零位置P0に帰零するよう、各ステッパーモータ5017を制御し、変更処理を終了する。以上により、二つの指針表示領域5015による情報の表示がオフ状態となる(図35のC欄参照)。 In S5105, the pointer light source 5016a and the dial light source 5016b are turned off, and the process proceeds to S5106. By S5105, the information display by the two pointer display areas 5015 cannot be viewed by the viewer. In step S5106, the stepper motors 5017 are controlled so that the pointers 5016 return to their zero positions P0, and the change process ends. As a result, the display of information by the two pointer display areas 5015 is turned off (see column C in FIG. 35).
 ここまで説明した本実施形態では、エコゲージ5032c及びオドメータ等の詳細な車両情報は、マルチ表示領域5011に表示される。そのため虚像5035は、シフト位置情報及び車速情報等を簡潔に通知する表示となる。その結果、視認され易い虚像5035が複雑な表示形態となることで視認者(運転者)の運転への集中を妨げてしまう事態は、回避され得る。 In the present embodiment described so far, detailed vehicle information such as the eco gauge 5032c and the odometer is displayed in the multi-display area 5011. Therefore, the virtual image 5035 is a display that briefly notifies the shift position information, the vehicle speed information, and the like. As a result, it is possible to avoid a situation in which the viewer (driver) is prevented from concentrating on driving because the virtual image 5035 that is easily viewed is in a complicated display form.
 加えて、指針表示領域5015による指針表示が中断されることにより、表示装置5100による情報の表示は、上下に並ぶ二つの表示領域5011,5111に集約される。そのため運転者は、上下方向の視線移動という単純な動作でマルチ表示領域5011の表示から詳細な情報を把握できるようになる。故に、詳細情報を取得する動作が行われた場合でも、運転への集中は、維持され易くなる。 In addition, when the pointer display in the pointer display area 5015 is interrupted, the display of information by the display device 5100 is integrated into two display areas 5011 and 5111 arranged vertically. Therefore, the driver can grasp detailed information from the display of the multi display area 5011 by a simple operation of moving the line of sight in the vertical direction. Therefore, even when an operation for acquiring detailed information is performed, concentration on driving is easily maintained.
 したがって、表示装置5100による表示は、運転者へ提供可能な情報量を確保していても、運転者の運転への集中を妨げ難い表示となる。 Therefore, the display by the display device 5100 is a display that is difficult to prevent the driver from concentrating on driving even if the amount of information that can be provided to the driver is secured.
 加えて本実施形態では、シフトインジケータ5039a及びアナログスピードメータ5039bによって提供されている各車両情報が、シフトインジケータ5035a及びデジタルスピードメータ5035bからも提供されるようになった後で、指針表示領域5015の表示は中断される。このように、指針表示領域5015によって提示されていた車両情報を、虚像表示領域5111へ移動させれば、指針表示の中断に伴った提供可能な情報量の減少は、抑制可能となる。 In addition, in this embodiment, after each vehicle information provided by the shift indicator 5039a and the analog speedometer 5039b is also provided from the shift indicator 5035a and the digital speedometer 5035b, The display is interrupted. Thus, if the vehicle information presented in the pointer display area 5015 is moved to the virtual image display area 5111, a decrease in the amount of information that can be provided due to the interruption of the pointer display can be suppressed.
 また本実施形態のように、指針表示を行う指針表示領域5015は、通知可能な情報量に対して面積が広く、且つ、目立ち易い。このような目立ち易い指針表示領域5015の表示が見かけ上で消えることによれば、運転者の視線は、多数の情報を小さな面積に集約して表示するマルチ表示領域5011へと、自然と向くようになる。そのため、コンビネーションメータ5010からの詳細な情報把握は、いっそう容易となる。加えて、指針表示の中断に伴った提供可能な情報量の減少は、他の表示領域によって容易に補い得る。したがって、表示を中断される表示領域としては、マルチ表示領域5011よりも指針表示領域5015が好適なのである。 Further, as in the present embodiment, the pointer display area 5015 for displaying the pointer has a large area with respect to the amount of information that can be notified and is easily noticeable. If the display of such a conspicuous pointer display area 5015 disappears in appearance, the driver's line of sight seems to be naturally directed to a multi display area 5011 that displays a large amount of information in a small area. become. Therefore, detailed information grasping from the combination meter 5010 is further facilitated. In addition, the reduction in the amount of information that can be provided due to the interruption of the pointer display can be easily compensated by other display areas. Therefore, the pointer display area 5015 is more preferable than the multi display area 5011 as the display area where the display is interrupted.
 さらに本実施形態では、指針5016の帰零が、指針光源5016a及び文字板光源5016bの消灯後に実施される。こうした制御によれば、指針5016を帰零させる作動は、運転者にとって知覚困難となる。そのため、帰零途中の指針5016を視認した運転者が誤った指針表示を読み取ってしまう事態は、回避される。 Furthermore, in this embodiment, the return of the pointer 5016 is performed after the pointer light source 5016a and the dial light source 5016b are turned off. According to such control, it is difficult for the driver to perceive the operation of returning the pointer 5016 to zero. Therefore, a situation in which the driver who has visually recognized the pointer 5016 on the way of returning to zero reads an erroneous pointer display is avoided.
 加えて本実施形態のマルチ表示領域5011における情報の表示は、液晶表示器5013によって行われる。こうした構成であれば、マルチ表示領域5011は、多くの情報を小さい面積に集約して表示できる。その結果、多数の詳細な情報が表示されても、運転者は、マルチ表示領域5011内にて視線を彷徨わせることなく、速やかに所望する詳細情報を把握できる。 In addition, the display of information in the multi display area 5011 of the present embodiment is performed by the liquid crystal display 5013. With such a configuration, the multi-display area 5011 can display a large amount of information in a small area. As a result, even if a lot of detailed information is displayed, the driver can quickly grasp the desired detailed information without turning his / her line of sight within the multi-display area 5011.
 また本実施形態によれば、マルチ表示領域5011の面積が虚像表示領域5111の面積よりも広く確保されているため、マルチ表示領域5011に多くの情報を集約することが可能となる。そのため、虚像表示領域5111の虚像5035は、いっそう簡潔な表示となり得る。こうした簡潔な虚像表示を用いることで、運転者の運転への集中をさらに妨げ難い運転環境を作り出すことができる。 Further, according to the present embodiment, since the area of the multi display area 5011 is secured wider than the area of the virtual image display area 5111, a large amount of information can be collected in the multi display area 5011. Therefore, the virtual image 5035 in the virtual image display area 5111 can be displayed more simply. By using such a simple virtual image display, it is possible to create a driving environment in which the driver's concentration on driving is further prevented.
 さらに本実施形態では、表示面積の広い二つの指針表示領域5015による表示が共に中断されるため、コンビネーションメータ5010の正面側のうちの大半が、情報を表示しない状態となる。その結果、中央のマルチ表示領域5011がいっそう際立つようになるので、運転者の視線は、マルチ表示領域5011に誘導され易くなる。以上によれば、マルチ表示領域5011からの詳細な情報把握がいっそう容易となるため、運転者は、詳細情報を取得する動作を行った場合でも、運転への集中を確実に維持し続けることができる。 Furthermore, in this embodiment, since the display by the two pointer display areas 5015 having a large display area is interrupted, most of the front side of the combination meter 5010 is in a state of not displaying information. As a result, the central multi-display area 5011 becomes more prominent, so that the driver's line of sight is easily guided to the multi-display area 5011. According to the above, since detailed information grasping from the multi-display area 5011 becomes easier, the driver can reliably maintain concentration on driving even when performing an operation of acquiring detailed information. it can.
 尚、本実施形態において、コンビネーションメータ5010が「表示部」に相当し、マルチ表示領域5011が「第一表示領域」に相当し、液晶表示器5013が「表示器」に相当する。また、指針表示領域5015が「第二表示領域」に相当し、制御部5020が「表示制御部」に相当し、HUD5060が「投影部」する。さらに、表示装置5100が「車両用表示装置」に相当し、ウィンドシールド5110が「投影部」に相当する。 In this embodiment, the combination meter 5010 corresponds to a “display unit”, the multi-display area 5011 corresponds to a “first display area”, and the liquid crystal display 5013 corresponds to a “display”. The pointer display area 5015 corresponds to a “second display area”, the control unit 5020 corresponds to a “display control unit”, and the HUD 5060 serves as a “projection unit”. Further, the display device 5100 corresponds to a “vehicle display device”, and the windshield 5110 corresponds to a “projection unit”.
 (第五実施形態における他の実施形態)
 以上、本開示による第五実施形態について説明したが、本開示は、上記実施形態に限定して解釈されるものではなく、本開示の要旨を逸脱しない範囲内において種々の実施形態及び組み合わせに適用することができる。
(Other embodiments in the fifth embodiment)
The fifth embodiment according to the present disclosure has been described above. However, the present disclosure is not construed as being limited to the above embodiment, and can be applied to various embodiments and combinations without departing from the gist of the present disclosure. can do.
 上記実施形態の変形例1では、図37に示すように、運転席まわりに形成される複数の表示領域の配置が異なっている。具体的に、虚像表示領域5311は、運転席の正面からウィンドシールド5110の幅方向WDの中央に寄せた位置に規定されている。マルチ表示領域5211は、コンビネーションメータ5210の正面において、中央から右側(助手席側)の領域に形成されており、運転者の見かけ上にて虚像表示領域5311の下方向DDに位置している。指針表示領域5215は、マルチ表示領域5211の左側方に位置している。 In the first modification of the above embodiment, as shown in FIG. 37, the arrangement of the plurality of display areas formed around the driver's seat is different. Specifically, the virtual image display area 5311 is defined at a position near the center of the windshield 5110 in the width direction WD from the front of the driver's seat. The multi-display area 5211 is formed in the area from the center to the right side (passenger seat side) in front of the combination meter 5210, and is positioned in the downward direction DD of the virtual image display area 5311 in terms of the driver. The pointer display area 5215 is located on the left side of the multi display area 5211.
 この変形例1でも、虚像表示領域5311に虚像5035によって情報が表示されている場合には、指針表示領域5215による情報の表示が中断される。具体的には、指針5016が零位置P0に帰零すると共に、シフトインジケータ5039a及び水温計5039d等の各表示が消される。一方で、マルチ表示領域5211による詳細情報の表示は、虚像表示領域5311による情報表示が行われている場合でも、継続される。このとき、マルチ表示領域5211には、虚像表示領域5311よりも多くの車両情報が詳細に表示される。 Also in the first modification, when information is displayed by the virtual image 5035 in the virtual image display area 5311, the display of information by the pointer display area 5215 is interrupted. Specifically, the pointer 5016 returns to the zero position P0, and the displays such as the shift indicator 5039a and the water temperature gauge 5039d are turned off. On the other hand, the display of the detailed information by the multi display area 5211 is continued even when the information display by the virtual image display area 5311 is performed. At this time, more vehicle information is displayed in detail in the multi display area 5211 than in the virtual image display area 5311.
 以上の変形例1のように、虚像表示領域5311及びマルチ表示領域5211は、上下方向において部分的に重なっていれば、互いの中心位置が幅方向WDにずれていてもよい。加えて指針表示領域5215は、マルチ表示領域5211の片側だけに形成されていてもよい。或いは、マルチ表示領域の片側に複数の指針表示領域が形成されていてもよい。尚、変形例1では、コンビネーションメータ5210が「表示部」に相当し、マルチ表示領域5211が「第一表示領域」に相当し、指針表示領域5215が「第二表示領域」に相当する。 As in the first modification, the virtual image display area 5311 and the multi-display area 5211 may be shifted in the width direction WD as long as they partially overlap in the vertical direction. In addition, the pointer display area 5215 may be formed only on one side of the multi display area 5211. Alternatively, a plurality of pointer display areas may be formed on one side of the multi display area. In the first modification, the combination meter 5210 corresponds to a “display unit”, the multi display area 5211 corresponds to a “first display area”, and the pointer display area 5215 corresponds to a “second display area”.
 上記実施形態では、マルチ表示領域及び指針表示領域のうちで、指針表示領域の表示が中断されていた。しかし、虚像表示領域の下方向DDに配置された指針表示領域の表示が継続され、指針表示領域の側方に配置されたマルチ表示領域の表示が中断されてもよい。又は、複数の指針表示領域のうちで、特定の指針表示領域の表示が継続され、他の指針表示領域の表示が中断されてもよい。 In the above embodiment, the display of the pointer display area is interrupted among the multi-display area and the pointer display area. However, the display of the pointer display area arranged in the lower direction DD of the virtual image display area may be continued, and the display of the multi display area arranged on the side of the pointer display area may be interrupted. Or display of a specific pointer display area may be continued among a plurality of pointer display areas, and display of other pointer display areas may be interrupted.
 上記実施形態では、指針表示領域の表示が中断される以前に、シフトインジケータ及びスピードメータが、指針表示領域から虚像表示領域へと移されていた。このように、指針表示領域の情報表示を移動させる移動先は、虚像表示領域でなくてもよく、マルチ表示領域であってもよい。 In the above embodiment, before the display of the pointer display area is interrupted, the shift indicator and the speedometer are moved from the pointer display area to the virtual image display area. Thus, the movement destination for moving the information display in the pointer display area may not be the virtual image display area, but may be a multi-display area.
 上記実施形態において、マルチ表示領域は、虚像表示領域より広く規定されていた。しかし、マルチ表示領域は、虚像表示領域より狭くてもよい。また上記実施形態では、指針表示領域の面積の総和は、マルチ表示領域の面積よりも大きく確保されていたが、これらの面積の大小関係も、適宜変更可能である。 In the above embodiment, the multi display area is defined more widely than the virtual image display area. However, the multi display area may be narrower than the virtual image display area. In the above embodiment, the total area of the pointer display areas is ensured to be larger than the area of the multi-display area, but the size relationship between these areas can be changed as appropriate.
 上記実施形態において、指針表示領域の表示を中断する場合、指針光源及び文字板光源を消灯させる処理の後で、指針を帰零させる制御が実施されていた。しかし、これらの処理の順序は、適宜変更可能である。加えて、指針光源及び文字板光源の消灯によって指針表示領域が視認困難となるのであれば、消灯処理のみの実施とされ、指針を帰零させる処理は、実施されなくてもよい。 In the above embodiment, when the display of the pointer display area is interrupted, the control for returning the pointer to zero is performed after the process of turning off the pointer light source and the dial light source. However, the order of these processes can be changed as appropriate. In addition, if it is difficult to visually recognize the pointer display area by turning off the pointer light source and the dial light source, only the turning-off process is performed, and the process of returning the pointer to the zero may not be performed.
 上記実施形態では、ステアリングスイッチの操作によってHUDによる虚像表示のオン及びオフが切り替え可能とされていた。しかし、こうした操作が入力される構成は、ステアリングスイッチに限定されず、例えばセンターコンソールに設けられるジョイスティック及びタッチパネル等であってもよい。 In the above embodiment, the virtual image display by HUD can be turned on and off by operating the steering switch. However, the configuration in which such an operation is input is not limited to the steering switch, and may be, for example, a joystick and a touch panel provided in the center console.
 上記実施形態では、表示像が投影される「投影部」として、車両のウィンドシールドが用いられていたが、「投影部」は、ウィンドシールドに限定されない。例えば、透光性樹脂により板状に形成され、インスツルメントパネル上面又はウィンドシールドの車室内側に取り付けられたコンバイナが、「投影部」に相当する構成として設置されていてもよい。 In the above embodiment, the vehicle windshield is used as the “projection unit” on which the display image is projected. However, the “projection unit” is not limited to the windshield. For example, a combiner that is formed in a plate shape with a translucent resin and attached to the upper surface of the instrument panel or the vehicle interior side of the windshield may be installed as a configuration corresponding to the “projection unit”.
 上記実施形態のプロジェクタは、TFT方式の液晶表示器と投影光源を組み合わせた構成であった。しかし、表示像を投影するための構成は、適宜変更可能である。例えば、TFT方式以外の液晶表示器が採用可能である。さらに、DLP(Digital Light Processing:登録商標)プロジェクタやCRTプロジェクタ等により、表示像が投影されてもよい。さらに、MEMS(Micro Electro Mechanical Systems)を用いたレーザスキャナが、表示像を投影する構成として、「投影部」に含まれていてもよい。 The projector of the above embodiment has a configuration in which a TFT liquid crystal display and a projection light source are combined. However, the configuration for projecting the display image can be changed as appropriate. For example, a liquid crystal display other than the TFT method can be used. Further, a display image may be projected by a DLP (Digital Light Processing: registered trademark) projector, a CRT projector, or the like. Furthermore, a laser scanner using MEMS (Micro Electro Mechanical Systems) may be included in the “projection unit” as a configuration for projecting a display image.
 上記実施形態において、プログラムを実行した制御部により提供されていた「表示制御部」の機能は、上述の構成と異なるハードウェア及びソフトウェア、或いはこれらの組み合わせによって提供されてよい。例えば、コンビネーションメータ及びHUDにそれぞれ設けられた制御部の連係によって上述の機能が提供されてよい。さらに、プログラムによらないで所定の機能を果たす回路により、各表示領域に情報が表示されるようHUD及びコンビネーションメータを制御する「表示制御部」の機能が提供されてよい。 In the above embodiment, the function of the “display control unit” provided by the control unit that has executed the program may be provided by hardware and software different from the above-described configuration, or a combination thereof. For example, the above-described functions may be provided by cooperation of control units provided in the combination meter and the HUD, respectively. Further, a function of “display control unit” for controlling the HUD and the combination meter may be provided so that information is displayed in each display area by a circuit that performs a predetermined function without depending on a program.
 尚、HUDに表示される情報の情報量は、コンビネーションメータに表示される情報の情報量に比べて、少なくてもよい。 Note that the amount of information displayed on the HUD may be smaller than the amount of information displayed on the combination meter.
 本開示の第五実施形態によれば、運転者へ提供可能な情報量を確保していても、運転者の運転への集中を妨げ難い表示が可能な車両用表示装置が提供される。 According to the fifth embodiment of the present disclosure, there is provided a vehicle display device that can perform display that is difficult to prevent the driver from concentrating on driving even if the amount of information that can be provided to the driver is secured.
 本開示の第五の態様によれば、車両に搭載される車両用表示装置であって、車両の前景を透過する投影部に規定された虚像表示領域に表示像を投影することにより、当該表示像の虚像を虚像表示領域に表示させる投影部と、虚像表示領域の下方向に位置する第一表示領域、及び第一表示領域の側方に位置する第二表示領域、のそれぞれに情報を表示する表示部と、各表示領域に情報が表示されるよう投影部及び表示部を制御し、虚像表示領域に虚像によって情報が表示されている場合に、第二表示領域による情報の表示を中断させ、且つ、虚像表示領域よりも詳細な情報を第一表示領域に表示させる表示制御部と、を備える車両用表示装置が提供される。 According to the fifth aspect of the present disclosure, the display device is mounted on a vehicle, and the display image is projected onto the virtual image display area defined in the projection unit that transmits the foreground of the vehicle. Information is displayed on each of the projection unit that displays the virtual image of the image in the virtual image display area, the first display area located below the virtual image display area, and the second display area located on the side of the first display area. Control the projection unit and the display unit so that information is displayed in each display area, and when information is displayed as a virtual image in the virtual image display area, the display of information in the second display area is interrupted. And the display apparatus for vehicles provided with the display control part which displays more detailed information on a 1st display area than a virtual image display area is provided.
 上記の車両用表示装置によれば、虚像表示領域よりも詳細な情報が第一表示領域に表示されるため、車両の前景に重ねられる虚像は、少ない情報を簡潔に通知する表示となり得る。その結果、運転者に視認され易い虚像が複雑な表示形態となることで、運転者の運転への集中を妨げてしまう事態は、回避され得る。 According to the above-described vehicle display device, more detailed information than the virtual image display area is displayed in the first display area. Therefore, the virtual image superimposed on the foreground of the vehicle can be a display that simply notifies a small amount of information. As a result, a situation in which the driver's concentration on driving is hindered by a complex display form of the virtual image that is easily visible to the driver can be avoided.
 第二表示領域による情報の表示が中断されることにより、情報の表示は、上下に並ぶ虚像表示領域及び第一表示領域に集約され得る。そのため運転者は、上下方向の視線移動という単純な動作で第一表示領域の表示から詳細な情報を把握できるようになる。故に、詳細情報を取得する動作が行われた場合でも、運転への集中は、維持され易くなる。 The display of information by the second display area is interrupted, so that the information display can be aggregated into the virtual image display area and the first display area arranged vertically. Therefore, the driver can grasp detailed information from the display of the first display area by a simple operation of moving the line of sight in the vertical direction. Therefore, even when an operation for acquiring detailed information is performed, concentration on driving is easily maintained.
 したがって、車両用表示装置による表示は、運転者へ提供可能な情報量を確保していても、運転者の運転への集中を妨げ難い表示となる。 Therefore, the display by the vehicle display device is a display that is difficult to prevent the driver from concentrating on driving even if the amount of information that can be provided to the driver is secured.
 つまり、第五の態様によれば、車両に搭載される車両用表示装置であって、前記車両の前景を透過する投影部に規定された虚像表示領域に表示像を投影することにより、当該表示像の虚像を前記虚像表示領域に表示させる投影部と、前記虚像表示領域の下方向に位置する第一表示領域、及び前記第一表示領域の側方に位置する第二表示領域、のそれぞれに情報を表示する表示部と、各前記表示領域に情報が表示されるよう前記投影部及び前記表示部を制御し、前記虚像表示領域に前記虚像によって情報が表示されている場合に、前記第二表示領域による情報の表示を中断させ、且つ、前記虚像表示領域よりも詳細な情報を前記第一表示領域に表示させる表示制御部と、を備える車両用表示装置が提供される。 That is, according to the fifth aspect, the display device for a vehicle is mounted on a vehicle, and the display image is projected onto a virtual image display area defined in a projection unit that transmits the foreground of the vehicle, thereby displaying the display. A projection unit that displays a virtual image of an image in the virtual image display region, a first display region positioned below the virtual image display region, and a second display region positioned lateral to the first display region. A display unit for displaying information, and the projection unit and the display unit are controlled so that information is displayed in each display region, and the second image is displayed when the virtual image is displayed in the virtual image display region. There is provided a vehicle display device comprising: a display control unit that interrupts display of information by a display area and displays more detailed information than the virtual image display area in the first display area.
 加えて、上記車両用表示装置において、前記表示制御部は、前記第二表示領域に表示されている情報が前記虚像表示領域に表示されたことに基づいて、前記第二表示領域による情報の表示を中断させてもよい。 In addition, in the display device for a vehicle, the display control unit displays information on the second display area based on information displayed on the second display area being displayed on the virtual image display area. May be interrupted.
 加えて、上記車両用表示装置において、前記表示部は、前記第二表示領域に配置される指針を有し、変位する前記指針よって前記第二表示領域に情報を表示し、前記表示制御部は、前記第二表示領域による情報の表示を中断させるため、前記指針を予め設定された零位置に帰零させてもよい。 In addition, in the display device for a vehicle, the display unit includes a pointer arranged in the second display region, and displays information in the second display region by the moving pointer, and the display control unit In order to interrupt the display of information by the second display area, the pointer may be returned to a preset zero position.
 加えて、上記車両用表示装置において、前記表示部は、前記指針を発光させる指針光源を有し、前記表示制御部は、前記第二表示領域による情報の表示を中断させる場合に、前記指針光源を消灯させた後で、前記零位置への前記指針の帰零を開始させてもよい。 In addition, in the display device for a vehicle, the display unit includes a pointer light source that emits the pointer, and the display control unit is configured to interrupt the display of information by the second display region. After turning off, return of the pointer to the zero position may be started.
 加えて、上記車両用表示装置において、前記表示部は、前記第一表示領域に画像によって情報を表示する表示器を有してもよい。 In addition, in the vehicle display device, the display unit may include a display that displays information on the first display area using an image.
 加えて、上記車両用表示装置において、前記第一表示領域の面積は、前記虚像表示領域の面積よりも広くてもよい。 In addition, in the vehicle display device, the area of the first display region may be larger than the area of the virtual image display region.
 加えて、上記車両用表示装置において、前記表示部は、前記第一表示領域の両側に一対の前記第二表示領域を形成し、前記表示制御部は、前記虚像表示領域に前記虚像によって情報が表示されている場合に、一対の前記第二表示領域による情報の表示を共に中断させてもよい。
(第六実施形態)
 図1に示す本開示の第六実施形態によるヘッドアップディスプレイ(以下「HUD」)6060は、コンビネーションメータ6010等と組み合わせされることにより、車両に搭載される表示装置6100を構成している。図1及び図38に示すように、表示装置6100は、例えば走行速度等、車両に係わる種々の情報を複数の表示領域のそれぞれに表示する。
In addition, in the display device for a vehicle, the display unit forms a pair of the second display regions on both sides of the first display region, and the display control unit receives information from the virtual image in the virtual image display region. When displayed, the display of information by the pair of second display areas may be interrupted together.
(Sixth embodiment)
A head-up display (hereinafter, “HUD”) 6060 according to the sixth embodiment of the present disclosure shown in FIG. 1 constitutes a display device 6100 mounted on a vehicle by being combined with a combination meter 6010 and the like. As shown in FIGS. 1 and 38, the display device 6100 displays various information relating to the vehicle such as the traveling speed in each of the plurality of display areas.
 HUD6060は、凹面鏡等によって構成される光学系6064、虚像6035として表示される表示像の光を射出するプロジェクタ6061、並びに光学系6064及びプロジェクタ6061を収容する筐体6065を備えている。HUD6060は、ウィンドシールド6110の下方向DDに設置されたインスツルメントパネル6120内に収容されている。HUD6060は、コンビネーションメータ6010よりも車両の前方向に配置されている。 The HUD 6060 includes an optical system 6064 configured by a concave mirror or the like, a projector 6061 that emits light of a display image displayed as a virtual image 6035, and a housing 6065 that houses the optical system 6064 and the projector 6061. The HUD 6060 is housed in an instrument panel 6120 installed in the downward direction DD of the windshield 6110. HUD 6060 is arranged in front of the vehicle relative to combination meter 6010.
 HUD6060は、プロジェクタ6061から射出された表示像の光を光学系6064によって反射させ、ウィンドシールド6110内に規定された虚像表示領域6111に向けて投影する。虚像表示領域6111は、車両の前景を透過するウィンドシールド6110のうちで、インスツルメントパネル6120に設けられたフード部6121の上方向UDに規定されている。運転席に着座する視認者は、虚像表示領域6111によって車室内側に反射された光を知覚することにより、虚像表示領域6111を通して、車両の前景に重ねられた虚像6035を視認可能となる。 The HUD 6060 reflects the light of the display image emitted from the projector 6061 by the optical system 6064 and projects it toward the virtual image display area 6111 defined in the windshield 6110. The virtual image display area 6111 is defined in the upward direction UD of the hood portion 6121 provided on the instrument panel 6120 in the windshield 6110 that transmits the foreground of the vehicle. A viewer sitting in the driver's seat can perceive the virtual image 6035 superimposed on the foreground of the vehicle through the virtual image display region 6111 by perceiving the light reflected toward the vehicle interior by the virtual image display region 6111.
 コンビネーションメータ6010は、複数の表示領域が形成された正面側を運転席に向けた姿勢にて、フード部6121によって区画されたインスツルメントパネル6120内の空間6122に収容されている。コンビネーションメータ6010は、マルチ表示領域6011、マルチ表示領域6011の両側に配置された二つの指針表示領域6015、及び複数のインジケータ6018を形成している。マルチ表示領域6011は、表示画面6012に映し出される種々の画像6032によって情報を表示する。各指針表示領域6015は、回転する指針6016によって情報を表示する。各インジケータ6018は、文字及び記号等のアイコンを発光表示させることにより、車両に関する種々の警告を視認者に対し行う。 The combination meter 6010 is housed in a space 6122 in the instrument panel 6120 partitioned by the hood portion 6121 in a posture in which the front side on which a plurality of display areas are formed faces the driver's seat. The combination meter 6010 forms a multi display area 6011, two pointer display areas 6015 arranged on both sides of the multi display area 6011, and a plurality of indicators 6018. The multi display area 6011 displays information by various images 6032 displayed on the display screen 6012. Each pointer display area 6015 displays information by a rotating pointer 6016. Each indicator 6018 performs various warnings related to the vehicle to the viewer by causing icons such as characters and symbols to emit light.
 次に、図3に示す表示装置6100の電気的構成を、コンビネーションメータ6010及びHUD6060のそれぞれについて、順に説明する。 Next, the electrical configuration of the display device 6100 shown in FIG. 3 will be described in order for each of the combination meter 6010 and the HUD 6060.
 コンビネーションメータ6010は、液晶表示器6013及びバックライト6014、二つのステッパーモータ6017、複数のインジケータ光源6019、並びに制御部6020を有している。 The combination meter 6010 includes a liquid crystal display 6013, a backlight 6014, two stepper motors 6017, a plurality of indicator light sources 6019, and a control unit 6020.
 液晶表示器6013は、例えば薄膜トランジスタを用いたThin Film Transistor(TFT)方式の表示器である。液晶表示器6013は、表示画面6012に沿って二次元に配列された複数の画素を有している。液晶表示器6013は、制御部6020に接続されており、制御部6020から出力される制御信号に基づいて各画素を駆動する。液晶表示器6013の表示画面6012には、マルチ表示領域6011にカラー表示される種々の画像が形成される。バックライト6014は、複数の発光ダイオード(以下「LED」)等の光源によって、表示画面6012の画像を透過照明する。バックライト6014は、制御部6020と接続されており、制御部6020から出力される制御信号によって照明の輝度を制御される。 The liquid crystal display 6013 is a thin-film-transistor (TFT) type display using a thin film transistor, for example. The liquid crystal display 6013 has a plurality of pixels arranged two-dimensionally along the display screen 6012. The liquid crystal display 6013 is connected to the control unit 6020 and drives each pixel based on a control signal output from the control unit 6020. On the display screen 6012 of the liquid crystal display 6013, various images that are displayed in color in the multi display area 6011 are formed. The backlight 6014 transmits and illuminates the image on the display screen 6012 with a light source such as a plurality of light emitting diodes (hereinafter referred to as “LEDs”). The backlight 6014 is connected to the control unit 6020, and the luminance of the illumination is controlled by a control signal output from the control unit 6020.
 ステッパーモータ6017は、指針6016を駆動する電動機である。ステッパーモータ6017は、制御部6020と接続されており、制御部6020から出力される制御信号に基づいて指針6016を回転させる。インジケータ光源6019は、例えばLED等である。各インジケータ光源6019は、それぞれ制御部6020と接続されており、制御部6020から出力される制御信号に基づいて、各インジケータ6018を発光表示させるための光を放出する。 The stepper motor 6017 is an electric motor that drives the pointer 6016. The stepper motor 6017 is connected to the control unit 6020 and rotates the pointer 6016 based on a control signal output from the control unit 6020. The indicator light source 6019 is, for example, an LED. Each indicator light source 6019 is connected to the control unit 6020 and emits light for causing each indicator 6018 to emit light based on a control signal output from the control unit 6020.
 制御部6020は、プログラムによって作動するマイクロコンピュータ、車内Local Area Network(LAN)6140との間で通信を行うインターフェース、並びに液晶表示器6013、ステッパーモータ6017、及び各光源等を駆動する駆動回路等によって構成されている。車内LAN6140には、車両に搭載された複数の車載機器6150に加えて、ステアリングスイッチ6130等が接続されている。制御部6020は、車内LAN6140に出力された車両の情報を取得し、取得した情報に基づく制御信号を液晶表示器6013、ステッパーモータ6017、及び各光源等に出力する。 The control unit 6020 includes a microcomputer that operates according to a program, an interface that communicates with the in-vehicle Local Area Network (LAN) 6140, a liquid crystal display 6013, a stepper motor 6017, a drive circuit that drives each light source, and the like. It is configured. In addition to a plurality of in-vehicle devices 6150 mounted on the vehicle, a steering switch 6130 and the like are connected to the in-vehicle LAN 6140. The control unit 6020 acquires vehicle information output to the in-vehicle LAN 6140, and outputs a control signal based on the acquired information to the liquid crystal display 6013, the stepper motor 6017, each light source, and the like.
 HUD6060のプロジェクタ6061は、液晶表示器6062及び投影光源6063を有している。液晶表示器6062は、例えばTFT方式の表示器である。液晶表示器6062は、制御部6020に接続されており、制御部6020から出力される制御信号に基づいて各画素を駆動する。液晶表示器6062には、虚像表示領域6111(図38参照)にカラー表示される種々の画像が形成される。投影光源6063は、例えば高輝度なLEDを複数有している。投影光源6063は、制御部6020と接続されており、制御部6020から出力される制御信号に基づき、虚像6035(図38参照)として結像される光を、液晶表示器6062に向けて放出する。 The projector 6061 of the HUD 6060 has a liquid crystal display 6062 and a projection light source 6063. The liquid crystal display 6062 is, for example, a TFT display. The liquid crystal display 6062 is connected to the control unit 6020 and drives each pixel based on a control signal output from the control unit 6020. Various images displayed in color in the virtual image display area 6111 (see FIG. 38) are formed on the liquid crystal display 6062. The projection light source 6063 has, for example, a plurality of high-brightness LEDs. The projection light source 6063 is connected to the control unit 6020, and emits light formed as a virtual image 6035 (see FIG. 38) toward the liquid crystal display 6062 based on a control signal output from the control unit 6020. .
 次に、HUD6060の機械的構成を、図39及び図40に基づいて、図38を参照しつつ、さらに詳しく説明する。 Next, the mechanical configuration of the HUD 6060 will be described in more detail based on FIGS. 39 and 40 with reference to FIG.
 HUD6060は、上述の筐体6065、光学系6064、及びプロジェクタ6061に加えて、防塵カバー6070を備えている。 The HUD 6060 includes a dustproof cover 6070 in addition to the casing 6065, the optical system 6064, and the projector 6061 described above.
 筐体6065は、上側カバー6065b及び下側ケース6065cを有している。上側カバー6065b及び下側ケース6065c等を互いに組み付けることにより、プロジェクタ6061及び光学系6064を収容する収容空間6065dが区画されている。上側カバー6065b及び下側ケース6065cは、それぞれ遮光性の樹脂材料によって形成されている。上側カバー6065bの天井面には、開口6065aが形成されている。 The housing 6065 has an upper cover 6065b and a lower case 6065c. By assembling the upper cover 6065b, the lower case 6065c, and the like, a housing space 6065d that houses the projector 6061 and the optical system 6064 is partitioned. The upper cover 6065b and the lower case 6065c are each formed of a light-blocking resin material. An opening 6065a is formed in the ceiling surface of the upper cover 6065b.
 開口6065aは、矩形状に形成されており、天井面を板厚方向に貫通している。開口6065aは、光学系6064の凹面鏡6064b(後述する)と、虚像表示領域6111との間に設けられている。開口6065aは、光学系6064からウィンドシールド6110へ向かう表示像の光を通過させることができる。 The opening 6065a is formed in a rectangular shape and penetrates the ceiling surface in the thickness direction. The opening 6065 a is provided between a concave mirror 6064 b (described later) of the optical system 6064 and a virtual image display region 6111. The opening 6065a can transmit light of a display image from the optical system 6064 toward the windshield 6110.
 光学系6064は、平面鏡6064a及び凹面鏡6064bを有している。平面鏡6064a及び凹面鏡6064bは、透光性の樹脂材料又はガラス等の板材に、アルミニウム等の金属を蒸着させることにより形成されている。平面鏡6064aには、平面状の反射面が形成されている。平面鏡6064aは、反射面をプロジェクタ6061と対向させた姿勢にて、下側ケース6065cの周壁にクリップ等によって固定されている。平面鏡6064aは、プロジェクタ6061から射出された表示像の光を、反射面によって凹面鏡6064bに向けて反射させる。 The optical system 6064 has a plane mirror 6064a and a concave mirror 6064b. The plane mirror 6064a and the concave mirror 6064b are formed by vapor-depositing a metal such as aluminum on a translucent resin material or a plate material such as glass. A planar reflecting surface is formed on the plane mirror 6064a. The plane mirror 6064a is fixed to the peripheral wall of the lower case 6065c with a clip or the like with the reflecting surface facing the projector 6061. The plane mirror 6064a reflects the light of the display image emitted from the projector 6061 toward the concave mirror 6064b by the reflection surface.
 凹面鏡6064bには、凹面状の反射面が形成されている。凹面鏡6064bは、角度調整機構に保持されつつ、下側ケース6065cに取り付けられている。角度調整機構は、反射面の向きを調整するための機構である。角度調整機能の作動によれば、凹面鏡6064bの反射面からウィンドシールド6110に向かう光軸の向きが調整される。凹面鏡6064bは、平面鏡6064aによって反射された表示像の光を、虚像表示領域6111へ向けて反射させる。 A concave reflecting surface is formed on the concave mirror 6064b. The concave mirror 6064b is attached to the lower case 6065c while being held by the angle adjustment mechanism. The angle adjustment mechanism is a mechanism for adjusting the direction of the reflecting surface. According to the operation of the angle adjustment function, the direction of the optical axis from the reflecting surface of the concave mirror 6064b toward the windshield 6110 is adjusted. The concave mirror 6064b reflects the light of the display image reflected by the plane mirror 6064a toward the virtual image display area 6111.
 プロジェクタ6061は、上述の液晶表示器6062(図3参照)及び投影光源6063(図3参照)に加えて、投影光源6063の熱を放出するヒートシンク6061a、及びレンズを有している。プロジェクタ6061は、ヒートシンク6061aを筐体6065の外部に突出させた状態で、収容空間6065d内に配置されている。投影光源6063から放出された光は、レンズの屈折作用により、平面鏡6064aに向かう平行光とされる。この平行光は、液晶表示器6062を透過することによって表示像の光となり、平面鏡6064aに向けてプロジェクタ6061から射出される。 The projector 6061 includes a heat sink 6061a that emits heat from the projection light source 6063 and a lens in addition to the liquid crystal display 6062 (see FIG. 3) and the projection light source 6063 (see FIG. 3). The projector 6061 is disposed in the accommodation space 6065d in a state where the heat sink 6061a protrudes outside the housing 6065. The light emitted from the projection light source 6063 is converted into parallel light toward the plane mirror 6064a by the refractive action of the lens. The parallel light passes through the liquid crystal display 6062 and becomes display image light, and is emitted from the projector 6061 toward the plane mirror 6064a.
 防塵カバー6070は、ポリカーボネート等の透光性の樹脂材料により、僅かに湾曲した板状に形成されている。防塵カバー6070は、スクリュー等の締結部材又はスナップフィット等により、上側カバー6065bに外側から取り付けられている。防塵カバー6070は、開口6065aを物理的に塞ぐことにより、開口6065aを通じた収容空間6065dへの塵及び埃等の侵入を防止している。防塵カバー6070が表示像の光の透過を許容する構成であるため、表示像の光は、開口6065aを通過することができる。 The dustproof cover 6070 is formed in a slightly curved plate shape with a light-transmitting resin material such as polycarbonate. The dust cover 6070 is attached to the upper cover 6065b from the outside by a fastening member such as a screw or a snap fit. The dust cover 6070 physically closes the opening 6065a to prevent dust and dirt from entering the housing space 6065d through the opening 6065a. Since the dust-proof cover 6070 is configured to allow the transmission of the light of the display image, the light of the display image can pass through the opening 6065a.
 防塵カバー6070を形成する材料中には、光を吸収する光吸収物質(例えば、カーボンブラック等)が分散されている。このようなスモーク材料によって形成された半透明の防塵カバー6070は、入射した可視光線を減衰させつつ、当該可視光線の部分的な透過を許容する特性を有する。防塵カバー6070による光の減衰作用は、光学的に中性とされ、波長依存性が小さくされている。そのため、防塵カバー6070は、可視光線を波長域にかかわらず実質一様に減衰させることができる。具体的には、少なくとも波長が400~600nmの光、望ましくは波長が360~830nmの光が、実質一様に減衰される。防塵カバー6070は、約2mmの板厚に形成されている。板厚方向に沿った可視光の透過率は、20%~50%に規定されている。この可視光透過率の値は、上述の400~600nm間における平均値である。防塵カバー6070の可視光透過率は、ウィンドシールド6110の可視光透過率(一般には、70%以上)よりも低くされている。 In the material forming the dustproof cover 6070, a light absorbing substance (for example, carbon black) that absorbs light is dispersed. The translucent dustproof cover 6070 formed of such a smoke material has a characteristic of allowing partial transmission of the visible light while attenuating the incident visible light. The light attenuating action by the dust cover 6070 is optically neutral, and the wavelength dependency is reduced. Therefore, the dust cover 6070 can attenuate visible light substantially uniformly regardless of the wavelength range. Specifically, at least light having a wavelength of 400 to 600 nm, preferably light having a wavelength of 360 to 830 nm, is attenuated substantially uniformly. The dustproof cover 6070 is formed with a plate thickness of about 2 mm. The visible light transmittance along the plate thickness direction is defined as 20% to 50%. This visible light transmittance value is an average value between the above-mentioned 400 to 600 nm. The visible light transmittance of the dustproof cover 6070 is lower than the visible light transmittance (generally 70% or more) of the windshield 6110.
 ここまで説明した本実施形態において、ウィンドシールド6110を透過して開口6065aに到達した外光は、当該開口6065aを塞ぐ防塵カバー6070をさらに透過して、筐体6065内に入射する。この防塵カバー6070が半透明に形成されていることで、筐体6065内に入射した外光は、確実に弱められる。そして、筐体6065内に入射した外光の一部は、プロジェクタ6061及び光学系6064等の収容空間6065d内の各構成に反射され、開口6065aから筐体6065の外部に射出される。このとき外光は、半透明の防塵カバー6070を再び透過するため、いっそう弱められる。そのため、筐体6065から射出された外光がウィンドシールド6110によって視認者側に反射されても、こうした光の視認者による知覚は、困難となる。したがって、筐体6065内の構成が視認者から見え難いHUD6060が実現される。 In the present embodiment described so far, external light that has passed through the windshield 6110 and reached the opening 6065a further passes through the dust-proof cover 6070 that closes the opening 6065a, and enters the housing 6065. By forming the dustproof cover 6070 to be translucent, the external light entering the housing 6065 is surely weakened. Then, part of the external light that enters the housing 6065 is reflected by the components in the housing space 6065d such as the projector 6061 and the optical system 6064, and is emitted from the opening 6065a to the outside of the housing 6065. At this time, the external light is transmitted through the translucent dustproof cover 6070 again, and is further weakened. Therefore, even if the external light emitted from the housing 6065 is reflected to the viewer side by the windshield 6110, it is difficult for the viewer to perceive such light. Therefore, the HUD 6060 in which the configuration in the housing 6065 is difficult to be seen by the viewer is realized.
 加えて本実施形態の防塵カバー6070によれば、可視光線は、波長域にかかわらず、実質一様に減衰される。このように、防塵カバー6070の波長依存性を小さくすることによれば、プロジェクタ6061によって射出された光が半透明の防塵カバー6070を透過した場合でも、この光の色調は、維持され得る。したがって、液晶表示器6062によって描画された表示像の色調が、結像された虚像6035においても、忠実に再現可能となる。 In addition, according to the dustproof cover 6070 of this embodiment, visible light is attenuated substantially uniformly regardless of the wavelength range. As described above, by reducing the wavelength dependency of the dustproof cover 6070, even when the light emitted by the projector 6061 passes through the translucent dustproof cover 6070, the color tone of the light can be maintained. Accordingly, the color tone of the display image drawn by the liquid crystal display 6062 can be faithfully reproduced even in the formed virtual image 6035.
 また本実施形態によれば、半透明の防塵カバー6070が可視光線を吸収する構成であれば、防塵カバー6070による外光の反射は、抑えられる。そのため、防塵カバー6070によって反射された外光が視認者に到達し、ウィンドシールド6110に映し出された防塵カバー6070が視認者から見えてしまう事態は、回避可能となる。 Further, according to this embodiment, if the translucent dustproof cover 6070 absorbs visible light, reflection of external light by the dustproof cover 6070 can be suppressed. Therefore, the situation where the external light reflected by the dustproof cover 6070 reaches the viewer and the dustproof cover 6070 projected on the windshield 6110 is visible to the viewer can be avoided.
 さらに本実施形態のように、防塵カバー6070の可視光透過率をウィンドシールド6110の可視光透過率よりも低く抑える構成であれば、防塵カバー6070を二回透過した外光は、確実に弱くなる。例えば、防塵カバー6070の可視光透過率が20%であれば、ウィンドシールド6110から視認者に反射される外光の光量は、開口6065aに到達した光と比較して、4%(=0.2の自乗)未満となる。このように、少なくともウィンドシールド6110よりも防塵カバー6070の可視光透過率が低くされていれば、筐体65内の構成を隠す防塵カバー6070の機能は、確実に発揮されるようになる。 Further, as in the present embodiment, if the visible light transmittance of the dustproof cover 6070 is suppressed to be lower than the visible light transmittance of the windshield 6110, the external light that has passed through the dustproof cover 6070 twice is reliably weakened. . For example, if the visible light transmittance of the dust-proof cover 6070 is 20%, the amount of external light reflected from the windshield 6110 to the viewer is 4% (= 0.0.0) compared to the light reaching the opening 6065a. Less than 2). As described above, if the visible light transmittance of the dust cover 6070 is lower than that of the windshield 6110 at least, the function of the dust cover 6070 that hides the configuration in the housing 65 is surely exhibited.
 尚、本実施形態において、HUD6060が「ヘッドアップディスプレイ装置」に相当し、プロジェクタ6061が「投影器」に相当し、筐体6065が「収容体」に相当する。加えて、防塵カバー6070が「閉塞部材」に相当し、ウィンドシールド6110が「投影部」に相当する。 In this embodiment, the HUD 6060 corresponds to a “head-up display device”, the projector 6061 corresponds to a “projector”, and the housing 6065 corresponds to a “container”. In addition, the dustproof cover 6070 corresponds to a “closing member”, and the windshield 6110 corresponds to a “projection unit”.
 (第六実施形態における他の実施形態)
 以上、本開示による第六実施形態について説明したが、本開示は、上記実施形態に限定して解釈されるものではなく、本開示の要旨を逸脱しない範囲内において種々の実施形態及び組み合わせに適用することができる。
(Other embodiments in the sixth embodiment)
The sixth embodiment according to the present disclosure has been described above. However, the present disclosure is not construed as being limited to the above-described embodiment, and can be applied to various embodiments and combinations without departing from the gist of the present disclosure. can do.
 上記実施形態では、外光だけでなく表示像の光も暗色の防塵カバーによって減衰される。故に、プロジェクタにおける投影光源の光量は、無色透明の防塵カバーを採用した従来形態よりも、多くされている。具体的に、上述の投影光源には、発光素子の数を増やす及び光源への印加電力を増加させる等の改良が施されている。尚、投影光源を含む各光源は、LEDに限定されず、蛍光管及び有機ELパネル等を有していてもよい。 In the above embodiment, not only the external light but also the light of the display image is attenuated by the dark dustproof cover. Therefore, the amount of light of the projection light source in the projector is increased as compared with the conventional form employing a colorless and transparent dustproof cover. Specifically, the above-described projection light source has been improved by increasing the number of light emitting elements and increasing the power applied to the light source. Each light source including the projection light source is not limited to the LED, and may include a fluorescent tube, an organic EL panel, and the like.
 上記実施形態のプロジェクタは、TFT方式の液晶表示器と投影光源を組み合わせた構成であった。しかし、「投影器」の構成は、適宜変更可能である。例えば、TFT方式以外の液晶表示器が採用可能である。さらに、DLP(Digital Light Processing:登録商標)プロジェクタやCRTプロジェクタ等により、「投影器」が構成されていてもよい。さらに、MEMS(Micro Electro Mechanical Systems)を用いたレーザスキャナが、「投影器」の構成として含まれていてもよい。 The projector of the above embodiment has a configuration in which a TFT liquid crystal display and a projection light source are combined. However, the configuration of the “projector” can be changed as appropriate. For example, a liquid crystal display other than the TFT method can be used. Furthermore, a “projector” may be configured by a DLP (Digital Light Processing: registered trademark) projector, a CRT projector, or the like. Furthermore, a laser scanner using MEMS (Micro Electro Mechanical Systems) may be included as a configuration of the “projector”.
 上記実施形態において暗色のスモーク材により形成されていた防塵カバーの構成は、適宜変更可能である。例えば、無色透明のポリカーボネートの板材に、暗色のスモークフィルム材を貼り付けることにより、半透明の防塵カバーが形成されていてもよい。また防塵カバーの可視光透過率は、開口を塞いでいる部分の全域において実質均一であることが望ましいが、局所的に異なる値に規定されていてもよい。さらに、防塵カバーの材料は、ポリカーボネート以外の透光性材料、例えば、アクリル樹脂及び強化ガラス等であってもよい。 The configuration of the dustproof cover formed of the dark smoke material in the above embodiment can be changed as appropriate. For example, a translucent dustproof cover may be formed by sticking a dark smoke film material to a colorless and transparent polycarbonate plate material. Further, the visible light transmittance of the dust cover is desirably substantially uniform over the entire area covering the opening, but may be regulated to a different value locally. Furthermore, the material of the dustproof cover may be a translucent material other than polycarbonate, such as an acrylic resin and tempered glass.
 上記実施形態の防塵カバーは、可視光を実質一様に減衰させていたが、可視光線の波長域において僅かな波長依存性を有していてもよい。また、防塵カバーの透過に起因した色調の変更を予め想定したうえで、プロジェクタから投射される表示像の色調が、予め補正されていてもよい。こうした制御の採用によれば、波長依存性を有する半透明の材料が防塵カバーに採用可能となる。尚、紫外光及び赤外光の透過率は、適宜設定されてよい。 The dustproof cover of the above embodiment attenuates visible light substantially uniformly, but may have a slight wavelength dependency in the wavelength range of visible light. Further, the color tone of the display image projected from the projector may be corrected in advance after assuming a change in the color tone due to the transmission of the dust cover. By adopting such control, a translucent material having wavelength dependency can be used for the dustproof cover. The transmittance of ultraviolet light and infrared light may be set as appropriate.
 上記実施形態の防塵カバーは、開口よりも僅かに大きい板状に形成されていたが、防塵カバー及び開口の形状等は、適宜変更可能である。例えば防塵カバーは、開口の全域を塞ぐことができれば、上側カバーの上面全体を覆う形状であってもよく、上側カバーと一体で形成されていてもよい。また開口は、表示像の光を透過させることができれば、円形等に形成可能である。 Although the dust cover of the above embodiment is formed in a plate shape slightly larger than the opening, the shape of the dust cover and the opening can be changed as appropriate. For example, the dust cover may have a shape that covers the entire upper surface of the upper cover, or may be formed integrally with the upper cover as long as the entire opening can be closed. The opening can be formed in a circular shape or the like as long as the light of the display image can be transmitted.
 上記実施形態では、表示像が投影される「投影部」として、車両のウィンドシールドが用いられていたが、「投影部」は、ウィンドシールドに限定されない。例えば、透光性樹脂により板状に形成され、インスツルメントパネル上面又はウィンドシールドの車室内側に取り付けられたコンバイナが、「投影部」に相当する構成として設置されていてもよい。 In the above embodiment, the vehicle windshield is used as the “projection unit” on which the display image is projected. However, the “projection unit” is not limited to the windshield. For example, a combiner that is formed in a plate shape with a translucent resin and attached to the upper surface of the instrument panel or the vehicle interior side of the windshield may be installed as a configuration corresponding to the “projection unit”.
 上記実施形態において、プログラムを実行した制御部により提供されていた虚像表示を制御する機能は、上述の構成と異なるハードウェア及びソフトウェア、或いはこれらの組み合わせによって提供されてよい。例えば、HUD内に設けられた制御回路によって、プロジェクタの液晶表示器を制御する機能が提供されてよい。さらに、プログラムによらないで所定の機能を果たす回路により、上述した表示の制御機能が提供されてよい。 In the above embodiment, the function of controlling the virtual image display provided by the control unit that has executed the program may be provided by hardware and software different from the above-described configuration, or a combination thereof. For example, a function of controlling a liquid crystal display of a projector may be provided by a control circuit provided in the HUD. Furthermore, the display control function described above may be provided by a circuit that performs a predetermined function without depending on a program.
 上記実施形態では、コンビネーションメータ等と組み合わされることにより、車両用の表示装置を構成するHUDについて説明したが、本開示は、単体のHUD装置にも当然に適用可能である。 In the above-described embodiment, the HUD that constitutes the display device for a vehicle by being combined with a combination meter or the like has been described, but the present disclosure is naturally applicable to a single HUD device.
 尚、HUDに表示される情報の情報量は、コンビネーションメータに表示される情報の情報量に比べて、少なくてもよい。 Note that the amount of information displayed on the HUD may be smaller than the amount of information displayed on the combination meter.
 本開示に係る第六実施形態によれば、収容体内の構成が視認者から見え難いヘッドアップディスプレイ装置が提供される。 According to the sixth embodiment of the present disclosure, a head-up display device in which the configuration inside the container is difficult to be seen by a viewer is provided.
 本開示の第六の態様によれば、投影部に表示像を投影することにより、表示像の虚像を視認可能にするヘッドアップディスプレイ装置が提供される。ヘッドアップディスプレイ装置は、表示像の光を射出する投影器と、投影器から射出された表示像の光を通過させる開口を形成し、当該投影器を収容する収容体と、開口を塞ぐように配置され、開口に到達する可視光線を部分的に透過させるとともに、表示像の光の透過を許容する特性を有する閉塞部材と、を備える。 According to the sixth aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided a head-up display device that makes it possible to visually recognize a virtual image of a display image by projecting the display image onto a projection unit. The head-up display device forms a projector that emits the light of the display image, an opening that allows the light of the display image that is emitted from the projector to pass therethrough, and a container that houses the projector, and the opening is closed. And a blocking member that has a property of partially transmitting visible light reaching the opening and allowing transmission of light of the display image.
 上記のヘッドアップディスプレイ装置によれば、収容体の開口に到達した外光は、当該開口を塞ぐ閉塞部材を透過して、収容体内に入射する。この閉塞部材が可視光線を部分的に透過させる半透明に形成されているため、収容体内に入射した外光は、確実に弱められる。そして、収容体内に入射した外光の一部は、投影器等の収容体に収容される構成に反射され、開口から収容体の外部に射出される。このとき外光は、半透明の閉塞部材を再び透過するため、いっそう弱められる。そのため、収容体から射出された外光が投影部によって視認者側に反射されても、こうした光の視認者による知覚は、困難となる。したがって、収容体内の構成が視認者から見え難いヘッドアップディスプレイ装置が実現される。 According to the head-up display device described above, the external light that has reached the opening of the container passes through the blocking member that closes the opening and enters the container. Since the blocking member is formed to be translucent to partially transmit visible light, the external light incident on the container is surely weakened. A part of the external light incident on the container is reflected by the structure accommodated in the container such as a projector, and emitted from the opening to the outside of the container. At this time, the external light is transmitted through the translucent blocking member again, so that it is further weakened. Therefore, even if the external light emitted from the container is reflected by the projection unit toward the viewer, it is difficult for the viewer to perceive such light. Therefore, a head-up display device in which the configuration inside the container is difficult to be seen by a viewer is realized.
 つまり、第六の態様によれば、投影部に表示像を投影することにより、前記表示像の虚像を視認可能にするヘッドアップディスプレイ装置であって、前記表示像の光を射出する投影器と、前記投影器から射出された前記表示像の光を通過させる開口を形成し、当該投影器を収容する収容体と、前記開口を塞ぐように配置され、前記開口に到達する可視光線を部分的に透過させるとともに、前記表示像の光の透過を許容する特性を有する閉塞部材と、を備えるヘッドアップディスプレイ装置が提供される。 That is, according to the sixth aspect, the head-up display device that makes it possible to visually recognize the virtual image of the display image by projecting the display image on the projection unit, the projector for emitting the light of the display image; Forming an opening through which the light of the display image emitted from the projector passes, and housing the projector, and being arranged so as to close the opening, and partially passing visible light reaching the opening And a blocking member having a characteristic of allowing the display image to transmit light.
 加えて、上記のヘッドアップディスプレイ装置において、前記閉塞部材は、可視光線を波長域にかかわらず減衰させてもよい。 In addition, in the head-up display device described above, the blocking member may attenuate visible light regardless of the wavelength range.
 加えて、上記のヘッドアップディスプレイ装置において、前記閉塞部材は、可視光線を吸収することにより、当該閉塞部材を透過する可視光線を減衰させてもよい。 In addition, in the head-up display device described above, the blocking member may attenuate visible light transmitted through the blocking member by absorbing visible light.
 加えて、上記のヘッドアップディスプレイ装置において、前記閉塞部材の可視光透過率は、前記投影部の可視光透過率よりも低くてもよい。 In addition, in the head-up display device described above, the visible light transmittance of the blocking member may be lower than the visible light transmittance of the projection unit.
 以上、本開示の実施形態、構成、態様を例示したが、本開示に係わる実施形態、構成、態様は、上述した各実施形態、各構成、各態様に限定されるものではない。例えば、異なる実施形態、構成、態様にそれぞれ開示された技術的部を適宜組み合わせて得られる実施形態、構成、態様についても本開示に係わる実施形態、構成、態様の範囲に含まれる。 The embodiments, configurations, and aspects of the present disclosure have been illustrated above, but the embodiments, configurations, and aspects according to the present disclosure are not limited to the above-described embodiments, configurations, and aspects. For example, embodiments, configurations, and aspects obtained by appropriately combining technical units disclosed in different embodiments, configurations, and aspects are also included in the scope of the embodiments, configurations, and aspects according to the present disclosure.

Claims (6)

  1.  車両に搭載される車両用表示装置であって、
     第一表示領域(11)に画像(32)を表示する表示部(13)と、
     前記車両の前景を透過する投影部(110)に規定された第二表示領域(111)に表示像を投影することにより、当該表示像の虚像(35)を前記第二表示領域(111)に表示させる虚像投影部(60)と、を備え、
     前記第一表示領域(11)に描画される第一表示部(32a,32c,32d)と、前記第二表示領域(111)に映し出される第二表示部(35c,35h,35t,35j)とは、互いに関連する情報表示を行い、
     前記第二表示部に表示される情報の情報量は、前記第一表示部(32a,32c,32d)に表示される情報の情報量よりも少ない車両用表示装置。
    A vehicle display device mounted on a vehicle,
    A display unit (13) for displaying an image (32) in the first display area (11);
    By projecting the display image onto the second display area (111) defined by the projection unit (110) that transmits the foreground of the vehicle, the virtual image (35) of the display image is projected onto the second display area (111). A virtual image projection unit (60) to be displayed,
    A first display section (32a, 32c, 32d) rendered in the first display area (11), and a second display section (35c, 35h, 35t, 35j) projected in the second display area (111); Displays information related to each other,
    The display device for vehicles, wherein the information amount of information displayed on the second display unit is smaller than the information amount of information displayed on the first display unit (32a, 32c, 32d).
  2.  前記第二表示部(35c)は、前記車両に搭載される車載機器(150)から出力された車両情報の最新値を表示し、
     前記第一表示部(32a)は、前記第二表示部(35c)に表示されていた前記車両情報の過去の履歴値を表示する請求項1に記載の車両用表示装置。
    The second display unit (35c) displays the latest value of the vehicle information output from the in-vehicle device (150) mounted on the vehicle,
    The vehicle display device according to claim 1, wherein the first display unit (32a) displays a past history value of the vehicle information displayed on the second display unit (35c).
  3.  前記第一表示部(32c)は、前記車両に搭載される車載機器(150)から出力された車両情報の程度を表示し、
     前記第二表示部(35h)は、前記車両情報が予め規定された条件を満たしたときに、前記第二表示領域(111)に表示される請求項1又は2に記載の車両用表示装置。
    The first display unit (32c) displays the degree of vehicle information output from the in-vehicle device (150) mounted on the vehicle,
    The said 2nd display part (35h) is a display apparatus for vehicles of Claim 1 or 2 displayed on said 2nd display area (111), when the said vehicle information satisfy | fills the conditions prescribed | regulated previously.
  4.  前記第一表示部(32c)は、前記車両に搭載される車載機器(150)から出力された車両情報を表示し、
     前記第二表示部(35t)は、前記第一表示部に表示される前記車両情報の見出しとなる項目名を表示する請求項1~3のいずれか一項に記載の車両用表示装置。
    The first display unit (32c) displays vehicle information output from the in-vehicle device (150) mounted on the vehicle,
    The vehicle display device according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the second display section (35t) displays an item name serving as a heading of the vehicle information displayed on the first display section.
  5.  前記第一表示部(32d)は、前記車両に搭載される車載機器(150)から出力された車両情報の程度をアナログ表示し、
     前記第二表示部(35j)は、前記第一表示部と同じ前記車両情報を数値によってデジタル表示する請求項1~4のいずれか一項に記載の車両用表示装置。
    The first display unit (32d) displays an analog level of the vehicle information output from the in-vehicle device (150) mounted on the vehicle,
    The vehicle display device according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the second display section (35j) digitally displays the same vehicle information as the first display section by numerical values.
  6.  前記第二表示領域(111)及び前記第一表示領域(11)は、視認者からの見かけ上において、上下に並ぶ請求項1~5のいずれか一項に記載の車両用表示装置。 The vehicular display device according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the second display area (111) and the first display area (11) are arranged vertically in terms of appearance from a viewer.
PCT/JP2015/000665 2014-03-04 2015-02-13 Vehicle display device WO2015133070A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (12)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014-041876 2014-03-04
JP2014041881A JP2015169661A (en) 2014-03-04 2014-03-04 Head-up display device
JP2014-041879 2014-03-04
JP2014041878A JP6318706B2 (en) 2014-03-04 2014-03-04 Vehicle display device
JP2014-041880 2014-03-04
JP2014-041881 2014-03-04
JP2014041877A JP6369055B2 (en) 2014-03-04 2014-03-04 Vehicle display device
JP2014041876A JP6237349B2 (en) 2014-03-04 2014-03-04 Display device
JP2014041879A JP6260352B2 (en) 2014-03-04 2014-03-04 Vehicle display device
JP2014-041878 2014-03-04
JP2014-041877 2014-03-04
JP2014041880A JP6379524B2 (en) 2014-03-04 2014-03-04 Vehicle display device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2015133070A1 true WO2015133070A1 (en) 2015-09-11

Family

ID=54054890

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2015/000665 WO2015133070A1 (en) 2014-03-04 2015-02-13 Vehicle display device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2015133070A1 (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017006503A1 (en) * 2015-07-09 2017-01-12 株式会社デンソー On-vehicle display device
JP2017117039A (en) * 2015-12-22 2017-06-29 本田技研工業株式会社 Marker information display device and method
US10513182B2 (en) 2015-07-16 2019-12-24 Denso Corporation Vehicle display apparatus
US11110798B2 (en) 2019-01-31 2021-09-07 Toyota Motor Engineering & Manufacturing North America, Inc. Multi-function vehicle input apparatuses with operational buttons for vehicle systems control and methods incorporating the same
CN113574590A (en) * 2019-03-11 2021-10-29 松下知识产权经营株式会社 Display control device, display system, display control method, and program

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5831051Y2 (en) * 1979-02-16 1983-07-09 マツダ株式会社 Automotive data central display device
JPH0414526U (en) * 1990-05-29 1992-02-05
JPH06129877A (en) * 1992-09-04 1994-05-13 Yazaki Corp Digital-analog display apparatus
JPH07103782A (en) * 1993-10-04 1995-04-18 Seiko Epson Corp Image data operation device for vehicle
JP2001166702A (en) * 1999-12-06 2001-06-22 Nissan Motor Co Ltd Display system for vehicle
JP2009128232A (en) * 2007-11-26 2009-06-11 Calsonic Kansei Corp Meter apparatus
JP2010228472A (en) * 2009-03-25 2010-10-14 Denso Corp Display device for vehicle
JP2012032209A (en) * 2010-07-29 2012-02-16 Denso Corp Meter unit for vehicle

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5831051Y2 (en) * 1979-02-16 1983-07-09 マツダ株式会社 Automotive data central display device
JPH0414526U (en) * 1990-05-29 1992-02-05
JPH06129877A (en) * 1992-09-04 1994-05-13 Yazaki Corp Digital-analog display apparatus
JPH07103782A (en) * 1993-10-04 1995-04-18 Seiko Epson Corp Image data operation device for vehicle
JP2001166702A (en) * 1999-12-06 2001-06-22 Nissan Motor Co Ltd Display system for vehicle
JP2009128232A (en) * 2007-11-26 2009-06-11 Calsonic Kansei Corp Meter apparatus
JP2010228472A (en) * 2009-03-25 2010-10-14 Denso Corp Display device for vehicle
JP2012032209A (en) * 2010-07-29 2012-02-16 Denso Corp Meter unit for vehicle

Cited By (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017006503A1 (en) * 2015-07-09 2017-01-12 株式会社デンソー On-vehicle display device
US10513182B2 (en) 2015-07-16 2019-12-24 Denso Corporation Vehicle display apparatus
JP2017117039A (en) * 2015-12-22 2017-06-29 本田技研工業株式会社 Marker information display device and method
CN107054218A (en) * 2015-12-22 2017-08-18 本田技研工业株式会社 identification information display device and method
US10210405B2 (en) 2015-12-22 2019-02-19 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. Sign information display system and method
CN107054218B (en) * 2015-12-22 2020-05-22 本田技研工业株式会社 Identification information display device and method
US11110798B2 (en) 2019-01-31 2021-09-07 Toyota Motor Engineering & Manufacturing North America, Inc. Multi-function vehicle input apparatuses with operational buttons for vehicle systems control and methods incorporating the same
CN113574590A (en) * 2019-03-11 2021-10-29 松下知识产权经营株式会社 Display control device, display system, display control method, and program
CN113574590B (en) * 2019-03-11 2024-04-05 松下汽车电子系统株式会社 Display control device, display system, display control method, and program

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5286243B2 (en) Head-up display device
US10513220B2 (en) Display device with backlight
JP5082911B2 (en) Display device
WO2015133070A1 (en) Vehicle display device
US9395540B2 (en) HUD fusion interface
JP6237349B2 (en) Display device
JP2015168382A (en) Vehicle light emission display device and vehicle display system
JP6597536B2 (en) Aerial display device
WO2014199629A1 (en) Display device for vehicle
US10365485B2 (en) Display device for vehicle and vehicle
JP2015090483A (en) Information display device
JP5659679B2 (en) Display device
JP2018045143A (en) Head-up display device
KR102321095B1 (en) Head up display device of a vehicle and the control method thereof
JP6142805B2 (en) Display device
WO2016035304A1 (en) Display device
JP6369055B2 (en) Vehicle display device
JP6780960B2 (en) Image display device
JP6318706B2 (en) Vehicle display device
JP2019006180A (en) Display device
JP2018202920A (en) Head Up Display Device
JP6579169B2 (en) Display device
JP2019008030A (en) Display device
JP6379524B2 (en) Vehicle display device
JP5962595B2 (en) Vehicle display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15757658

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 15757658

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1